Catalogue des cours
2013 /2014
1
Contents
Art, Architecture, Music & Cinema page 3 Arabic 20 Business & Economics 20 Chinese 32 Communication, Culture, Media Studies 33 (including Journalism) Computer Science 51 Education 56 English 67 French 71 Geography 79 German 86 History 92 Italian 107 Latin 107 Law 108 Mathematics & Finance 111 Political Science 114 Psychology 124 Russian 130 Sociology & Anthropology 131 Spanish 133 Tourism 149
2
various genres have developed on account of the Art, Architecture, increasing number of technological possibilities in the music industry, which means that they can not only be created on computers, but also broadcast and sold via Music & Cinema the Internet. ______IMPORTANT: ALL OUR ART COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH UNLESS OTHERWISE AS1/1b : HISTORY OF THE CINEMA : INDICATED FROM THE BEGINNINGS TO 1942
Fall Semester
E3/2f : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH FILMS FOR Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: To discover the great movements in the history of American and European cinema from 1895 THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH to 1942.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: The three cinematic eras: OBJECTIVE:To provide students with a historical and Original: theoretical introduction to the study and analysis of - The Lumière brothers : realistic art French cinema. - Mélies : the beginnings of illusion Avant-garde : COURSE PROGRAM: - Expressionism The fundamental vocabulary and language of film - Surrealism studies will be introduced through a program of Classical : screenings of classic French films from the 50s and 60s - Hollywood studios in order to explore aesthetical and psychoanalytic - Censorship approaches to film. Among others, films such as - Griffith's contribution Ascenseur pour l'échafaud ( Lift to the Scaffold, Louis Cinema genres : Malle,1958), Le feu follet (The fire within, Louis Malle - Social films 1963), A bout de Souffle (Breathless, Jean-Luc - Westerns Godard)Les cousins (Claude Chabrol, 1958) will - The Dark Art compose the program and help us to put into - Fantasy perspective some important issues laid out by the - Disaster films films. - War films
BIBLIOGRAPHY: MCC1/2a : VISUAL COMMUNICATION (ART) - Jean Louis Leutrat : Le Cinéma en perspective Fall Semester : Une histoire, Nathan Université, collection 128, 1992 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Siegfried Kracauer : De Caligari à Hitler, L'Age d'homme, 1973 COURSE PROGRAM: - Lotte Eisner : L'Écran démoniaque, Losfeld, This class is an introduction to history of art and in 1965 particular to the contemporary image or icon seen in - Michel Cieutat : les Grands thèmes du cinéma its historical and esthetic perspective. We shall see américain, Cerf, 7ème Art, 1988. how artistic representation through the ages has - Raymond Bellour : Le Cinéma américain, influenced the art, in all senses of the word, which we Albatros, 1979. see today. - Antoine De Baecque, Histoire du cinéma, Cahiers du cinéma, CNDP
AS1/3a : LISTENING TO CONTEMPORARY MUSIC - AN AESTHETIC APPROACH AS1/3c : TECHNICAL APPROACHES TO PHOTOGRAPHY Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
OBJECTIVE: To analyse the use of language in this OBJECTIVE: To understand the work of the type of music and to understand what it has inherited professional photographer. Through this introduction from previous kinds of music, since the beginning of to the photographer's work, the student will learn how the 20th century, as well as its originality. This process to organise a photo session, how to compose an will enable each one to make sense of the music heard image, work within a team and understand the analyse the many and varied elements which may relationship between the journalist or writer and the make up one song or tune. photographer.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: "Contemporary music" is a term coined by the music - Introduction to the photography profession world to describe various musical trends which have - Basic techniques in photography developed over the last 20 or so years. - Technical vocabulary
- Presenting of artistic photography Contemporary music, unlike other forms of popular - Putting theory into practice music, places the context above the text and encourages mixtures of various musical genres. The 3
BIBLIOGRAPHY - Nicolas Bourriaud Esthétique relationnelle - UPC, Photographe Auteur Mode d’emploi, - Magali Le Mens , Jean-Luc Nancy Paris,2006 (ouvrage disponible au L'hermaphrodite de Nadar téléchargement sur http://www.upc.com) ______- Assouline, Pierre. Cartier-Bresson « L’œil du siècle ». Ed Plon, 1999. ISBN : 2.259.18568.1 AS1/8c : THE ROLE OF THE SPECTATOR - NEWTON, Helmut. Autoportrait. Ed. Robert Spring Semester Laffont. Paris, 2004. ISBN :2.221.10105.7 ______Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
AS1/8b : INTRO TO CRITICISM OF OBJECTIVE: To learn the codes, issues at stake, CONTEMPORARY ART evolution and limits of the theatre. Students will draw Spring Semester up an observation grid to analyse various theatrical phenomena. Beyond this analysis, and to gain a better Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 understanding of the theatre, questions concerning the script and how it is staged will regularly be suggested. OBJECTIVE: To understand the fundamental texts concerning art criticism and their authors; to write a COURSE PROGRAM: By teaching students how to review of a contemporary art exhibition/collection; to watch and observe, the course will be centred on learn how to find reliable sources and information on several themes: the study of theatrical codes, art criticism; to be up-to-date on contemporary art theatrical analysis and critical commentary, other and artists; learn about the art world in the Lille area. performance arts and their contribution to the world of the theatre (dance, circus, video, contemporary art). COURSE PROGRAM: - Overview of the history of art criticism since BIBLIOGRAPHY: the 18th century A list of shows and a bibliography will be given during - Analyse critical texts about all forms of art the first class. from the 18th century to the present day - Culture in today’s media AS1/6a : HISTORY OF MODERN CINEMA - Present day art in Lille and the region Spring Semester - Writing reviews of exhibitions
- Analysing dance Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Contributing to an amateur art criticism blog:
http://debutscritiques.blogspot.com/ OBJECTIVE: To understand the gap between classic - The role of Internet in art criticism cinema and the contemporary film scene, and how to
analyse a modern film; to gain a basic knowledge of BIBLIOGRAPHY: major film directors in world cinema today. - Baudelaire, Ecrits sur l’art.
- Diderot, Les salons. COURSE PROGRAM: - Clément Greenberg. Art et Culture What do we mean by modern cinema? - Susan Sontag. Sur la photographie. - The autonomy of the camera - Susan Sontag. Devant la douleur des autres. - Breaking up the story line - Georges Didi Hubermann, L’homme qui - Improvisation marchait dans la couleur (James Turell) - A director's world - Georges Didi Hubermann, Le danseur des - Cinema and contemplation solitudes. (Israel Galvan) - Another way of looking at reality - Georges Didi Hubermann, La demeure, la - A different role for the spectator souche. Appartements de l’artiste. (Pascal
Convert) Analysis of a series of extracts: - George Didi Huberman. Le cube et le visage. - Citizen Kane by Orson Welles Autour d’une sculpture de Giacometti - Voyage en Italie by Rossellini - George Didi Huberman. Etre crâne. (Penonne) - Hiroshima mon amour by Alain Resnais - Yves Michaud. L’art à l’état gazeux. - Pierrot le fou by Jean-Luc Godard. - Dominique Baqué. L’effroi de la violence, - La Notte by Antonioni Figurer le présent.
- Marie José Mondzain : L’image peut-elle BIBLIOGRAPHY/ tuer ? - Jean Claude Biette , L¹Encrier de la - Nathalie Heinrich, le triple jeu de l’art modernité, Cahiers du cinéma n°375, contemporain. septembre 1985 - Bernard Marcadé. Marcel Duchamp, la vie à - Jean Louis Leutrat, Hiroshima mon amour, crédit.2007 Nathan, collection 128 - Philippe Solers. De Kooning, vite. ______- Pierre Restany. Manifeste des nouveaux
réalistes. - Benoît Duteurtre. Requiem pour une avant- AS1/2c : HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE FILM garde. INDUSTRY - Claude Debussy. M.Croche. Fall Semester - Stanley Cavell. Le cinéma nous rend-il meilleurs ? 2003 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Marc Jimenez. La querelle de l’art contemporain. OBJECTIVE: To study and understand the history and - Nicolas Bourriaud Postproduction , La culture the economic issues at stake in the film industry, from comme scénario, comment l'art reprogramme seeing a film in a cinema to seeing it on television or le monde contemporain on DVD.
4
- Electricity in music : amplification and COURSE PROGRAM: microphones From the beginning of the film industry, the art of film- - Blues, Rhythm’n’blues and Rock’n’roll making has been organised with retail issues in mind. - Pop and folk The films we see have already been processed by a - Soul, funk and disco number of structures, all of which have evolved over - Krautrock and other variations on the rock time. theme - The music industry In this class students will study the principal areas of - The alternative music press the film industry and their links with the actual artistic - Rock and cinema production. - Punk and DIY - New and Cold Wave Comparing the French and American industries, - Musical experimentation students will understand how films are born, how they - Amateur and professional musicians are financed, how they make their way into the cinemas and then into people's homes. The course will BIBLIOGRAPHY: take a look at the "wars" that divide the production - « La production industrielle de biens structures and the whole question of censorship and culturels », La dialectique de la raison, even sabotage. Théodor W. Adorno et Max Horkheimer, Gallimard, 1974 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Outsiders. Etudes de sociologie de la - AUGROS Joël, L’Argent d’Hollywood, Paris, déviance, Howard Becker, Métailié, 1985 L’Harmattan, 1996. - Œuvres III, Walter Benjamin, Gallimard, 2000 - AUGROS Joël et KITSOPANIDOU, L’économie - La presse musicale alternative, Copyright du cinéma américaine. Histoiree d’une Volume, vol. 5.1, Editions Séteun, 2006 industrie culturelle et de ses stratégies, Paris, - Histoire des industries culturelles en France Armand Colin 2009 XIXe-XXe siècles, Patrick Eveno et Jacques - BENGHOZI Jean-Pierre, Le cinéma, entre l’art Marseille (dir.), ADHE, 2002 et l’argent, L’Harmattan, Paris, 1989. - Rock/music Textes, Dan Graham, Les presses - BORDWELL David et alii, The Classical du réel, 2002 Hollywood Cinem. Film Style and Mode de - Les nouveaux courants musicaux : simples Production to 1960, Routledge, 1985. produits des industries culturelles ?, Gérôme - BOURGET Jean-Loup, Hollywood, la norme et Guibert, Editions Séteun, 1998 la marge, Nathan Cinéma, Paris 2002 - Sweet soul music, Peter Guralnick, Allia, 2003 - GOMERY Douglas, L’Âged’or des studios, - Rock, de l’histoire au mythe, Antoine Hennion Paris, Éditions de l’Étoile, 1987. et Patrick Mignon (dir.), Anthropos, 1991 - HORKEIMER Max et ADORNO Theodor, La - Lipstick Traces. Une histoire secrète du XXe dialectique de la raison, Gallimard (1944), siècle, Greil Marcus, Allia, 1998 Paris 1974. - Mystery Train, Greil Marcus, Allia, 2000 - MORIN Edgar, Les stars, Seuil, Paris, 1972. - Rock et cinéma, Copyright Volume, Hors-série ______#1, Editions Séteun, 2004 - Great Black Music, Philippe Robert, Le mot et AS1/1d : AESTHETICS OF STATIC ART le reste, 2008 Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 AS1/6c : MUSIC FROM THE 1930S TO THE PRESENT DAY OBJECTIVE: To familiarize students with different Spring Semesters scales of reading : description, analysis and criticism, from a large scope of both dimensions of images, from Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 th the Renaissance to the 20 century COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS1/1c. COURSE PROGRAM: Leonardo da Vinci stated that static images were like AS1/3d : PRODUCING LIVE PERFORMANCES silent poetry. Images remain present in our society, Fall Semester from illuminated manuscripts to abstract paintings, from medieval icons to photography. Visual arts can Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 not be reduced to an illustration of history, as it contributed to its creation. Made up from aesthetic, OBJECTIVE: To discover the whole live show world as cultural, or political codes, images are to be seen AND a concrete reality with its laws, its words, its special read. features, its personalities, its large number of specific
professions, etc. Throughout the course, students will AS1/1c & 6c : MUSIC FROM THE 1930S approach this world as a place of life, creation, TO THE PRESENT DAY circulation and representation. Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Introduction - What is a live show? th OBJECTIVE: Understanding 20 century music as an - Overview of the several places dedicated to art form and placing it in its context. the live shows - Spatial and institutional organization of the COURSE PROGRAM: existing bodies - What sort of music are we talking about ? - By way of example: overview of the cultural sites within Lille and its outskirts 5
- Permanence and intermittence, welcoming and creating… a whole programme, a whole COURSE PROGRAM: season! After looking at some notions of the history and theory Live show’s architecture of vision, the course will move into a chronological - External views: what special features? What history of modern art beginning with the works of diversity? Gaëtan Picon (1863) and the birth of modern art. - The audience area ______- The stage/auditorium relation - The stage… AS1/8d: SETTING UP CULTURAL EVENTS - …and the auditorium Spring Semester - The backstage The live show profession Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 - Administrative staff - Technical staff OBJECTIVE: To learn and understand the - The show team methodological tools and techniques used for planning The events in the live shows cultural events; to create, organize and execute a - The rehearsal cultural events. - The performance COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - What is a cultural event: from ideas to A bibliography will be given during the first class. projects, concept and methodology - Audiences: sociological principles, targeting an audience according to the event AS1/8a : FILM PRODUCTION : - Events and law FICTION ON THE SCREEN - ERP (events in public places) Spring Semester - Programming: artistic and cultural - Human resources Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 - Evaluation and exercises - Communication, specifics ofcultural events, OBJECTIVE: This is a practical workshop class events and ecology, production of “green” teaching students, in small groups, to produce their events own film sequences and, in the end, a short fictional narrative film. At the end of the course, students BIBLIOGRAPHY: should be able to justify their choice of images from - B Pauvert, La sécurité des spectacles, L’ the point of view of visual effects and the coherence of Harmattan, 2003 the narrative. - A Richard, Guide Pratique de la sonorisation - R Bouillot, Guide pratique de l’ éclairage, COURSE PROGRAM: Dunod 2007 Lecture: - GG Saez, Institutions et vie culturelles, Paris, - Technical terminology of film-making. la documentation française, 1996 et 2004 Group work: - P Moulinier, Les politiques publiques de la - analysis of several famous film clips, looking culture en France, Paris, que sais-je?, 2001 at use of space, time sequence and ______characters - Exploration of the different stages in the film- AS1/7a : FROM THE PAGE TO THE STAGE making process Spring Semester - Presentation individually and in groups of the film produced by each group and the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 production choices. - OBJECTIVE: To clarify the notion of staging, BIBLIOGRAPHY: specifically the role of a director in relation to the - AUMONT, J. 1990 : L’image, Paris, Nathan, script. coll."Fac ". - GERVEREAU, L. 1997 : Voir, comprendre, COURSE PROGRAM: analyser les images, Paris, La Découverte, Introduction coll. " Guides Repères ". - In the history of theatre, when were director - JOLY, M. 1993 : Introduction à l’analyse de established as the leaders? l’image, Paris, Nathan, coll. " 128 ". - What staging a script means and what makes - LEUTRAT, Jean-Louis, Le cinéma en it different from a simple personal reading of perspective : une histoire, Paris, Nathan- a dramatic work? Université, coll. "128", 1996. - What is a staging stance? - MITRY, Jean, Histoire du cinéma. Paris, Ed. Introduction to analysis methods Universitaires - J.-P. Delarge, 1967-1980 - In a practical and concrete perspective, how ______can a performance be analysed? - The Pavis questionnaire AS1/6b : HISTORY OF MODERN ART - Anne Ubersfeld’s three levels of analysis of a Spring Semester live performance - Brief introduction to theatre’s semiological Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 analysis Case study: Moliere’s Le Misanthrope OBJECTIVE : To bring about an understanding of - A good understanding of the play is obligatory mainstream trends and movements which have - 3 staging styles (Pierre Dux, Comédie- existed from the Renaissance to the historic avant- Française, 1958, Antoine Vitez, Théâtre des garde. 6
Quartiers d’Ivry, Festival d’Avignon, 1978, with the central theme being the image of the artist in Jean-Pierre Miquel, Comédie Française, 2000) cinema. - Does staging rhyme with modernity? Detailed and comparative analysis act by act COURSE PROGRAM: - Students will attempt to analyse the - Technical language in the film industry. differences between each staging and to - Analysing space, time and characterisation identify each director’s staging stance. within a film. - Analysis of various film clips on the theme of ASSESSMENT: the artist. One written exam and an oral presentation. - Clips by Camille Claudel, Frida Kahlo, Diego Rivera, Van Gogh, Basquiat etc. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A list of performances and a bibliography will be given BIBLIOGRAPHY: during the first class. - AUMONT, J. 1990, L’image, Paris, Nathan, coll. " Fac ". - AUMONT,J.,MARIE M., 1989, L'Analyse des AS1/7c : THE AESTHETICS OF CINEMA films, Nathan Université, Paris - AUMONT,J. BERGALA A., MARIE M., Spring Semester VERNET,M., 1993, Esthétique du film,
Nathan Université, Paris. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - GARDIES A., 1993, Le Récit filmique,
Hachette Supérieur, Collection Contours OBJECTIVE: To consider the editing as the formal Littéraires, Paris. matrix of film and to define and analyse the technical - GARDIES A, BESSALEL J., 1995, 200 mots- operations of editing from an aesthetics point of view. clés de la théorie du cinéma, Cerf, Septième
Art, Paris. COURSE PROGRAM: ______This systematic interaction between the cinema and other media should enable the student to widen their views of art and to consider the cinema as an art of AS1/3b : SCRIPTWRITING synthesis and a meeting place Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 - AMIEL, Vincent, Esthétique du montage, Paris, A. Colin, 2005 OBJECTIVE: To teach students how to write a film - AUMONT, Jacques, Montage Eisenstein, Paris, script. By the end of the course, students should be Editions Images modernes, 2005. able to write a synopsis, a script summary and a full - AUMONT, Jacques, L’Analyse de films, Paris, script. A. Colin, 2004. - BARTHES, Roland, « Le troisième sens » in COURSE PROGRAM: L’obvie et l’obtus ». Essais et critiques III, - What is a script ? What does the scriptwriter’s Paris, Seuil, 1982. job involve ? - BAZIN, André, Qu’est-ce que le cinéma ?, - Structure and narrative technique Paris, Cerf, 1999. - The characters and their movements - BRENEZ, Nicole, De la figure en général et du - The plot – internal and external conflicts corps en particulier, Paris, Bruxelles, De - Space and setting Boeck Université, 1998. - Time : chronology and sequence - CHION, Michel, Un Art sonore, Le cinéma - - Perspective Histoire, esthétique, Poétique, Paris, Éd. - Image building Cahiers du Cinéma « Essais », 2003. - Presenting your script - DELEUZE Gilles, Cinéma 1, L’Image- - Summarising your script Mouvement, Paris, Minuit, 1983. - DELEUSE Gilles, Cinéma 2, L’Image-Temps, Students are required to write a synopsis in the first Paris, Minuit, 1985. class, which will be reworked in each class until there - ROSSELLINI Roberto, Le Cinéma révélé, is a full script that can be used for production. Paris, éd ; Cahiers du Cinéma, 2006. - SCHEFER Jean Louis, L’Homme ordinaire du BIBLIOGRAPHY: cinéma, Paris, Ed. Cahiers du Cinéma, 1997. - J-M. Lainé & S. Delzant, L'écriture du scénario, Paris Eyrolles, 2007 WEBSITES: - B. Snyder, Les règles élémentaires pour International Movie Database: www.imdb.com l'écriture d'un scénario ( traduit de Sense of Cinema: www.senseofcinema.com l'américain par Brigitte Gauthier) Paris, Dixit, ______2007. - S. Field, Comment identifier et résoudre les AS1/2a : FILM CRITICISM problèmes d'un scénario ( traduit de l'américain par Brigitte Gauthier)Paris, Dixit, Fall Semester 2006.
- L. Dellisse, L' invention du scénario: prévoir, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 structurer et vérifier le récit, Bruxelles, Les
Impressions Nouvelles, 2006. OBJECTIVE: To give students an understanding of - V.J. Propp, Morphologie du conte (Traduit du cinematographic language and the different elements russe par Claude Ligny) Paris, of film-making (script, filming, editing etc.); to learn Gallimard,1970. how to critique any given film through examining the - J.A.Greimas et coll. L'analyse structurale du use of time, space and characters; to study film clips récit, Paris : Seuil, 1981 in detail and propose different ways to analyse them 7
______Paris, Nizet, 1950. ______AS1/5b : ART WORKSHOP Fall Semester AS2/11a : HISTORY AND AESTHETICS OF CONTEMPORARY CINEMA Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: To allow students to express themselves Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 artistically in many different ways around the central theme of the body in contemporary art. OBJECTIVE: To define and analyse the director's role in a film and how it is produced; to understand the COURSE PROGRAM: narrative techniques used in the cinema. Experimenting with art, mixing theory and practice, student will come to understand the developments in COURSE PROGRAM: how the human body has been portrayed throughout The role of light: the history of art (in painting, architecture, sculpture - Natural light and on stage) without neglecting those phenomena - Expressionist light that have structured this history (the cultural context, - Classic use of light – the Hollywood method social religious and political history, manners, progress - Realistic light – the loss of meaning in modern in science and technology, the economy) in order to use of ligh understand that the body has finally overstepped the Sound : limits of personal expression to become the object of - The birth of the talking pictures artistic experimentation. - Sound to convey action - Emancipation of sound – voices over, After studying the issues surrounding the human body unsynchronised sound and picture, etc. in art, the students will brainstorm then produce Production several ways of exploring this theme in art. - Definition and controversy - Straight narrative – the American School BIBLIOGRAPHY: alternating or parallel narrative - Cours d’histoire des arts, Michel Narbonne et - Expressive narrative : the Soviet School Josée Rodrigo, Vuibert, 1989 The Koulechov effect, attraction, irregular - Art en théorie 1900-1990, Charles Harrison et narrative, speed production. Paul Wood, Hazan, 1997 - Histoire matérielle et immatérielle de l’art BIBLIOGRAPHY: moderne, Florence de Méredieu, Larousse - Fabrice Revault d¹Allonnes : La Lumière au - Petit dictionnaire des artistes contemporains, cinéma, Cahiers du cinéma, collection essais, Pascal Le Thorel-Daviot, Larousse 1991 - Vocabulaire des arts plastiques du XX siècle, - André Bazin : Qu'est-ce que le cinéma ?, Jean-Yves Bosseur, Minerve CERF, collection 7ème art, 1985. - La Collection du MNAM, Paris, Centre George - Jean Marie Aumont, Alain Bergala, Pompidou, 1986 L¹Esthétique du film, Nathan Arts, 1986 - Mythologies personnelles, Isabelle de Maison - Michel Chion, La Parole au cinéma, la toile Rouge, Scala, 2004 trouée, Cahiers du cinéma, 1988. - Hors-limites :l’art et la vie, 1952-1994, - Vincent Pinel, Le Montage, Cahiers du cinéma, Centre George Pompidou, Paris 1994 les petits cahiers. - L’Art au corps, Musées de Marseille/Réunion ______des Musées nationaux, 1996 ______AS2/16a : THEATRE AND OTHER ARTS (STAGE & SCREEN) AS2/13c : METHODOLOGY FOR Spring Semester STUDYING DRAMA Fall Semester Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 OBJECTIVE: This course enables students to learn about the theatre in a transdisciplinary context and, OBJECTIVE: Student will look at all the different more particularly, to examine the relationship between ways of studying drama, and in particular of studying the stage and the screen. the text from a dramatic viewpoint. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Highlighting drama’s dual Using three films about Shakespeare as the basis for function of text and performance, the course will the course, students will examine how a play can be consider four different perspectives: genetics, adapted into a film : aesthetics, the conditions of production, and reception. « Hamlet » / Laurence Olivier / 1948 : - When a famous actor uses the camera to film BIBLIOGRAPHY: his performance it bcomes filmed stage work Patrice Pavis, L’Analyse des spectacles, Paris, Nathan rather than cinema. Université, 1996. « Henry V / Laurence Olivier / 1944 : Patrice Pavis, Le théâtre contemporain, Paris, Nathan - This second film with Laurence Olivier Université, 2000. alternates between genuine cinematographic Anne Ubersfeld, Lire le théâtre, Paris, Editions sociales, art and filmed stage work. It is interesting to 1977. study how the director moves between each. Anne Ubersfeld, L’Ecole du spectateur, Paris, Editions « To be or not to be » / Lubitsch / 1942 : sociales, 1981. - When stage acting is the theme of a film. Jacques Scherer, La Dramaturgie classique en France, ______
8
AS2/11b & 16c : POPULAR MUSIC IN AS2/17a : COMPARATIVE CINEMA : CONTEMPORARY CULTURE THE WEST AND ASIA Fall & Spring Semesters Spring Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: To ask the question of contemporary OBJECTIVE: To show the influence of both the new music recognition as an art by the philosophers and wave of American cinema and the work of Wong Kar the institutions in charge of the cultural policies. At the Wai, and to show how contemporary films provide a end of the course the student should be able to different vision of people and their relationships with analyse a contemporary music clip and to situate it in reality. its historical background, and comment on a text included in the programme. COURSE PROGRAM: Comparative analysis of film clips from American and COURSE PROGRAM: Asian cinema. Forms of popular and modern music: - New techniques in film-making - History of the recording industry - The rules of drama and staging - Codes and rituals - Cinema's New Wave - Rock’n’roll - The film critic's tools and terms - Hard rock, heavy metal and metal - Recognition of popular music as a genuine art BIBLIOGRAPHY form from Adorno to Shusterman - Jean Douchet , La Nouvelle vague - Music and cultural policy - Gilles Deleuze, L'espace-temps, L'espace- - Music and the media, the role of the music mouvement, édition de Minuit critic - François Jost, Le récit cinématographique, - Reggae and dub, from Jamaica to the UK tome II, Nathan Université, 1990 - DJ culture - Vincent Pinel, le Montage, Cahiers du cinéma, - Experimentation and improvisation CNDP - The aesthetics of sampling music in public - Thierry Jousse, Wong Kar Wai, Cahiers du places cinéma, CNDP ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: - « La production industrielle de biens AS2/12c : PHILOSOPHY OF ART culturels », La dialectique de la raison, Fall Semester Théodor W. Adorno et Max Horkheimer, Gallimard, 1974 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Le caractère fétiche dans la musique, Théodor W Adorno, Allia, 2001 OBJECTIVE: To get to know the main texts - A l’écoute de l’environnement. Répertoire des concerning aesthetics from classical Antiquity to the effets sonores, Jean-François Augoyard et present day, and to acquire an accurate technical Henry Torgue, Parenthèses, 1995 vocabulary in aesthetics. By the end of the course, - Aux sources du Reggae, Martin Denis- students should be able to comment on a philosophical Constant, Parenthèses, 1982 text and put it in its context, comparing it with other - Le boucher du prince Wen-houei. Enquêtes texts of a similar theme. sur les musiques électroniques, Bastien Gallet, Musica Falsa, 2002 Hard rock, heavy COURSE PROGRAM: metal, metal, Fabien Hein, Editions Reading and analysing the most important texts on Irma/Seteun, 2003 aesthetics from Plato to contemporary philosophers. - Rock, de l’histoire au mythe, Antoine Hennion - What defines a work of art? et Patrick Mignon (dir.), Anthropos, 1991 - From where does the artist draw his/her - Les imaginaires médiatiques, une sociologie imagination? postcritique des médias, Eric Macé, Editions - What is beauty? Amsterdam, 2006 - How to judge the worth of a work of art. - DJ Culture, Ulf Poschardt, L’Eclat/Kargo, 2002 - The mimesis - Les musiques expérimentales, Philippe Robert, Le mot et le reste, 2007 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - L’art à l’état vif, Richard Shusterman, Editions - Hegel, Esthétique Minuit, 2002 - Hegel, Introduction à l'Esthétique - Du phonographe au mp3, une histoire de la - Kant, Critique de la faculté de juger, musique enregistrée, Ludovic Tournès, - Bergson, La pensée et le mouvant, Essais et Autrement, 2008 conférences, V. La perception du changement ______- Platon, La république X . Le banquet. - Aristote, Poétique. AS2/16c : POPULAR MUSIC IN - Hume, Essais esthétiques. CONTEMPORARY CULTURE - Merleau Ponty, L’œil et l’esprit. Spring Semesters - Malraux, Le musée imaginaire. - Benjamin, L’œuvre d’art à l’ère de sa Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 reproductibilité technique. - Friedrich Nietzsche , Naissance de la COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS2/11b. tragédie - Heidegger Chemins qui ne mènent nulle part AS2/12b: CINEMA : ______PASTICHES, HOMAGES, CITATIONS, REMAKES Fall Semester 9
- The documentary and history Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: A two hour written exam and a three OBJECTIVE: To understand the issues of reproduction hour final written exam. in cinema and the typical practices in film-making. BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - Filmer le réel, ressources sur le cinéma Making a film is means of reproducing images and documentaire, Ed. de la BIFI, 2001, 184 p. G. sounds. We may note that, aesthetically speaking, ALTHABE J.L. COMOLLI Regards sur la ville. there are several practices in film-making which can Paris : Editions du Centre Georges Pompidou, be grouped together under the title "reproduction" in coll. "Supplémentaires", 1994. another sense of the word: pastiches, homages to a - J. AUBENAS (dir.), Dic Doc. Le dictionnaire du former great director, intertextual citations and documentaire. 191 réalisateurs. Communauté remakes. All these practices feed and renew the art of française de Belgique Wallonie-Bruxelles, the cinema. Bruxelles, Commissariat général aux Relations internationales et Service général Using a large number of examples and case studies, de l'Audiovisuel et des Multimédias, 1999. students will examine this notion and try to define it in - J. BRESCHAND Le documentaire : l'autre face order to better understand the films that we watch. du cinéma, coédition les Cahiers du cinéma/SCÉREN-CNDP, coll. "Les petits BIBLIOGRAPHY: cahiers", 2002. - AUMONT, Jacques, L’Analyse de films, Paris, - J.P. COLLEYN Le regard documentaire, Paris, A. Colin, 2004. Editions du Centre Georges Pompidou, coll. - BAZIN, André, Qu’est-ce que le cinéma ?, "Supplémentaires" Paris, Cerf, 1999. - G. GAUTHIER, Le documentaire, un autre - BENJAMIN, Walter, « L’œuvre d’art à l’époque cinéma, Paris, Editions Nathan, coll. "Nathan de sa reproductibilité technique » in Œuvres Université", 1997 et 2000 III, Paris, Folio Essais, 2000. - W.H. GUYNN , Un cinéma de Non-Fiction. Le - BRENEZ, Nicole, De la figure en général et du documentaire classique à l'épreuve de la corps en particulier, Paris, Bruxelles, De théorie, Publications de l'Université de Boeck Université, 1998. Provence, 2001. - CHATEAU D., GARDIES A., JOST F (sous la ______direction de), Cinémas de la modernité : films, théories / Colloque de Cerisy, Paris, LM2/12a &16a: HISTORY OF CINEMA/CINEMA Klincksieck, 1981. ANALYSIS - DELEUZE Gilles, Cinéma 1, L’Image- Fall Semesters Mouvement, Paris, Minuit, 1983 et Cinéma 2, L’Image-Temps, Paris, Minuit, 1985. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - DIDI-HUBERMAN Georges, Devant l’image, Paris, Minuit, 1990. OBJECTIVE: To master the vocabulary of analysis - DANEY Serge, Ciné journal, techniques, the peculiarities and evolution of analysis - LYOTARD Jean-François, « L’acinéma » in language. Dominique Noguez (sous la direction de), Cinéma : théorie, lectures, Revue COURSE PROGRAM: d’Esthétique, Klincksieck, 1973. - Size of shots - MOURE, José, Vers une esthétique du vide, - Camera Movements Paris, L’Harmattan, 1997. - Build a timeline ______- Where do you see the film from? - Behind the camera AS2/11c : DOCUMENTARY FILMS - Sound Credits Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Esthétique du film, Jacques Aumont, Alain Bergala, Michel Marie et Marc Vernet, Coll. OBJECTIVE: To discover the history of documentary Fac. cinéma, Editions Nathan, Paris, 1994 films from the 1920s to the present day. Different (revue et augmentée) types of documentary films will be shown. Students - La Lucarne de l' Infini: naissance du langage will learn how to understand technical, aesthetical, cinématographique, Noël Burch, coll. ethical, social and political questions which cross the Fac.cinéma, Editions Nathan, Paris 1991 documentary film tradition. What does “to shoot - Précis d' analyse filmique, Francis Vanoye et reality” mean? How do documentary makers deal with Anne Goliot Lété, coll.128, Edtions Nathan, the question of “representing the other?” How does Paris, 1992 the spectator read documentary films? ______
COURSE PROGRAM: AS2/17b : CONTEMPORARY MUSIC - The pioneers (The Lumière brothers, Flaherty Spring Semester Vertov …) - The documentary and reality Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Social documentaries (From Grierson to
Loach, perspectives on the world of work) OBJECTIVE: To be capable of analyzing music clips - Raymond Depardon, a viewpoint on our studied and place them in their historical context, as institutions well as develop commentary on a topic to be - Jean Rouch and the ethnographical determined. documentary
10
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: The course aims at giving students the Since the early 20th century, all the norms relating to technical basis required to make and broadcast an the very nature of music have been questioned. audiovisual document. Students will experiment Experiences, futurism, improvisation, electronic music, shotting, photomontage, broadcasting on a DVD or on minimalism have enabled people to reconsider the the internet, thanks to the DVD technologies. The links between music and noise, sound and silence, course is seen in the communicational methodology musicians and non-musicians, music and sociology, angle. To receive the needs of the partner, orientate a time and space. radical creative step, to write a letter of thought, to make a story board paper or an animated story board, BIBLIOGRAPHY: to organize and to supervise a photographic shotting, - Derek Bailey, L’ improvisation.Sa nature et sa to know the basis functions of a DV camera, to know pratique dans la musique, Paris, Outre the basic functions of an editing software, to model a Mesure, 1999 video for its broadcasting. - Jean-Yves Bosseur ,Le Sonore et le visuel, Paris, Dis Voir, 1992 COURSE PROGRAM: - John Cage, Pour les Oiseaux. Entratiens avec Methodology : Daniel Charles, Paris, L’ Herne, 2002 - Project making and mediatic integration - Bastien Gallet, Composer des étendues. L’ art prospect. del’ installation sonore, Geneve, HEAD, 2005 - Creative techniques. - Mychael Nyman, Experimental Music. Cage et - The letter of thought. au-delà, Paris, Allia, 2005 - Story boards. - David Toop, Ocean of Sound, Paris, Kargo, Experiments : 2000 - Animated Storyboard - Animated film AS2/17c : 20th CENTURY ARTISTIC TRENDS Photographic shooting : Spring Semester - Supervising - Light esthetism Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 - Using a DV camera. Editing : OBJECTIVE: To identify and understand the main - Set acquiring artistic movements of the 20th century and be able to - Time line discuss a work of art and place it in its historical and - Effects and transitions cultural context. - Sound managing - “Conformation” COURSE PROGRAM: Broadcasting : - What is meant by "modern"? - Squeeze for the Web (uploading or - Cézanne streaming) - The Cubist Revolution - Autoring DVD - Humanism transformed - The horror of another war as a means to ASSESSMENT: control of the work done in class. rethink the human figure ______- Dadaism and Surrealism as tools of deconstruction LCE3E/17b & 21b : HISTORY OF SPANISH ART - Formlessness and eroticism in the works of Fall & Spring Semesters Georges Bataille THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: - BLISTENE Bernard, Une histoire de l’art du Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 XXe siècle, Paris, Centre George Pompidou, 1999. OBJECTIVE : To understand a work of art and be able - CHALUTMEAU Jean-Luc, Les théorie de l’art, to analyse the different components (materials, Philosophie, crtitique et histoire de l’art de techniques, conservation, date, etc); to analyse and Platon à nos jours, Paris, Vuibert, 2002. make a critical commentary of the art (describe the - Histoire de l’art contemporain, Paris, content and its sources of inspiration, its style and Klincksieck, 2004. composition); to place a work of art in its historical, - DUROZOI Gérard, Regarder l’art du XXe ideological and artistic context; and to competently siècle, Paris, Hazan, 2004. use technical terminology. - LANEYRIE-DAGEN Nadeije, Lire la peinture : dans l’intimité des œuvres, Paris, Larousse, COURSE PROGRAM: 2011. - What is a painting? (techniques, materials, - Lire la peinture : dans le secret des ateliers, subjets, vocabulary) Paris, Larousse, 2011. - What is a sculpture? (techniques, materials, - LE THOREL-DAVIOT, Pascale, Nouveau subjets, vocabulary) dictionnaire des artistes contemporains, Paris, - Antiquity Era art Larousse, 2010. - Medieval art - MALDONADO, Guitemie et EWIG, E, Lire l’art - Renaissance art contemporain, Paris, Larousse, 2010. - Baroque art ______- 19th Century art
MCC2/15c : AUDIOVISUAL METHODOLOGY BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester - Nadeije Laneyrie-Dagen, Lire la peinture, dans l’intimité des œuvres, T.1, Larousse, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 coll. Comprendre et Reconnaître, dernière édition 2006
11
- The Enlightenment Period ______- The Bourbons - Revolutions LCE2E/11b & 15b - Independence SPANISH & LATIN AMERICAN CINEMA - Liberators Fall & Spring Semesters BIBLIOGRAPHY: THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Lavallé, Bernard, L’Amérique espagnole de Colomb à Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 ______
OBJECTIVE: To analyse simple film clips seen in class LCE3E/21b : HISTORY OF SPANISH ART (by the same author, or belonging to the same Spring Semester esthetic movement) and understand that cinema inspired other art forms. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Fall semester: Spanish cinema COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17b. - Introduction & main themes ______- Luís Buñuel - Carlos Saura MCC3/17b : THE MEDIA AND POPULAR CULTURE - Alejandro Amenabas Fall Semester - La “movida” Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring semester: Latin-American cinema OBJECTIVE: Introduction & main themes 1) To present the principal theoretical approaches to - Cuban cinema: Gutiérrez Alea, Pineda Barnet culture, particularly concerning the acceptance of - Contemporary Mexican cinema: Rodrigo Plá, popular culture. Alejandro González Iñárritu 2) To make students aware of the importance of - Introduction to Central America and popular culture as it is transmitted round the world by Columbian the media today, its effect on us and its significance.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: 1- Contrasting conceptulaisations of culture : culture, - Como se comenta un texto fílmico, Ramón civilisation, lifestyle, work, identity … and for popular Carmona, Cátedra, 1993 culture : people, social class, status. - Histoire du cinéma espagnol, J-C Seguin, 2- Media means and processes which influence the Nathan université, Paris, 2005 development and spread of practices and products - Penser le cinéma espagnol (1975-2000), associated with popular culture. Lyon, GRIMH/GRIMIA, 2002. - Panorama del cine iberoamericano, José BIBLIOGRAPHY: Mathieu, Madrid, Ed. Cultura Hispánica, 1990. La notion de culture dans les sciences sociales, D. - 1989–2008 : 20 ans de cinéma latino- CUCHE, Paris Repères la Découverte, 2000 américain, Amanda Rueda, Cinémas La Culture du pauvre R.HOGGART Editions de Minuit d’Amérique latine, 2008, n. 16 Les stars E.MORIN Points - Le Cinéma cubain : identité et regard de Sur la télévision, P.BOURDIEU, Liber éditions l’intérieur, coordonné par Sandra Hernández, La Culture des Individus B.LAHIRE, la Découverte Centre de Recherche sur les Identités Sociologie de la Culture BERA et LAMY, Cursus A. Colin Nationales et l’Interculturalité, Université de ______Nantes, 2006. ______AS3/22a : FORM & FIGURE
Fall Semester LCE2E/15b SPANISH & LATIN AMERICAN
CINEMA Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: To develop one’s ability to capture the THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH details of old patterns in modern times and the issues of these times with respect to the modern public. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/11b. The course will take a transversal approach (scenic, aesthetic, symbolic) towards some motives through LCE2E/13a : LATIN AMERICAN CIVILISATION modern Europe, in order to examine the relationship Spring Semester with its own past. - How are classical plays such as those by Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Orson Welles or William Shakespeare now staged and adapted on the screen? OBJECTIVE: To learn about and understand American - Define how Europe is related to tradition and independance and the birth of new nations, as well as how actors deal with their audience’s culture. historical essays. Research will have to be done at home and shared in class. COURSE PROGRAM: ______12
OBJECTIVE: To question the issue of cultural AS3/23a: SCENE WRITING mediation, to understand the goals of cultural Fall Semester mediation activities, and to implement practical actions. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To develop the students’ acuteness of Themes studied will be related to the case studies. the challenges of dramatic construction, in feature- - Definition of cultural mediation length or short films, and series writing; to introduce - Artistic education/tastes students to the job of the scriptwriter through ages - Art and public spaces/art and territories and industries into the present day’s opportunities; to New trends: Projects guide the students through a personal writing project - Contemporary artists and cultural mediation and familiarise them with collaborative writing. - Experience Art: the audience as a part of art Artists, institutions, partners, audience COURSE PROGRAM: Actors and goals of cultural mediation: - Scene analysis from completed films and films - At the core of political and social projects still in the writing stages. - Cultural democratisation - Short-film writing workshop - Cultural structures Audiences, coordination, expectations and constraints At the end of the workshop, professionals will vote on Oral mediation: two of the written projects which will be filmed in the - Active and passive mediation Spring Semester. - The importance of language ______- What is the actual message? - Adaptation of cultural mediation according to the audience AS3/21a: CINEMA AND PAINTING - Speech limits Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Bernard Lamizet, La médiation culturelle, L’Harmattan,2000 OBJECTIVE : To question the aesthetic challenges in - Jean Caune, La democratisation culturelle: the different ways paintings are viewed on screen; to une médiation à bout de soufflé, Presses learn how to recognize a certain pictorial influence in uiversitaires de Grenoble, Collection Art, various movie genres; to understand the specific culture, public, 2006 features of movie images, and, thanks to an in-depth - Jean Louis Hordé, Le Démocratiseur, Les analysis, understand the dialogue between images. Solitaires Intempestifs, 2011 ______COURSE PROGRAM: Painting and the cinema are slightly intertwined from AS3/28b: CULTURAL MEDIATION their beginnings, with Lumière being “the last impressionist,” according to Jean-Luc Godard (La Spring Semesters Chinoise, 1967). Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 - Where and why do paintings appear on stage?
- Can we speak of a “plan-tableau” (Pascal Bonitzer, Décadrages) COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of AS3/23c.
- How does cinema – as the art of moving images - deal with still images? - How does a conversation start between the AS3/27d : CRITICISM OF CONTEMPORARY ART character, the painting and the spectator? Spring Semester
FILMOGRAPHY: Bunuel, Ford Coppola, Godard, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Jarman, Murnau, Hitchcock, Pasoloni, Robson, Ruiz, Tarkovski, Tourneur, von Trier OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: To learn the fundamental texts of contemporary art - Aumont, Jacques, L’Œil interminable : criticism and their authors; to be capable of writing a cinéma et peinture, Paris, Librairie Séguier, critical analysis of a work of art; to identify and 1989 understand reliable works of art criticism which may - Bonitzer, Pascal, Décadrages, Paris, Éditions be used for university research; to be up-to-date on de l’Étoile, 1985 contemporary art in France; to learn the best places to - Vancheri, Luc, Cinéma et peinture : see contemporary art in Lille. passages, partages, présences, Paris, Armand Collin, 2007 COURSE PROGRAM: - Hitchcock et l'art : coïncidences fatales, dirigé - History of art criticism beginning with the par Guy Cogeval et Dominique Païni, Paris, 18th century Editions du Centre Pompidou, 2001 - Analysis of critical texts in their historical - Peinture et cinéma, Pictorialité de l’image context from the 18th century to today filmée de la toile à l’écran, Revue Ligeia, - Introduction to the cultural press Dossiers sur l’art, Juillet-décembre 2007 - Art in and around Lille ______- A written critical analysis of an exhibition - A written critical analysis of a contemorary AS3/23c & 28b: CULTURAL MEDIATION dance show Fall & Spring Semesters Students will be asked to contribute to a critical blog Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 http://debutscritiques.blogspot.com/ and to analyse the role of the Internet in art criticism. 13
______COURSE PROGRAM: The aim of this class is to understand theoretical texts AS3/27c : HISTORY OF IMAGES about cinema studies and know how to apply them to Spring Semester the films we see. We intend to get a good overview of the writings of the great theoreticians of the cinema Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 and moving pictures in general and learn how to move from an understanding of keys notions into a profound OBJECTIVE: To learn the major trends, the personal reflection on the subject. contributions and influences of different periods in the ______history of art, and ultimately, how place the works into an historical and cultural perspective. AS3/26c : CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH CINEMA Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: The course will explore the evolution of the face of art, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 from ancient Egypt’s portraits of Fayoum to the works of Christian Boltanski. OBJECTIVE: - Is the face a “reflection of the soul”, of inner We shall examine how contemporary English cinema nature? portrays individuals and their private life. - What are the issues of the accession of the portrain in the 15th Century, idealism or COURSE PROGRAM: realism? We shall analyse films by the following directors : - What are the codes of official portraits (court, M. Powell – Le Voyeur Venetian, representations of power) that are S. Frears – Les Liaisons Dangereuses, Chéri still visible today? Ken Loach – Sweet Sixteen, Kess - The self-portrait from Van Eyck to Cindy Sherman and La Caravage, Artemisia ______Gentileschi, Velasquez, Rembrandt, Courbet, Picasso, Warhol, Ben, etc. AS3/21b ART AND CULTURAL HISTORY: GREAT ______WOMEN Fall Semester AS3/27b : ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY ART Spring Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Great feminine figures in the world of art : OBJECTIVE: To develop the student’s thinking on the Understanding these in the context of various artistic representation and functions of writers in modern movements and of the different periods in art history literature. with their specificities. Know how to place any particular work in its historical and cultural context. COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding the iconography of the great artists. Cultural modernity is mainly expressed through the Learning how to analyse works of art in depth using literary genre of self-fiction (Proust, Perec, Modiano) Panofsky's iconology. Being able to identify common and this will be discussed in regards to its history. themes in an artist's whole corpus. Throughout the course, students will distinguish the ______stories in the novels from the representation of the writer himself as seen within the novels (Chevillard, AS3/28a : CULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS Wilde). Students will then be able to look for recurring PLANNING patterns to compare their aesthetics. Spring Semester ______Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: AS3/26a : HISTORY OF CULTURAL PERFORMANCE: OTHERNESS IN THE ARTS OBJECTIVE: To distinguish the different areas of Spring Semester communications; to understand the specifics of the cultural sector in terms of communications; to be able Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 to design a strategy and appropriate communications plan for the cultural sector. OBJECTIVE: To read theoretical texts from the field of humanities and social sciences allowing the students to COURSE PROGRAM: question the identity of artists and their works - Introduction: Reminder of the major primarily through the figure of the Other and the principles and areas of communication Elsewhere. - Internal communication - Corporate communications COURSE PROGRAM: - External communications - Otherness as a vehicle in an artistic creation: - Assessment / Exercise - Spatial Otherness - External communications, cont’d - The Other as it applies to self ______AS3/22b : FILM ANALYSIS – HITCHCOCK AS3/26b : CINEMA THEORY Spring Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
14
OBJECTIVE: To give students the tools they require to Students will make the project selected. analyse films and obtain a good understanding of Hitchcock's films. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Boutinet , J.P , Psychologie des conduites à projet, Ed COURSE PROGRAM: PUF Presentation of Hitchcock's works A. Asquin, C. Falcoz, T. Picq, Ce que manager par Structural analysis of Hitchcock's North by Northwest projet veut dire, Ed des Organisations Historical analysis : A. Fernandez, Les secrets de la conduite de projet, Ed - America during the Cold War des Organisations - Getting round the Hays Code Analysis of themes - The abusive mother AS4/4d: NEW APPROACHES TO ART - Voyeurism Spring Semester - Loss of identity
- Metaphors in the cinema Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Analysis of sound and visual effects :
- Titles OBJECTIVE: - The kidnapping at Thornhill With his Fountain in 1917, Marcel Duchamp took art in - Meeting between Thornhill and Townsend a new direction: the artistic artefact being desacralised (Vandamm) and the creative process recentred around the artist - Crime at the United Nations himself and the reception of his work by the spectator, - Meeting between Eve and Roger in the train who plays an active part in identifying the meaning of - The airplane the work. - The auction This idea of placing experience at the centre of art is - Vandamm's house typical of the new artistic practices which developped
during the 1960s and 70s. BIBLIOGRAPHY Contemporary art, rather than being conceptual is - Les Entretiens Hitchcock Truffaut, Ramsay contextual, to quote Paul Ardenne. As a result, - Martine Joly, Introduction à l'analyse de questions must be asked about the relevance of l'image, Nathan Université, collection 128, keeping art in galleries and museums. If art is a living 1996 thing, how can it best be displayed? The Monumenta - Francis Vanoye, Anne Goliot Lété : Précis exhibition of artisitc creation in Paris may provide d'analyse filmique, Nathan Université, 1992 clues to the way ahead. The artist needs to occupy - Jean Marie aumont, Michel Marie : L'analyse public space and becomes, more and more, a filmique, Nathan Université, 1988 performer. - Laurent Jullier, L'Analyse de séquence,
Nathan cinéma, 2003 COURSE PROGRAM: - Stéphane du Mesnildot, La Mort aux trousses, 4 main themes will be examined: Cahiers du cinéma, CNDP - Breaking down barriers between forms of art: new ______artistic practices - The role of the spectator MCC3/20b & 24b : COMMUNICATION & - Works of art and how they should be displayed. MANAGEMENT OF CULTURAL PROJECTS - Art in the public arena Fall and Spring Semesters Bibliography: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per ARDENNE PAUL, UN ART CONTEXTUEL : CREATION semester) ARTISTIQUE EN MILIEU URBAIN, EN SITUATION, D’INTERVENTION, DE PARTICIPATION, PARIS, OBJECTIVE: When one appreciates a cultural event, FLAMMARION, 2002 he is judging a result. However, the quality of a LUCIE-SMITH EDWARD, LES MOUVEMENTS project is not the fruit of destiny but the result of a ARTISTIQUES DEPUIS 1945, TRADUIT PAR PIERRE- work of intelligence. This course aims at giving RICHARD students the basis to create and manage a project. ROUILLON, PARIS, THAMES & HUDSON, 1999 During the course, students will have the opportunity MEREDIEU FLORENCE DE, HISTOIRE MATERIELLE ET to put into practice the theoretical notions seen in IMMATERIELLE DE L’ART MODERNE ET class. They will have to respect a timescale and a CONTEMPORAIN, PARIS, LAROUSSE, 2008 limited budget. The methods learnt in class, the organisation of the project with the constraints will make students actors AS4/1a: SEMINAR: HISTORY OF THE CINEMA in the cultural world while they will be supported by Fall Semester their teachers. During the semester, new principles and new tools will Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 be used so as to manage time and the tasks to make, and to use at best the techniques available. This will COURSE PROGRAM: enable students to propose enriching and stimulating From the origins of cinema to the 1960s, this class will cultural events to people. present all the main movements in film history. - What movements have contributed to making COURSE PROGRAM: Culture project, anthropologic cinema a genuine art form? approach of the project, fundamental elements of the - How have production techniques, narration, making of projects in matter of know-how and savoir- sound, filming and settings been understood être. (project cycles, piloting, presentation of a few in different periods? tools, planning management, internal/external - German expressionism, communication, team management, responsibility - Russian avant-garde films ethic, financing…) - Neorealism 15
- New Wave identity and territory. In this manner we shall ask how - other movements in order to understand the we can conceive, in the framework of cultural and aesthetic and historical issues at stake, which geopolitical borders, the construction of the artist's have made cinema what it is today. Social and Cultural Self (in the anthropological sense ______of the term). We shall also examine the role of others in this construction and how they participate in this AS4/1d: WORLD MUSIC foundational identity. The course will also analyse Fall Semester changes in the understanding and role of the artist in society and changes in his workplace (from the studio Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 to the street) and where he exhibits his work (from the studio to the street via the web). Developments in how COURSE PROGRAM: artists work and in the type of work produced will also World music has become an essential ingredient in be analysed in the context of current artistic practice. many music festivals and concert seasons. Although ______this type of music usually has a rural origin, it has become, over time and with the development of AS4/1b: HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY technological means of music making, very popular in PHOTOGRAPHY the western world - leading to all kinds of hybrid Fall Semester genres and melodious mixes. We shall attempt here to draw up an overview of the Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 most popular varietie of this kind of music and look for parallels and similarities between them: use of COURSE PROGRAM: rhythm, vocal techniques, use of traditional From the heliographic images of Niepce in 1822 to the instruments etc. latest digital photos, photography has changed a lot in the last two centuries, although its goal, to BIBLIOGRAPHY: immortalise what we see, has not changed. The issues Laurent Aubert : La Musique de l’autre (Georg Editeur. raised by photography in the history of art have also Ateliers undergone a transformation. Easily reproduced and d’ethnomusicologie) disseminated, the photo has completely shaken the Eliane Azoulay : Musiques du monde (Editions Bayard) relationship between the spectator and the work of art, François Bensignor (sous la direction de) : Les as works can now be dematerialised and exhibited in Musiques du monde (Guide Totem) an Imaginary Gallery (André Malraux). Photos are no (Larousse) longer just documents, they are another form of Etienne Bours : Dictionnaire thématique des musiques modern art and are highly successful as such. This is du monde (Fayard) the result of interaction between painters and Henri Lecomte : Guide des meilleures musiques du photographers from the beginning of the 20th century monde en CD (Bleu Nuit Editeur) onwards. While photographers are inspired by painters ______in order to find a certain texture and depth in their work, helping them to forget the myth of the objective H3/18c : CINEMA & HISTORY image, recent work by artistic photographers helps the Fall Semester plastic artist to abandon the idea of imitation in art in order to experiments in new forms. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ______
COURSE PROGRAM: AS4/4g: SEMINAR: A DIALOGUE BETWEEN THE For as long as it has existed, the cinema has CINEMA AND THE OTHER ARTS always found inspiration in past events, whether to Spring Semester encourage the feeling a belonging to a national group, to serve the interests of a political agenda or simply in Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 order to capture the romantic side of life or the feeling of destiny. COURSE PROGRAM: Taking, for example, films as different as If parallels between other arts, drama, photography, Chéreau's La reine Margot, Tavernier's Que la fête architecture and painting are always rich, in this class commence, Wadja's Danton or Visconti's Les damnés, we will exlore the dialogue between the different we need to make it clear that every time there is a tendencies where the cinema inspires or has inspired double historical context – that of the period portrayed the artistic production of its day. and that in which the film was produced. When we see - From futurist avant-garde artists and these films, we are therefore called to interpret certain surrealists to pop art, how has the 7th art sequences of reconstition of the past in the light of form become a means of genuine artistic more modern preoccupations. Intemporal themes are expression? intermixed with present dilemmas in order to give - How do film makers envision their each historical film its specific message. collaboration with other artists, for example ______Bunuel and Hitchcock with Salvador Dali? - And if the cinema is inspired by painting, AS4/1e : THE ARTIST AND HIS IDENTITY photography or video, how do these arts use Fall Semester film as inspiration, for example Douglas Gordon whose work 24 Hour Psycho (1993) Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 is inspired by Hitchcock and who, in his turn, is reinterpreted by the writer Don DeLillo in COURSE PROGRAM: Point Oméga (2010)? Theoretical texts from the humanities and social These issues will be analysed and placed in context sciences allow us to question the identity of the artist through the study of numerous film clips and works of and his work in order to establish the relevance, in the art. context of globalisation, of the links between creation, ______16
______AS4/1f : AESTHETICS (RHYTHM IN THE ARTS) Fall Semester AS4/4c: SEMINAR: TELEVISION SERIES Spring Semester Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 1 OBJECTIVE: To recognise and understand the aesthetic and philosophical issues at stake in rhythm in COURSE PROGRAM: music, dance, painting, cinema; to analyse the The principle of this class is to begin from the interaction between people and rhythm, whether student's own experience of watching television series regular or irregular; to understand the fascination and their reactions to them and to compare this with exercised in our culture for irregularities, upset other time periods, geographical zones and cultures. rhythms and the unpredictable; to acquire a way of The course will examine satellite television, DVD box thinking which is both transversal and interdisciplinary. sets, Internet downloading, streaming, etc. Students will then be asked to analyse the script-writing, COURSE PROGRAM: production, broadcasting and accessories for a series. Rhythms in the arts are complex and difficult to grasp. The course will also take a look at the role of television There is a kind of mystery in rhythm. "We don't just series in modern society, their cult status, their role in stand and look at a rhythm," said Henri Maldiney, "We initiation and social rituals as well as the artistic are caught up in it". This empiricism, his statement elements involved in their production. about rhythm is more than a fact to be noted, it is an ______invitation. An invitation to enter into what it is to be alive, to be an individual in a society. Looking at the AS5/7a: FIGURE OF THE ARTIST aesthetic dimensions of rhythm, this class will look at Fall Semester different ways, both thereoretical and practical, in which rhythm finds its place in the world of culture. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 ______COURSE PROGRAM AS4/1c : EXPERIMENTAL MUSIC We seek to enable the student to identify the issues at Fall Semester stake in audiovisual artistic creation and contemporary cinema. Thereoretical texts from the human and social Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 sciences will enable us to ask questions about the identity of the artist and his work in order to analyse OBJECTIVE: the relevance of this in a context of globalisation. !we Since the beginning of the 20th century, the norms shall also study the links between creation, identity governing the production of music have not stopped and geographical location. changing through the development of experimental In this perspective we shall ask how, in a world whose musical practices from futurism to today's sound art frontiers appear to be continually expanding, we can via research into indeterminant sound, improvisation, define personal and cultural identity in a way which concrete music, eletronic music, minimalism, the makes sense in the world of art. conceptual approach, Flux performances and different We shall also wonder what role other people have to forms of sound system. This has led thinkers to play in this construction of personal and artistic redefine the relationship between music and noise, identity. sound and silence, between musicians and non- The class will also look at the role and status of the musicians. artist in society, the natur of his workplace and the way his work is received by the public. COURSE PROGRAM: Through an historical overview and the use of tools for BIBLIOGRAPHY: aesthetic analysis, the course will cover several works Paul ARDENNE Art, l'âge contemporain : une histoire and try to clarify the main issues at stake in the des arts plastiques à la fin du XXe siècle, definition of music. Students should learn to feel at Regard, 1997 home with experimental music and to recognise Paul, ARDENNE un art contextuel, Flammarion, 2002. different trends, becoming capable of placing any work Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Esthetique relationnelle, Presses heard into its historical and theoretical context. du réel, 1998. ______Nicolas BOURRIAUD, La culture comme scénario Les Presses du réel, 2003. AS4/4e : DOCUMENTARY FILMS Nicolas BOURRIAUD, Radicant, Denoël, COLLECTIF, (FILM & SOCIAL ISSUES) L'art au XXe siècle, Taschen 2002 Spring Semester Nicolas BOURRIAUD, L’art moderne et l’invention de soi, Denoël, 2003. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Élisabeth COUTURIER, L'Art contemporain: mode d'emploi, éd. Éditions Filipacchi, Paris, 2004. COURSE PROGRAM: Yves MICHAUD, L'Art à l'état gazeux : essai sur le Whether we're talking about films with fictional plots triomphe de l'esthétique, Paris, éditions Stock, or documentaries, it is undeniable that cinema has the 2003. power to evoke real situations and incite the audience Françoise PARFAIT, Vidéo : Un art contemporain, to question the link between the film and real life. This Paris, Regard, 2001. class will look at the cinema in this perspective and in Janine SMIRGEL-CHASSEGUET, Pour une psychanalyse particular, at what is known as "social cinema". Special de l’art et de la créativité, Payot, 1971. emphasis will be placed on the work of Ken Loach ______(winner at Cannes in 2006) in order to examine the concepts of commitment, testimony and denunciation AS5/1e: CONTEMPORARY PHOTOGRAPHY in films and to analyse the ideological basis of his Fall Semester work. 17
Lectures: 18 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: Since its invention, photography has changed very OBJECTIVE: To define the concept of musical greatly from a technical point of view while still mediation and the relationship between musical maintaining the same basic aims. We cannot say the practices and cultural policy; to learn and understand same for its place in the history of art and for the the issues regarding the international distribution of issues this raises. Its ease of reproduction has today’s music. completely tansformed the relationship between the artistic image and the public, as pictures may now be COURSE PROGRAM: stored in what Malraux called "an imaginary museum". - Socio-anthropology of music and musical Photography's success and its acceptance in the world practices of art and art exhibitions may partly be explained by - The boundary between amateur and the collaboration between painters and photographers professional ever since the first avant-garde movements at teh - The disc, and the cultural industry start of the 20th century. - Music and live performances Although painting has a tangible aspect absent in - Music and the rights of the composer photography, the new possibilities tchnology has given ______the photographer has invited the manual artist to work in new media. AS5/4f: PERFORMANCE STUDIES Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 1 This seminar will cover 4 major issues: - Reproduction of visual art OBJECTIVE: To define the concept of performance in - From document to work of art theatrical studies, the science of information and - Photography and the avant-garde movement communication and in anthropology; to understand - The principle contemporary trends in photography and analyse the relationship between the movement, ______speech, the language and the action in standard artistic framework of Performing Art; to grasp the AS5/7c AESTHETICS: RHYTHM IN THE ARTS ritual, the scene and the body as measure of Fall Semester mediation.
Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: - Socio-anthropology of cultural practices OBJECTIVE: - Introduction to Performing Arts By the end of this course students should understand - Introduction to Performance Studies and its the issues at stake in aesthetics and philosophy with issues (tradition, theatre, movement, regrd to rhythm in various artistic disciplines (music language, communication, mise en scène, dance, painting, film etc.), be able to analyse the self-presentation interaction between the individual and rhythmic - Establish the connection between regularity and also to understand why many cultural interdisciplinary and theatrical studies, or practioners are attracted by irregularities in rhythm artistic studies and the science of information and by the unpredictable. and communication, and anthropology of As he think about rhythm in the artsEn pensant le communication rhythm in the arts, the student will acquire a way of ______thinking which crosses usual disciplinary boundaries. AS5/10d: TELEVISION SERIES COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Rhythm, in art, is often complex. it is difficult to define. Rhythm has its own mysteries: "We are never Lectures: 18 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 really face to face with a rhythm", said Henri Maldiney, "we are part of it". This empiricism, acknowledgement OBJECTIVE: of the essential nature of rhythm, which is more than To know how to analyse audiovisual series, in an invitation, but rather a basic component of what it particular from a narrative point of view, using one's is to live in human society. own experience as a viewer, but also learning how to Following various aesthetic concepts of rhythm, the create a critical distance. class will try to combine theory and practice in order to define and experience rhythm in the performance arts. COURSE PROGRAM: * Scriptwriting, production, broadcasting and use of TV BIBLIOGRAPHY: series Sabine Prokhoris et Simon Hecquet, Fabriques de la * Public reactions danse, éd. Seuil, 2008 * Prgoramming and timing Henri Maldiney, Art et existence, éd. Klincksieck, 2004 o nouveaux usages, téléchargement ou échanges de Henri Meschonnic, Critique du rythme, éd. Verdier, fichiers 2009 * New technologies, watching on line, DVDs etc. Christian Doumet et Aliocha Wald Lasowski, Rythmes * Construction of a televisual culture de l’homme, rythmes du * Criticism of TV series and recognition of them as a monde, éd. Hermann, 2010 legitimate cultural form ______* TV series as social cement, watching as a social ritual AS5/7e: MUSICAL MEDIATION BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall Semester
18
Boutet, Marjolaine Les Séries télé pour les nuls First, 2002 Tome 2 Dans le secret des ateliers, Paris 2009 Larousse, 2004. Calbo, Stéphane Réception télévisuelle et affectivité l'Harmattan, Paris 1998 INTERNET WEBSITES: Colonna, Vincent L’Art des séries télé Payot, Paris www.louvre.fr 2010 www.photo.rmn.fr Dupont, Florence Homère et Dallas. Introduction à une www.wga.hu critique anthropologique www.musenor.fr Hachette, Paris 1991 www.centrepompidou.fr Esquenazi, Jean-Pierre Mythologie des séries télé Le ______cavalier bleu, Paris 2009 Esquenazi, Jean-Pierre Les Séries télévisées : L’avenir CTV4/8b : LECTURES AND VISITS : du cinéma Armand Colin, FESTIVALS, HERITAGE PROJECTS Paris 2010 CONTEMPORARY ART, MUSIC AND LITERATURE. Odin, Roger De la Fiction De Boeck, Bruxelles 2000 Spring Semester Pasquier, Dominique La Culture des sentiments Éditions de la Maison des Sciences Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 de l’Homme, Paris 1999 Winckler, Martin Les Miroirs de la vie : histoire des COURSE PROGRAM: séries américaines Le Passage, - Culture, a field of conceptual controversy Seuil, Paris 2002 - Elements of the history of public cultural ______action - Different viewpoints on cultural practices in CTV4/2c : HISTORY OF ART AND CULTURE France. Fall Semester - The action of territorial collectivities - The European Union Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Support structures - The field of municipal cultural affairs OBJECTIVE: - The domains of public cultural action. We shall study a synthesis of Western arts - Heritage projects. (architecture, sculpture, painting) in their historical - Archives and intellectual contexts. Students will have to deepen - State museums the analysis and to do personal research. In parallel to - Libraries this approach of creation, an emphasis will be put on - Theater the role of patronage and the evolution of artistic - Music taste. Then we shall focus on the protection of this - Cinema artistic heritage. - Art
COURSE PROGRAM: ASSESSMENT: Summary of lectures. Prehistory, Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, Rome, High Middle-Ages, Roman Art, Gothic Art, Renaissance Humanism, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael, CTV4/6b : HISTORY OF ART AND CULTURE Mannerism. Spring Semester
ASSESSMENT: examinations, research papers and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 oral presentations.
OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: We shall study a synthesis of Western arts - Histoire de l’art, Flammarion, 4 volumes: (architecture, sculpture, painting) in their historical SCHNAPP, Alain dir., Préhistoire et Antiquité and intellectual contexts. Students will have to deepen HECK, Christian dir., Moyen Âge : chrétienté et Islam the analysis and to do personal research. In parallel to MIGNOT, RABREAU dir., Les temps modernes this approach of creation, an emphasis will be put on DAGEN, HAMON dir., Epoque contemporaine : XIXe- the role of patronage and the evolution of artistic XXe siècles taste. Then we shall focus on the protection of this - L’Art et les grandes civilisations, Citadelles et artistic heritage. Mazenod
- The series Tout l’art Encyclopédie, COURSE PROGRAM: Flammarion : Chronologie de l’art du XIXe Italian Baroque and Classicism, Flemish and Dutch 17th siècle, 2008 / Chronologie de l’art du XXe century, The French Great Century, the Age of siècle, 2006 / Barral i Altet (Xavier), Enlightenment, the 19th century: the Maelstrom, Chronologie de l’art du Moyen Âgen, 2003 / Barbizon school, Naturalism, Realism, Impressionism, Les techniques de l’art, 2006 Post-Impressionism, Pont-Aven school, the Naïves, - GOMBRICH (Ernst Hans), Histoire de l’art The Nabis, Pointillism, Sculpture, Architecture, the 20th - FRONTISI (Claude) dir., Histoire visuelle de century. l’art, Paris, Larousse, 2005
- ANONYME, Encyclopédie de l’art, Paris, ASSESSMENT: examinations, research papers and Larousse, 2000 oral presentations. - ARASSE (Daniel), On n’y voit rien, Gallimard,
2000 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - ARASSE (Daniel), Histoires de peinture, - Histoire de l’art, Flammarion, 4 volumes: Gallimard, 2004 SCHNAPP, Alain dir., Préhistoire et Antiquité - LENEYRIE-DAGEN (Nadège), Lire la peinture HECK, Christian dir., Moyen Âge : chrétienté et Islam tome 1 Dans l’intimité des œuvres, Larousse, MIGNOT, RABREAU dir., Les temps modernes
19
DAGEN, HAMON dir., Epoque contemporaine : XIXe- Students must have studied at least one XXe siècles semester of Arabic. - L’Art et les grandes civilisations, Citadelles et Mazenod Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - The series Tout l’art Encyclopédie, Flammarion : Chronologie de l’art du XIXe COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/3f siècle, 2008 / Chronologie de l’art du XXe siècle, 2006 / Barral i Altet (Xavier), Chronologie de l’art du Moyen Âgen, 2003 / LCE2/12f & H2/11f : ARABIC 3 Les techniques de l’art, 2006 Fall Semester - GOMBRICH (Ernst Hans), Histoire de l’art
- FRONTISI (Claude) dir., Histoire visuelle de Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 l’art, Paris, Larousse, 2005
- ANONYME, Encyclopédie de l’art, Paris, Students must have studied at least one year of Larousse, 2000 Arabic. - ARASSE (Daniel), On n’y voit rien, Gallimard,
2000 COURSE PROGRAM: - ARASSE (Daniel), Histoires de peinture, Written and oral modern standard Arabic. Students will Gallimard, 2004 be reaching the stage where they can communicate in - LENEYRIE-DAGEN (Nadège), Lire la peinture most everyday situations and start to read the press. tome 1 Dans l’intimité des œuvres, Larousse, Some elements of Arab culture & civilisation will be 2002 Tome 2 Dans le secret des ateliers, included. Larousse, 2004.
INTERNET WEBSITES: www.louvre.fr LCE2/16f & H2/15f : ARABIC 4 www.photo.rmn.fr Spring Semester www.wga.hu www.musenor.fr Students must have studied at least one year of www.centrepompidou.fr Arabic. ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Arabic COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of course above. ______LCE1/3f & H1/3d & LEA1/4f : BEGINNERS ARABIC LCE3/20f & H3/19f : ARABIC 5 Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: Students must have studied at least two years of This course is an introduction to the Arabic language Arabic. which is one of the official languages of the United Nations, it is also the official language of the twenty COURSE PROGRAM: two states of the Arabic League. During the medieval Written and oral modern standard Arabic. Students will period, Arabic was the language of culture and be reaching the stage where they can communicate in knowledge, which is etymologically proved in some all everyday situations and read the press and some European languages. It is the true expression of a elementary literature. whole civilisation and gave the cultural heritage of Some elements of Arab culture & civilisation will be humanity one of the most beautiful literatures. included. This introduction will give students the basis of Arabic writing and of Arabic pronunciation. A few grammar rules and the vocabulary required to read and LCE3/24f & H2/23f : ARABIC 6 understand texts will be taught. Spring Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students must have studied at least two years of - Michel Neyreneuf, Christine Canamas et Arabic. Mohammad Bakri .Arabe pratique de base, Paris, 1997, coll. Méthode 90. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Gérard LECOMTE, Grammaire de l’arabe. Collection Que sais-je ? n°1275 Presses COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of course above. Universitaires de France. - Sam Ammar, Joseph Dichy, Les Verbes arabes, , Hatier, , coll. "Bescherelle". Paris 1999. http://www.imarabe.org Business & Economics http://classes.bnf.fr/dossiecr/sp-prop3.htm#arabe http://www.lexilogos.com/clavier/araby.htm IMPORTANT: ALL OUR BUSINESS COURSES ARE
TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED) LCE1/7f & H1/7d & LEA1/8f : ARABIC 2 Spring Semester
20
LEA1/2c : INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS - Productivity and production costs Fall Semester - Unemployment features and inflation in France Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per week ASSESSMENT: See LEA1/2a ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: See LEA1/2a OBJECTIVE: The course aims at 4 goals: - To get non-specialist students to learn about basic economic concepts: supply, production, LEA1/4a growth and development, crises, BUILDING PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES unemployment and inflation Fall & Spring Semesters - To help students to understand the way modern societies work, by stressing the role Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 played by various economic actors: the Government, consumers and companies OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, the student - To develop students’ ability to synthesize, by should be able to build a career reference, a observing various factors which influence the professional project, create a CV, a cover letter, economy: population, the unemployment follow/lead a job interview, find a job through rate, price increases and the Budget networking actions - To give an exhaustive vision of the main trends in economic thought: classical, neo- COURSE PROGRAM: classical, Marxist, Keynesian and modern Notions of personal/professional project , create a CV and a cover letter COURSE PROGRAM: Fictional job interviews General introduction: Introduction to economic Networking methodology (commentary on statistics, written Behaviourism essays on economics) - Chapter 1: What is Economics? BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Chapter 2: The Great Trends in economic Herzberg's theory of motivation and maslow's thought hierarchy of needs. Practical Assessment, Research & - Chapter 3: Government Accountancy Evaluation, 5(11) Gawel, Joseph E. (1997). Méthode Déclic pour conduire votre projet ASSESSMENT: Questions, multiple choice question professionnel (Broché), APEC paper and a written essay Le Grand Livre du CV (Broché), A. Baden Le grand livre de la lettre de motivation(Studyrama), BIBLIOGRAPHY: C . Fontaine BEITONE, BELOEIL-BENOIST, NORECK, PASQUIER, Trouver un stage (Hachette), C. Fontaine THORIS, VOISIN – Analyse économique et historique 101 Questions pièges de l'entretien d'embauche et les des sociétés contemporaines – ed. Armand Colin, 1996 réponses pour décrocher le job – (Broché, l’Express) DAUBE, RICARD – Economie générale – ed. Dunod, Daniel Porot, Dominique Pialot 1992 Le savoir-être dans l'entreprise : Utilité en gestion des DASQUE, VANHOVE, VIPREY – Economie générale, ressources humaines (Broché), S. Bellier BTS 1 – ed. Dunod, 1995 DASQUE, VANHOVE, VIPREY – Economie générale, WEBSITES: BTS 2 – ed. Dunod, 1996 LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, Un méta-site n° 279 : Concepts et mécanismes – La Documentation http://www.cyber-emploi- française, 1997 centre.com/site/3_formation/form_stages_offres.htm LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, n°280 : Histoire de la pensée économique – La Des sites pour chercher des stages … Documentation française, 1997 LES CAHIERS FRANÇAIS – Découverte de l’économie, http://www.michaelpagejunior.com n°284 : Découverte de l’économie : Les politiques http://www.marketing-etudiant.fr économiques – La Documentation française, 1998 http://www.en-stage.com/ http://www.directetudiant.com/ http://www.infostages.com/ LEA1/6c : INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 2 http://www.emploi-stage-job.com Spring Semester http://www.capcampus.com/
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per … pourquoi pas dans le Nord … week http://www.l4m.fr/ ECTS credits: 3 … ou à l’étranger OBJECTIVE: See LEA1/2c http://www.exporter.gouv.fr/exporter/Pages.aspx?idd oc=47&pex=1-12-47 COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: ______- Chapter 1: Supply and demand - Chapter 2: Productivity and investments LEA2/10c : INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING - Chapter 3: Unemployment and inflation Fall Semester
Tutorials: Lectures: 1 hours per week Tutorials: 1 hour per - Consumer characteristics week
21
ECTS credits: 3 -HEWLETT-PACKARD strategy -MAC-DONALD strategy COURSE PROGRAM: I) Marketing & Information ASSESSMENT: A written essay or a commentary on - Market research an economic text. - Internal & external diagnosis - Surveys BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Aims of market surveys - DETRIE, J-P., Strategor, Edition DUNOD, - Sampling 2006. - Variation over time PELLICELLI G., Stratégie d’entreprise, Edition De - Geographical variation Boeck, 2007. ______II) Strategic Marketing - The company and its environment : MCC2/12d & 16d : COMMUNICATION & THE political, legal, economic, WORLD OF BUSINESS technological and sociocultural Fall & Spring Semesters - Domains of strategic activity: 1 technology, 1 sector, 1 need Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 (per - Strategic Choices: targets, sectors, semester) growth, special offers, competition et internationalisation OBJECTIVE: - Beating your competitors Discovering the world of business and its environment, - Human capital its limits and opportunities. Learning about the - Strategic developments: communication needs of a company. geomarketing, net-marketing et sensory marketing COURSE PROGRAM: What is business ? III) Operational Marketing Understanding the business environment - Commercial policy Organisation & management of a business : Marketing & commercial management ASSESSMENT: intermediary evaluation in the form of Production management a marketing file and a work on the firms’ actuality. Supplies and logistics Final ASSESSMENT: an oral examination about the file Human resource management or a one hour and a half writing test (practical case, Financial management case study…). Quality management Starting a business. RECOMMENDED READINGS Capital, L'Entreprise, 60 millions de consommateurs... ASSESSMENT: One team report and one final written exam ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEA2/14c : COMPANY STRATEGIES ALBERTO, T.,Comprendre l’entreprise : théorie, Spring Semester gestion, relations sociales, Nathan, 2000
Lectures: 1½ hours per week Tutorials: 1 hour Numbers are Limited for this Class every 2 weeks ______ECTS credits: 3 MCC2/10b: BUSINESS AND MARKET FORCES OBJECTIVES: To make the students aware of Fall Semester strategies applied today by companies at their level of competition and development. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 At the end of this course, students will be able to analyse the situation of the company with regard to COURSE PROGRAM: the competition and to diagnose its market position. Daniel Cohen’s book, Three lessons on post-industrial society/ What is an company? / What is management? COURSE PROGRAM: General Introduction: Evolution / Different types of business / Strategic decision- of the strategy concept. taking / Economic Communication / Practices / PART I: Tools of strategical analysis Internal Communication / Business and globalisation / -Chapter 1: Competition analysis. Business and the State/ Businesses and Markets -Chapter 2: The strategic portfolio PART II: The basic strategies BIBLIOGRAPHY: -Chapter 3: Domination strategy via costs. Stéphane BAILLAND & Anne-Marie BOUVIER, -Chapter 4: Differentiation strategy. Management des Entreprises, Dunod PART III: Development strategies Gilles BRESSY & Christian KONKUYT, management et -Chapter 3: Specialisation and diversification économie des entreprises, Dalloz strategies. Stéphane PAQUIN, La nouvelle économie politique -Chapter 4: Acquisition strategies.-Evolution internationale, chapitre 6 p 177 à 191 et conclusion of the big management concepts since 1960. page 264 et suivantes Guy SORMAN, l’ économie ne ment pas, chapitre 7 « Case Studies la rationalité intégrale », chapitre 8 »les limites de la raison pure » -COCA vs. PEPSI ______-L’ OREAL strategy -RENAULT strategy
22
MCC2/10c: BRANDS, ADVERTISING AND CULTURE Making agreements : Fall Semester Summarising the main points Defining actions points and precise arrangements Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Distributing responsibilities Drawing up a written agreement Objective: To understand the complexity of brand strategy in the light of contemporary issues. AS2/13a ECONOMICS FOR THE ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester It is well-known that brands seek to correspond to their customers' needs and adpt their advertising and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 communication with regrad to contemporary issues. This means following trends and remaining up-to-date. OBJECTIVE: Students will learn who does what when It is essential for brands to create an exclusive and organising live entertainment, how it is financed, how strong link with their public, based on customers' real the market works, and its managerial practices in the lifestyles and concerns. industry. In this class we shall study how brands observe and use the culture of any given society to gain insight into COURSE PROGRAM: customer concerns, seeking to transform these - An analysis of the live entertainment industry customers' lifestyles like a flexible and adaptable raw - The economics of intellectual property and material. We shall look at how to crate a strategic copyright mrketing plan which is both creative and clear and - The legal context for live entertainment able to make a differenc in sales. - State subsidies - Private patronage or sponsorship - Entertainment as a business - Working in the live entertainement industry LEA2/14d INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS NEGOCIATION IN ENGLISH Spring Semester LEA3/22c : INTERNATIONAL MARKETING & NEGOCIATION THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Spring Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1hour per Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: To help students gain a better understanding of the OBJECTIVE: different careers in international marketing and the At the end of the course students should be able to: skills required. Formulate and express ideas in English Influence and convince people in English COURSE PROGRAM: Know the technical vocabulary used in 1. Definition business negociation in English 2. What is a market? Analyse power relationships 3. Different types of market Construct a negociating strategy 4. Market surveys Bring negociations to a successful conclusion 5. Marketing plans Understand the basic cultural factors which 6. International brand management influence intercultural negociating 7. Strategic options 8. Marketing Mix COURSE PROGRAM: 9. Careers in Marketing Setting the framework : 10. Training in marketing Introductions, greetings, starting a conversation ______Expressing first impressions and personal opinions Clarifying the agenda and the key points LEA2/15b : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Spring Semester Starting negociations : Seeking information about needs, summarising, Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per checking and reformulating week. Referring back to previous discussions ECTS credits: 3 Fixing deadlines and future meetings OBJECTIVES: The main points : 1. Developping students’ knowledge of what is Making suggestions, giving precise details at stake in human resource management : Conditions and requirements learning about the different practices current Reacting to an offer in business ; Accepting, refusing and explaining your reasons 2. Learning to analyse frequent problems in HRM, seeing situations in their context, Problem solving : formulating hypotheses, suggesting solutions Explaining why you disagree and evaluating their efficacity Clarifying problems, suggesting modifications 3. Getting to know about the HRM missions Apllying pressure, coming to a compromise students may later experience in their working lives, particularly in the areas of recruitment and professional training, career 23
management, salaries and work To help students understand management via a class relationships ; based on experience and tough reality. We shall 4. Acquiring principles of good teamwork; discuss some key texts and testimonies by managers 5. Improving public-speaking, particularly at and explore various important themes. We aim to give interviews; students a realistic idea of what a manager's daily life 6. developping their critical faculties and ability is like. to look objectively at situations where they are personally involved; COURSE PROGRAM: 7. learning to find and apply successfully for a 1° The Tools of Management: The Team, the useful internship Organisation, the Organisation Chart, the Meetings 2° Human Resources: Recruiting, Training, Salary COURSE PROGRAM: the class will be divided into 3 strategy, career development, Coaching. main sections: Communication: Building your network strategy for aims, actors, methods and tools connected your professional objectives » with career and skills management : 3° Other management Key Responsibilities; recruitment, professional training, pay, Commercial law, Shrinkage, Communication, Health communication, work relationships and Security, Customers Service, Ethics. 4° Management and Motivation: Work force finding an internship/job : motivation, Basic Principles to remember. Le knowing the job market management et la motivation. understanding companies’ recruitment 5° Motivation: the key to Performance improvement: criteria Employee Motivation Techniques. mastering the best methods of 6° Handling tricky situations. Disciplinary Problems, job/internship seeking Poor Performance, Grievances. knowing how to make the most of one’s 7° What are the attributes of personal abilities and experience on paper effectiveness? What is Leadership ? knowing how to explain clearly what sort of 8° Motivation strategies, Motivational team building, job/internship you are looking for Motivational coaching and training motivation. producing an attractive CV/resumé Stratégie de motivation. writing application letters, both 9°Retail Management and store operations. spontaneous and in reply to an ad. 10° Sales Management. understanding what is required in an interview SET BOOK: understanding how to make the most of Harvard Business School professor Linda A. Hill's yourself in an interview classic book, Becoming a Manager: Mastery of a New understanding recruitment tests, Identity (Harvard Business Press, 2003) graphology etc.
MCC3/18b : ECONOMICS AND THE MEDIA ______Fall Semester
LEA3/20a & 24a : PROJECT MANAGEMENT Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall & Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per At the end of the course students should know: semester) . Essential economic information about the media OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student . The theoretical basis behind the economic should be able to carry a project through from the factors governing the media beginning to the end, to work in a team of two or . Financial strategies for the media and the three people, to fix a deadline and reach it, to follow economic problem currently facing managers instructions and apply the skills acquired in LEA 1 and in this sector 2 (marketing, law, languages…). . Some useful figures and statistics . Where do we go from here? COURSE PROGRAM: Methodological phase Creativity phase (choice of a subject) COURSE PROGRAM: Validation by a survey carried out amongst the targets Theme 1 : Economic characteristics of the media Communication Session 1 : the press Forecast budget Session 2 : production costs Project implementation phase. Session 3 : the historical context Session 4 : the written press and its traidtional ASSESSMENT: One intermediate oral report and a economic practice final oral report. Theme 2 : the market Session 5 : barriers and saturated sectors Session 6 : the principal players today LEA3/23b : INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT Session 7 : advertising Spring Semester Theme 3 : business strategies in the media Session 8 : general info THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Session 9 : some successful examples Theme 4 : other forms of media Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Session 10 : television, classic, cable and satellite Session 11 : internet OBJECTIVE: Session 12 : the free press
24
JF. TRINQUECOSTE, Eléments de stratégie marketing BIBLIOGRAPHY: vol.1 initiation, vol.2 cas & corrigés, e-thèque, Patrick LE FLOCH & Nathalie SONNAC, Economie de la Onnaing, 2003. presse, La Découverte, Paris, 2005 Graeme DRUMMOND & John ENSOR, Introduction to Ghislain DESLANDES, Le management des médias, La marketing concepts, Elsevier Science & Technology Découverte, Paris, 2008 Books, Oxford 2005. Jean-Marie CHARON, La presse quotidienne, La Catherine VIOT, Memento LMD, le Marketing, Gualino, Découverte, Paris, 2005 Paris, 2006. Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 David HURON, Décisions et stratégie marketing, Partie 2 : chapitre 2 : la publicité dans la Gualino, Paris, 2007. presse française Michel HEBERT, Raisonner « Métis » : marketing et Chapitre 3 : la concentration de la presse communication, Maxima, Paris, 2008. française John WIMSHURT, Adrian MACKEY, Fundamentals and Chapitre 4 : la gestion des entreprises de practice of marketing (4°ed.), Elsevier Science & presses et entreprises annexes. Technology Books, Oxford, 2003. Sébastien SOULEZ, Le marketing, Gualinon Paris, 2008. David JOBBER, Principles and practice of marketing MCC2/14b : MARKETING & THE MEDIA (5°ed.), McGraw-Hill, Maidenhead, 2006. Spring Semester Eric VERNETTE, L’essentiel du marketing (3°ed.), Eyrolles, Paris, 2008. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Saïd HALLA, Thierry HIMBER, Sébastien SOULEZ, Exercices de marketing avec corrigés détaillés, OBJECTIVE: Gualino, Paris, 2008. - Making a market survey by using key- Marilyn A. STONE, John DESMOND, Ian JB. McCALL, concepts. Fundamentals of Marketing, Taylor & Francis, New - How to attract customers and develop their York, 2006. loyalty. ______- Creating a specific identity LEA4/3bc : INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester I) Marketing & Information - Market research Lectures: 25 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 - Internal & external diagnosis - Surveys OBJECTIVE: Be able to manage an international - Aims of market surveys team. - Sampling - Variation over time COURSE PROGRAM: - Geographical variation 1. Defining the new manager - The coming world: from postmodernity to the three II) Strategic Marketing powers world (Lyotard, Jameson, Parag Khanna) - The company and its environment : - The contemporary world issues (Chomsky, Stiglitz) political, legal, economic, technological and sociocultural - Management and leadership (Stephen P. Robbins, - Domains of strategic activity: 1 Timothy A. Judge) technology, 1 sector, 1 need - Create a new manager for a new world: the - Strategic Choices: targets, sectors, conscious manager (Jameson) growth, special offers, competition et internationalisation 2. The bases of intercultural approximation - Beating your competitors - Be aware of the gap… to be able to cross it ! (Les - Human capital -Strategic developments: voyages de Gulliver, Alice in Wonderland, Le petit geomarketing, net-marketing et Prince, La machine à explorer le temps, Chok-Dee, sensory marketing Vorat). - Get rid of our ethnocentric vision of the world (La III) Operational Marketing guerre du feu) - Commercial policy
- Objective 3. Strategy (Robert Grant) - Strategies : product mix, price mix, distribution mix, communication mix - Concepts - The coherence of actions - Recommendation 4. Behaviour inside organizations (Stephen P. Roobins, Timothy A. Judge) - The man in the organization BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The group in the organization A. BEMMAOR, G. CLIQUET, JF. TRINQUECOSTE, Les grands auteurs en marketing, EMS éditions, Paris, 2001. - The organization system Pierre CHAIX, Faire un plan marketing, e-thèque, Onnaing, 2003 5. Risk-taking approximation (L. Falque, B. Eric VERNETTE, Les courants du marketing, Gestion Bougon) 2000, 2001. - The choices Bjorn WALLISER, Le marketing international, e-thèque, - The consequences Onnaing, 2002. - Choice and decision
25
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Unit 7: Modes of payments LYOTARD, J. F., Le postmoderne expliqué aux enfants, - The different modes of payment Paris, Éditions Galilée, 1988 - Guarantees of payment - Characteristics of documentary credits JAMESON, F., El posmodernismo o la lógica cultural del - Case study: export 1 documentary credit, capitalismo avanzado, Barcelona, ed. Paidos, 1991 export 2 documentary credit KHANNA, Parag, The Second World: How Emerging Powers are Redefining Global Competition in the Unit 8: Financing exports Twenty-first Century, Ramdom House Trade Paperback - Before and after dispatch Edition, New York, 2009. - Case study: making financial claims, Courrier International N° 910, 10-16 avril 2008 factoring, budgeting for subsidiary companies
STIGLITZ, J. E., El malestar en la globalización,
Taurus, Madrid, 2002 LEA4/3b : STRATEGIC MARKETING CHOMSKY, Noam, “El control de los medios de Fall Semester comunicación”, dans AAVV, Cómo nos venden la moto, ed. Icaria, col. Más Madera, Barcelona, 2001 Lectures: 25 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 ROBBINS, S. P., JUDGE, T. A., Essentials of Organizational Behavior, Pearson International Edition, COURSE PROGRAM: New Jersey, 2008. Definition and role of Strategic Marketing 3 approaches must be considered in the light of: GRANT, R. M., Contemporary Strategy Analysis,
Blackwell, Oxford, 2008 The chain of values ( situating the FALQUE, L., BOUGON, B., Pratiques de la Décision, product within the overall success of the Dunod, Paris, 2005 company) The consumer’s priorities ______LEA4/2a : INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Part 1 – The Industry/Commerce Balance
Fall Semester - Historical overview and basic
principles Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 1 hour every 2 weeks - Consequences for a company’s ECTS credits: 2 marketing strategy
COURSE PROGRAM: - Différent approachs to retailing Unit 1: International Market Surveys strategy - To define the objectives and the contents of
market surveys Part 2 – Marketing Strategy taking into account - How to make a market survey the consumer’s point of view
Unit 2: Export structures 1) Segmentation. - Different exportation jobs Definitions. - Various types of export structure Different types of - Export management segmentation. - Case study: organization of an export Segmentation procedures department, official documents, the different Segmentation criteria. stages in an export transaction
2) Targeting Unit 3: International Supply Definitions. - How to sell a product abroad Choosing your segments. - Fixing prices for the international market Different types of targeting - Incoterms
- Case study: export costs and selling prices, 3) Positionning pro forma invoicing Definitions.
Aims of Positioning. Unit 4: Prospecting Tools for creating distinctions. - Choice of prospecting strategies Positioning :analysis and - Prospecting abroad communication. - Preparing a prospection trip
- Prospection supports Conclusion : First steps in becoming competitive - Case study: different types of French
insurance policy BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- Marketing management - Kotler & Unit 5: International Freight Transport Dubois. (Publi Union.) - Responsibilities
- Official documents - Strategor (Dunod) - Case study: transport valuations, shipping
insurance, freight agent costs - Marketing Management et Strategy - Unit 6: Covering business and political risks Peter Doyle (Prentice Hall.) - Insuring consumer goods, light and capital
goods - Case study: COFACE and GCP (French insurance policies) LEA4/2b : CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR Fall Semester
26
-prospection and networks Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Exporter, pratique du commerce international,Foucher, What is marketing ? 18-ème edition,2003 De la gestion du projet au management par projet, Psychological factors influencing the decision Michel Joly et Jean-Louis Muller, Afnor 1994 to buy a product Project Management for Business Professionals, Joan Knutson, John Wiley & Sons Situations and circumstances influencing the decision to buy a product CTV4/4a : CULTURAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT Different types of consumer decision and Fall Semester purchasing situation Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: OBJECTIVE: To make a cultural project, you have to AMINE, A. (1999), « Le comportement du manage to gather a sum of elements of different areas consommateur face aux variables d’action (human, artistic, creative, social, pedagogic, political, marketing », Management et société. institutional…) around an idea. Then you have to adjust these elements in a coherent development DARPY, D. et VOLLE, P. (2003), which will be easily seen by the public as a unique « Comportement du consommateur, concepts theme declined in different actions and exhibitions. et outils », Dunod. To start working in that direction, people need to have a professional and personal profile and the sense of FILSER, M. (1994), « Le comportement du project. This domain is particular because it is a mix consommateur », Précis Dalloz. between sensitivity towards art, and rigor to raise the project.
LEA4/6c : INTERNATIONAL NEGOCIATION COURSE PROGRAM: An individual position in the Spring Semester cultural reality : - History of national cultural policy, Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 the big goals of cultural democratisation since 1959. OBJECTIVE: - The evolution of a cultural policy At the end of the course students should be able to through the evolution of negociate in a business context with foreign structures and cultural events. companies, take the initiative in negociations and - Knowledge of the Webs and of decode their fellow negociators’ unspoken their way of functioning. assumptions.
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4/6b : INTERNATIONAL TRANSPORT - Preparing to negociate AND LOGISTICS - Points to cover Spring Semester - Identifying points where negociation is or is not possible Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Identifying points where your opposite number will wish to negociate and how to respond COURSE PROGRAM: - the Final phase of negociations Logistics: - A definition of logistics BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Elements in logistics P. Audebert-Lasrochas/Profession négociateur/les - Logistical development and optimization éditions d’organisation, Paris, 1995. - Outsourcing: refocusing on core business - Logistics in companies: from just-in-time methods to Supply Chain Management and LEA4/4b: PROJECT MANAGEMENT Efficient Consumer Response Fall Semester - Logistics: internationalization and globalization Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Sea transport, keystone of international trade: OBJECTIVE: - Understanding sizes At the end of the course students should be able to - A sea transport revolution: the advent of make exportation diagnotics, prospect,choose targets, containers build a commercial policy, ensure the presence of a - Containers: universal transport vector product in foreign countries. - Shipping companies, alliances, conferences, mega-carriers, consortiums, sea transport COURSE PROGRAM: organization -exportation diagnosis and choice of the targeted - The race for gigantic size containers. Ports: markets organization, development, new concepts, - carry out a study hierarchy at the global level, one permanent - choice of presence on foreign stalls feature: to anticipate in order to remain - construction of a commercial policy competitive - communication
27
- When the sea transport war is won on the The objective of this course is to present to students land: strategy of the main ports, Hinterland the main issues linked with companies’ international structuring, mixed-mode transport marketing strategy and to study the successive steps - The role of inland ports and their relationship of a marketing strategy orientated to exports. with sea ports Companies international development: Air transport: a time to make important choices: - Reasons for internationalization To be confirmed Export policy: - Export diagnosis 3 modes of overland transport: road, rail and river: - Choosing target markets - Road transport: organization, Export strategy: advantages and disadvantages - Products - Why is road transport the most widespread? - Retailing - Rail transport: passing from a national to a - Export costing European mindset - Communication - River transport: positive effects of liberalization ASSESSMENT: Individual or group project - The renewal of river transport in France and abroad BIBLIOGRAPHY: - From competition between modes of transport A. BARELIER, J. DUBOIN, F. DUPHIL, N. GEVAUDAN- to a mix and match approach: combined CONTAL, L. GRATALOUP, G. KUHN, C. LEVY, J. transport strategies and services. PAVEAU, J.M. SARAN – Exporter – Pratique du commerce international – Foucher, 2000 Transport companies: vital actors in international C. CROUE – Marketing international – Perspectives, De trade: Boeck, 1999 - What a transport company is: status, C. PASCO-BERHO – Marketing international – Dunod, mission, difference between transport 2000 companies and freight companies - Transport organization in France, in the world, choice of incoterms and customs LEA4/7a : INTERNATIONAL BRAND procedures MANAGEMENT - Evolution of transport companies in Logistics Spring Semester
Service providers in transport: Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - What is a logistician? - Logistics service providers: mission, tools, COURSE PROGRAM: objectives - Parallel imports - How to manage warehouses, stock, - Counterfeiting problems transmission of information - Mixing elements in the international brand - Creating integrated networks at the global transfers level
BIBLIOGRAPHY: P4/10a : D. TIXIER, H. MATHE, J. COLIN – La logistique HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT d’entreprise : vers un management plus compétitif – Fall Semester Dunod, Paris, 1996
CABINET DATA-DELIVER – Réussir sa e-logistique – Class: 1½ hours Lab: 1 hour per week Logistiques Magazine Rueil-Malmaison, 2001 ECTS credits: 3 S. RACK-d’AVEZAC – Les chaînons manquants dans la navigation fluviale – Le Polygraphe, Angers, 1997 OBJECTIVE: To learn practical methods (systems, N. TERRASSIER – Stratégie de développement du methods of diagnosing and acting) of applying human transport maritime de lignes régulières – Moreux, resources theory to specific companies. You will study Paris, 1997 methods which have been approved by private and P. EMO, C. TINEL – Terminal à conteneurs portuaire – public organizations and apply them in class to Celse, Paris, 1997 concrete situations, in order to develop your Coll. Plein Pot Sup - Commerce international – comprehension of this sector, largely based on Foucher, Paris, 1999 experience. Genèse J. ADDA – La mondialisation de l’économie –
La Découverte, Paris, 2001 COURSE PROGRAM: P. VALLIN – La logistique – Modèles et méthodes de - Developing a longterm employment strategy pilotage des flux – Economica, Paris 2001 (quantitative and qualitative needs)
- Step by step elaboration of a recruitment and selection plan LEA4/3a : INTERNATIONAL MARKETING - Preparing a training plan in a “learning Fall Semester organization” - Tools necessary for a fair, attractive salary Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 policy - Restructuring a company COURSE PROGRAM: A company, whatever its size and its sector, must pay more and more attention to BIBLIOGRAPHY: foreign trade, in order to maintain or obtain a place in SEKIOU, BLONDIN, FABI, BAYARD, PERETTI, ALIS, world business. But exporting can’t be improvised. CHEVALIER – Gestion des ressources humaines – Bruxelles, De Boeck Université, coll. Management, 2001
28
BALICCO – Ressources humaines, les apports de la psychologie au travail – ed. d’Organisation, 2001 AS4/3e: MUSICAL MEDIATION MARTORY, CROZET - Ressources humaines – Manuel Fall Semester du pilotage social - Nathan, coll. Connaître et pratiquer la gestion, 1988 Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 2 PERETTI – Gestion des ressources humaines – Vuibert, coll. Entreprise, 1994 OBJECTIVE: To define the concept of musical LEVY-LEBOYER – SPERANDIO – Traité de psychologie mediation and the relationship between musical du travail – Paris, PUF, 1987 practices and cultural policy; to learn and understand the issues regarding the international distribution of today’s music. LEA4/7b : MARKET SURVEYS AND QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO COURSE PROGRAM: MARKETING - Socio-anthropology of music and musical Spring Semester practices - The boundary between amateur and Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 professional - The disc, and the cultural industry COURSE PROGRAM: - Music and live performances - Qualitative approach to market surveys - Music and the rights of the composer - Preparing surveys (formulation of the problem, preliminary surveys, the project) - Quantitative approach to market surveys LEA5/9e : QUANTITATIVE INTERNATIONAL (sampling, questionnaire creation, MARKETING STRATEGY questionnaire management) Fall Semester - Quantitative management techniques (basic statistics, tests, association analysis, THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY multifaceted analyses, Cost Insurance Freight, typological analysis, discriminatory Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 analysis) ______COURSE PROGRAM: - Marketing strategy and company strategy AS5/8b : ECONOMICS OF TELEVISION - Elaborating a marketing strategy (diagnostic Spring Semester analysis, defining objectives, fundamental strategic options, formulation and estimation Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 of marketing-mix) - Brands COURSE PROGRAM: - Planning, control and organization If the cinema was able to develop economically as result of direct control of income from spectators, the economic model for television has always relied on LEA5/9b : MARKET RESEARCH certain beliefs about the effects of watching it, as Fall Semester television audiences are much harder to count. With internet, the situation is different again and new THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY models of technology seem to challenge the economic model developped for television, as well as that of the Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 cinema. We shall analyse this situation, showing how the diffeent actors currently acitve on the market OBJECTIVE Market research aims to provide the enable us to reassess these models and question the information needed for companies to take key consequences of these technical changes as much decisions. In order to decide company strategy, the from a social point of view for the user as for the type people in charge need to obtain and then analyse the of products placed in circulation. relevant information. ______This class has two main aims. The first is to explain the various methods and techniques used in market AS4/2b : ECONOMICS OF FRENCH CINEMA research. The second is to help the students conduct a Fall Semester survey for themselves.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Chap 1 : Typology of market research COURSE PROGRAM: Chap 2 : Methods used in market research This course will analyse the emergence of the notions Chap 3 : exploratory studies of actors and producers and their legal framework, in Chap 4 : Descriptive studies particular, the key moments in the economic history of Chap 5 : Tests and experiments the cinema and the development of financing up to the Chap 6 : Writing your final report present day. If the cinema has reached the height of its popularity in France, the number of cinema screens Bibliography has little connection with this, and is becoming a minor Blanchet A., Gotman, A. (1992), L'enquête et ses issue. Television is now the principal support for the méthodes : l'entretien, Collection 128, Nathan. cinema, as are digital mediums of diffusion. However, Caumont D. (1998), Les Etudes de Marché, this does not seem to having greatly affected the Collection Les Topos, Dunod number of people regularly visiting a cinema, although D’Astous A. (2000), Le projet de recherche en these too are subject to regular technological marketing, Chenelière / McGraw Hill innovations. The course will look at current trends and De Singly, F. (1992), L'enquête et ses méthodes : their effect on the industy as a whole. le questionnaire, Collection 128, Nathan 29
Evrard Y., Pras B., Roux E. (2004), Market, This class will take place in the form of a lecture Nathan, Paris divided into two parts. We shall try to make students Giannelloni J-L., Vernette E. (2001), Etudes de aware of different facets of the work of a manager in marché, 2° edition, Vuibert, Paris an international context. A particular emphasis will be Ladwein R. (1996), Les études marketing, placed on networking. Economica, Paris
LEA5/11b : STRATEGIC INFORMATION LEA5/9c : PANELS & PLANS MARKETING Fall Semester Fall Semester THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: - Economic intelligence and information issues To understand and know how to use panel data in - Searching for information within companies marketing diagnosis and in monitoring the global - From information gathering to action or national performance of a particular brand or - Networks and conditions of access to strategic product. information - Methods of using information COURSE PROGRAM: - Information protection and company security Differents types of panels Using data from retail panels Using data from consumer panels. LEA5/9ac : BUSINESS ETHICS Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: BLANCHARD, D. et LESCEUX, D. (1995), Les panels, Dunod. THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY MERUNKA, D. (1994) Décisions marketing, Dalloz. Revues : Point de Vente, Libre Service Actualité, Lectures: 10 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Marketing Magazine. OBJECTIVE: Know the theory
Know what really happens in French companies LEA5/10b : SALES STRATEGIES Ethics for entrepreneurs Fall Semester Think ethically
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY COURSE PROGRAM: Defining business ethics Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Different points of view COURSE PROGRAM: The American vision of ethics General definition of sales and their The Japanese vision of ethics context The european vision of ethics How sells and to who ? Measuring ethical practice in companies Consultative selling and acquiring technical sales vocabulary in French & What really really happens in French companies English Which companies have a good reputation and Identifying the characteristics and why advantages of the product you are Company size and ethical questions selling. Identifying suitable markets and Legal responsabilities of companies and customers. How buyers make up their bosses for ethical misdemeanours minds. The social role of French businesses Customers’ needs : defining and analysing them. Ethics for entrepreneurs How the sales staff should react to Theory different types of customer Practice Identifying and answering objections; Types of negociation. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Sales contracts. « Le capitalisme est il moral ? » André Comte- Longterm customer relations Sponville, 1952 Albin Michel Selling to English & American customers : « L’Ethique et le chaos », « Le pouvoir des mots. essential skills. Dictionnaire critique de l’entreprise contemporaine » ______Alain Etchegoyen, 1994 Dunod « La vraie morale se moque de la morale, Etre LEA5/11a : MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES responsable » Alain Etchegoyen, 1999 Seuil Fall Semester « Le Mythe de l’entreprise » Jean Pierre Le Goff, 1995 La découverte essais « Main basse sur la cité » Emmanuel Faber, 1992 THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Hachette
Loi n°2001-420 du 15 mai 2001 sur la nouvelle Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 réglementation économique NRE et son décret
d’application COURSE PROGRAM:
30
- International market research & feasability studies - Developping exports and competitive strategies LEA5/9g : INTERNATIONAL NEGOTIATION - International communication and cultural factors Fall Semester - Keeping up-to-date on the international scene ______
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY CTV5/2a : CULTURAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT:
THE HUMAN AND FINANCIAL ELEMENTS Lectures: 40 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Structure and dynamics of international trade
negotiations (business discussions and OBJECTIVE: negotiations in general, preparation of When creating a project, you always have to deal with business negociations, psychological approach figures. Your project will have to meet some to negotiation, typical stages of usual requirements, such as a coherent and realistic scope business discussions, strategic aspects) statement to prove the feasibility of the project. - Varieties of business negotiation and ideal
conditions (traditional sales negotiations, COURSE PROGRAM: “tactical” sales and techniques, business Thus the project you will have developed in the negotiations and complex sales strategies) “Cultural project management” course will be
accompanied by the scope statement you will
elaborate during the course “Cultural project
management: the human and financial elements”. LEA5/10cc : BUSINESS NEGOTIATION IN The notions addressed in the course will be: ENGLISH - Defining a company Fall Semester - Building up a company - Managing THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Negotiating - Organizing THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH - Drawing up a budget - Applying for a grant Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: an assignment and an oral OBJECTIVE: presentation. At the end of this course students should be able to negociate in English in a business context . This means: express his ideas and arguments clearly, listen LEA5/11c : PRODUCT POLICY to information and summarise it orally, clarify his Fall Semester fellow negociators statements, use tact and diplomacy, present a logical sequence of ideas, convince people, THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY reply to objections, suggest solutions to problems and conclude a deal. Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Markets surveys, inventing and elaborating new - From product policy to international product products or services. Suggesting new ideas. Evaluating policy fixed and variable costs. Promoting a brand. Fixing - From market segmentation to product policy prices or rates, producing an estimate. Producing an - International product policy (IPP) main oral or written report. Commenting on someone else’s principles report. Taking part in or chairing a meeting. - IPP, markets, nature and dynamics Prospecting for new customers, professional - IPP and positioning interviews, selling something over the telphone, selling something via the internet, replying to sales enquiries, ordering or taking an order, methods of payment, LEA5/11d : PRICE POLICY making an offer (oral or written), promoting customer Fall Semester loyalty.
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY
LEA5/10c : INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 METHODS & PROCEDURES Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - International price policy: a new key-decision THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Specific criteria for fixing a price abroad (export) Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Methods of international price fixing - Alternative price policies in the world COURSE PROGRAM: - Defining international prices: particular cases - Introduction & some statistics about international business - Risk management: insurance ; risk involved in LEA5/11e : COMMUNICATION POLICY change ; COFACE insurance policies. Fall Semester - Incoterms. - Exports, international payments & credits. 31
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Mastering the Pinyin phonetic transcription system Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 - Acquiring basic lexical and syntactic grammatical structures COURSE PROGRAM: - Understanding Chinese culture - International communication particularities - International communication and marketing concepts LCE1/7g & H1/7e : BEGINNERS CHINESE 2 - International advertising -promotion tools Spring Semester - Action at the global level Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LEA5/11f : RETAIL POLICY COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/3g. Fall Semester
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY LCE2/12g & H2/11g : CHINESE 3 & 4
Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 40 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
Lecutres : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per COURSE PROGRAM: semester) - Classical means of penetration: direct,
concerted approach to foreign markets STUDENTS MUST HAVE STUDIED AT LEAST ONE - Elaborate means YEAR OF CHINESE - Market presence and dynamics
- Market presence: a strategic decision COURSE PROGRAM: - Economic presence Speaking Chinese (phonetics and
pronunciation) Chinese grammar LEA5/3ct : LUXURY AND Basic Chinese composition THOSE WHO WANT TO BUY IT Understanding Chinese culture and Fall Semester civilisation
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY
LCE3/20g : CHINESE 5 & 6 Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Definition Lecutres : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per The culture of luxury semester) The world where luxury is normal STUDENTS MUST HAVE STUDIED AT LEAST TWO THE CUSTOMERS YEARS OF CHINESE What sort of people buy luxury goods? Their desires and expectations OBJECTIVE: Understand and speak Chinese fluently about basic COMPANIES MAKING LUXURY PRODUCTS topics in everyday vocabulary. Brand names Write a simple and coherent text in Chinese either Marketing narrating past experiences or general information. Strategy Increase knowledge of China and Chinese culture. Methodology Luxury goods and the internet COURSE PROGRAM:
THE FUTURE OF THE LUXURY MARKET Language elements : Asking what something is used for and how to use Role playing it. What it's like to be a luxury customer Explaining limits and restrictions. Meeting with people working for the luxury market Expressing continuous actions in the present and past habitual actions. How to tell other people about travel experiences
Asking other people about their travel experiences and undestanding the answer How to present the main towns and regions in China Chinese Talking about the weather and the seasons Talking about food and the state of one’s health
LCE1/3g & H1/3e : BEGINNERS CHINESE 1 Fall Semester Cultural Content : The principal characteristics of the Tang dynasty Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 The poetry of the Tang dynasty Introduction to Chinese Literature ______COURSE PROGRAM:
Introduction to Chinese, concentrating on four specific areas: - Learning to write Chinese characters
32
Everyone who works in the media, politics or Communication, advertising is limited by the need to be effective and by the social norms which govern this effectiveness. As we examine the speaker, the audience and the socially Culture & Media agreed means of production for public speeches and documents, Rhetoric allows us to find a relevant way Studies (including of analysing the links between meaning, the identiy of the speaker/writer and the social context in which Journalism) their discourse is produced. After this theoretical intoduction, we shall look at some IMPORTANT: ALL OUR COMMUNICATION case studies. analysing journalistic articles, COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH advertisments and political speeches will allow us
understand how rhetorical devices have been used to ______create the desired effect.
MCC1/1a COMMUNICATION ______AND INFORMATION THEORY Fall Semester MCC2/9c : COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: Introduction to Analysis of the Media and Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Uses of Communication OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: Considering Internet as a communication network, the 1. Dialogues (antic dialogues, why are there class will try to examine the characteristics of dialogues, debate or show) communication through the means of networks.It will 2. Networks (forms of diffusion, form of reception, analyse the foundations of networks organisations and forms of interaction) the advancements it represents for humanity. The 3. Culture (technics, polemics, hermeneutics) class offers an initiation to web culture and to the concept of virtual communities. ASSESSMENT: 2 three hour written essays or commentaries on a text COURSE PROGRAM: Sharing informations , collaboration, participation, BIBLIOGRAPHY: free, abolition of borders… will be tackled as an D. BOUGNOUX – Sciences de l’information et de la introduction to online communities and communication communication (anthologie) – coll. Textes essentiels, inside those communities. Larousse Dealing with communication and networks implies the Y.F. LE COADIC – La science de l’information – PUF, process of creation of those communities and « Que sais-je ? », Usages et usagers de l’information, solidarity. Therefore, we will deal with “collective Nathan intelligence” BOUGNOUX, Daniel, Introduction aux sciences de la Different forms of virtual communities will be studied : communication, La Découverte, 2001. leisure industry, commerce activities….. MAIGRET, Eric, Sociologie de la communication et des ASSESSMENT : A 2 hour exam in class and a 3 médias, Armand Collin, 2004. hour final. ______
AS1/7b SEMIOLOGY AND ART MCC1/6c: DISCOURSE AND RHETORIC Spring semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: To create awareness, in a Objective: transdisciplinary manner, of the meaning of works of Although it has often been relegated to a limited use in mainly contemporaryart, from different areas of the areas of eloquence and stylistics, Rhetoric may artistic production such as painting, sculpture, theatre, also be studied in the area of interpersonal relations. dance, etc. When we look at the basic principles of Rhetoric in the classical era (Greek and Roman) or the so-called "new COURSE PROGRAM: Rhetoric" of the 20th century, this discipline enables us In this class students will acquire the methodological to approach the communication aspects of public tools necessary to the understanding of art, its discourse. This, of course, must be socially acceptable, production and reception. The transdisciplinary although rhetorical strategy will always be intnded to approach will allows the students to look at semiology advance certain aims. as a discipline at the crossroads of humanities.
Course program: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Media, policical and advertising discouse is often - COUTURIER Élisabeth (2004) L'Art accused of manipulating the public and being being contemporain, mode d'emploi, Paris, éd flagrant propaganda. The origin of this type of criticism Filipacchi. is the persuasive nature of the words used. How can - ARDENNE, Paul (2002), Un art contextuel, we deconstruct the social logic behing this type of Paris, Éditions Flammarion. discourse? Analysing Rhetoric, whose aim is - CALLE Sophie (2003) M'as-tu vue ? Éditions communication in the contxt of establishing an du Centre Pompidou, Paris Catalogue interpersonal dialogue may provide a key to Exposition Paris, Centre Pompidou, 19 nov. understanding this. 2003-15 mars 2004. 33
- AUMONT, J. 1990 : L’image, Paris, Nathan, Yves ALPE, Lexique de Sociologie, Dalloz, Paris, 2007. coll." Fac ". Jean-Pierre WARNIER, La mondialisation de la culture, - GERVEREAU, L. 1997 : Voir, comprendre, La Découverte, Paris, 2007. analyser les images, Paris, La Découverte, Gérard NOIRIEL, Introduction à la sociohistoire, La coll. " Guides Repères". Découverte, Paris, 2006. ______Armand MATTELARD, Histoire des théories de la communication, La Découverte, Paris, 2004. MCC1/2b SEMIOLOGY OF VISUAL IMAGES __, Diversité culturelle et mondialisation, Paris, La Fall semester Découverte, 2007. Bertrand BADIE & Marie-Claire SMOUTS, Le Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 retournement du monde, Presses de la FNSP, Paris, 1992. OBJECTIVE: To provide the theoretical tools which Gérard LECLERC, La mondialisation culturelle,PUF, Paris, will enable students to analyse the meaning of visual 2000. images. Both fixed images (posters, paintings, photos) Jacques DEMORGON, L’histoire interculturelle des and moving images (commercials, film clips) will be sociétés,Anthropos, Paris, 1998. studied. We will discuss how images are used to ______produce meaning. MCC1/6a : PRESS ON THE INTERNET COURSE PROGRAM: The theory of signs, semiology Fall Semester and aesthetics of fixed and moving images. Theories advanced by various authors including Barthes, Eco, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Gombrich, Pierce…
COURSE PROGRAM: Recent evolution of written EVALUATION : 3 hour written exam press goes along with the irruption of the internet in
the media sphere. The course aims at sseing the main BIBLIOGRAPHY: consequences of internet within the press. Internet ARABYAN, B., Lire l'image : émission, réception, enables to inform oneself and others. We will also deal interprétation des messages visuels. L'Harmattan, with the evolution of the terms 2000. “advertisement/advertising”. AUMONT J., L'image, Paris, Nathan, 2000.
BATICLE,Yveline, Clés et codes de l'image, Magnard, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Paris, 1983. Fogel, Patino, Une Presse sans Gutenberg, points, GAUTHIER, Guy, Initiation à la sémiologie de l'image, 2007 Les Cahiers de l'audiovisuel, 1979. Ringoot, Utard, Le journalisme en invention, JOLY, Martine, Introduction à l'analyse d'image, Paris, introduction, ch.1 et 5, Presses universitaires de Nathan université, 1994. Rennes, 2005 THERON, Michel, Rhétorique de l'image : l'exemple de Ifrah, L’ information et le renseignement par Internet, la photographie, CRDP de Montpellier, 1993. PUF, 2010 VETTRAINO-SOULARD, M.-C., Lire une image, Coll. Estienne Yannick, Le journalisme après Internet, l’ Communication, Armand Colin, 1993 Harmattan, 2007
Marc, Fogliat,Wikipedia, Média de la connaissance démocratique?, FYP editions,Limoges, 2008 MCC2/10a INTERCULTURAL PROBLEMS Bernard Poulet, La fin des journaux et l’ avenir de l’ Fall Semester information, folio actuel,2011 (dernière edition)
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 MCC1/4c & 8c INTRODUCTION TO WRITING FOR
THE MEDIA OBJECTIVE: This class aims to use an interdisciplinary approach to Fall & Spring Semesters the question of culture and intercultural interaction in both everyday life and political and business contexts. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per We shall attempt to identify different notions of the semester) nature of culture and beware of utopian dreams or unrealistic expections. We shall also show how culture COURSE PROGRAM: Enable students to convey a affects our atitude to time, space, our bodies and message, to interest readers. personal interaction. Study of writing and of journalistic style Journalistic plan ; how to prioritise information COURSE PROGRAM: Headlines and presentation of an article Three main sections: The different genres : press releases, summaries, a) Everyday intercultural communication: time, space, reports, accounts, portraits, interviews… body language, touch and interaction In the spring semester students will also get the b) Culture, politics and intercultural dialogue on the oportunity to write scripts for the radio. political level c) Culture and intercultural communication in business ASSESSMENT: Writing articles.
BIBLIOGRAPHY NUMBERS ARE LIMITED FOR THIS CLASS
_ Denys CUCHE, La notion de culture dans les sciences sociales, La Découverte, Paris, 2004. Ulrich BECK, Qu’est-ce que le cosmopolitisme ?, Aubier, AS1/10a MANAGEMENT OF CULTURAL PROJECTS Paris, 2006 Spring Semester Stephen RUNDELL & John. F MENNELL (DIR.), Classical Readings in Culture and Civilization, Routeledge, Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 2 (per Londres, 1998. semester)
34
Agnès Chauveau, Introduction à l’histoire des médias OBJECTIVE: When You appreciate a cultural event, en France de 1881 à nos jours, éd. Armand Colin, you are judging a result. However, the quality of a 2000 project is not the result of fate but of brain work! This Jean-Noel Jeanneney, Une histoire des medias, Point course aims at giving students the basic skills to Seuil, 2005 create and manage a project. During the course, ______students will have the opportunity to put into practice the theoretical notions seen in class. They will have to MCC1/5a IMAGES & ADVERTISING respect a timetable and a limited budget. Spring semester The methods learnt in class, the organisation of the project with the constraints will make students actors Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 in the cultural world while they will be supported by their teachers. OBJECTIVE: During the semester, new principles and new tools will The course will study the role of images and their be used so as to manage time and essential tasks, and convincing power, especially in advertising and in the to best use the techniques available. This will enable media in general. students to propose enriching and stimulating cultural events. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: The meaning of images, (from imitation to creation, Cultural projects, anthropological approachs to the images and gods, images of power) images and project, fundamental elements of elaborating projects narration (graphic narration, the toys of the hero, how (project cycles, piloting, presentation of a few tools, to make new friends), advertising forms (posters, planning management, internal/external commercial adverts, campaigns) communication, team management, responsible ethics, financing…) ASSESSMENT: composition or image commentary. Students will realise the project selected. ASSESSMENT: students will be assessed at each BIBLIOGRAPHY: stage of the project. MONDZAIN, Marie-José, L’image peut-elle tuer ? Bayard, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2004. Boutinet , J.P , Psychologie des conduites à projet, Ed JOLY, Martine, Introduction à l’analyse de l’image, PUF Nathan 128, 1995. A. Asquin, C. Falcoz, T. Picq, Ce que manager par Conseillée : projet veut dire, Ed des Organisations DEBRAY, Régis, Vie et mort de l'image, Folio Gallimard, A. Fernandez, Les secrets de la conduite de projet, Ed 1992. des Organisations FLOCH, Jean-Marie, Identités visuelles, PUF, 1995. FRESNAULT-DERUELLE, Pierre, L’éloquence des images, 1993.
GERVEREAU, Laurent, Voir, comprendre, analyser les MCC1/2c HISTORY OF THE MEDIA images, La Découverte, 2000. Fall semester GERVEREAU, Laurent, Histoire du visuel au XXe siècle,
Seuil, 2003. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 TISSERON, Serge, Y a-t-il un pilote dans l'image ?
Aubier, 1998. OBJECTIVE: WEILL, Alain, L’Affiche dans le monde, Somogy, 1998. By the end of the course, students should have a good ______understanding of the history of the Press in Europe and, for the 20th century, how the media have evolved MCC1/5b PRACTICE AND EPISTEMOLOGY OF on both sides of the Atlantic. The student should grasp COMMUNICATION the issues at stake here in a global economy and the Spring semester globalisation of culture; Students should be able to understand the relationship between the media and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 national identity, aprticularly at the end of hte 19th century and grasp the effect of the introduction of OBJECTIVE: audio and visual media into the cultural world of the This class intends to help students to understand 20th century. communication and information technology in the
context of the humanities. Why is 'communication' COURSE PROGRAM: usually found at the crossroads between philosophy "We are entering the century of information", and the social sciences ? By insisting on the necessity said the journalist Auguste de Chambure in 1914. This of an interdisciplinary approach to communication, we phrase may look like a prophecy when we look at the call into question its own gneral theories and its right omnipresence of the media today. Where did it all to existence as a separate research discipline. On the come from? What sort of economic, political and other hand, we need to grasp the principles factors of technological, not to mention social and cultural, trnsformation affecting communication in our society transformations were necessary to bring this state of (technology, individualism, the information-based affairs about? In this class we shall trace the media society, globalisation etc.)and only an interdisciplinary from the telegram to Twitter via the press, the radio, approach can help us here. the television, the cinema, posters and internet.
COURSE PROGRAM: . BIBLIOGRAPHY: For many years, communication studies has given Fabrice d’Almeida et Chistian Delporte, Histoire des birth to a pile of publications claiming to belong to the medias en France, éd. Flammarion, 2010 category either of prdictions of the future, clarifications Frédéric Barbier et Catherine Bertho, Histoire des of current trends, technological descriptions of life or medias, éd. Armand Colin, 2009 attactive theories either reducing communication to one simple paradigm or proposing a model so abstract
35
it seems irrelevant to life as we know it. It is therefore MAISONNEUVE Danielle, LAMARCHE Jean- essential to develop a critical and interdisciplinary François, SAINT-AMAND Yves, Les Relations approach to communication studies or to know how to publiques, Dans une société en mouvance, analyse intelligently the theoretical basis of what we Presses de l'université du Québec, read. Communication Relations publiques, 2003. WESTPHALEN Marie-Hélène, Communicator : BIBLIOGRAPHY: Le guide de la communication d'entreprise, D. Bougnoux, 1993. Sciences de l’information et de la Dunod, Gestion Sup, 4ème édition, 2004. communication. Paris : Larousse. D. Bougnoux, 2002. Introduction aux sciences de la communication, Paris : La découverte. MCC1/2c : POLITICAL COMMUNICATION R. Boure (dir.), 2002. Les origines des SIC, regards Fall Semester croisés, Lille : Presses Universitaires du Septentrion.
J. Bourdon & C. Méadel, 1992. « Les SIC, essai de Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 généalogie », in SFSIC (dir.). Actes du congrès de la
SFSIC, Lille. OBJECTIVE: R. Boure, 2006. « L’institutionnalisation d’une At the end of this class students should know : discipline », in S. Olivesi (dir.), Les Sciences de . the identitites of the main players in the l’information et de la communication. Grenoble : PUG. French political world today and their R. Boure (dir.), Les théories de la communication, communication strategies Cinemaction n°63, 1992. . the most commonly used theories of political H. Cardy & P. Froissart, 2006. « SIC, cartographie communication d’une discipline », in S. Olivesi (dir.), Les Sciences de . the recent changes in political communication l’information et de la communication. Grenoble : PUG. on account of technological innovations Y. Jeanneret, 2001. « Les SIC, une discipline méconnue en charge d’enjeux cruciaux », in La lettre d’Inforcom, COURSE PROGRAM: nº 60, hiver 2001-2002. Session 1 : Introduction Th. Lancien (dir.), 2001. Revue MEI nº 14 (« Recherche Theme 1 : Basics in political communication et communication »), Paris : L’harmattan. Session 2 : the main specificities of political A. Mattelart, 2004. Histoire des théories de la communication communication, Paris : La découverte. Session 3 : Right/Left – do they communicate B. Miège, 2005. La pensée communicationnelle. differently? Grenoble : PUG. Session 4 : tools and methods of political B. Miège, 2004. L’information-communication, objet de communication connaissance, Paris : De Boeck. Session 5 : the effects of political communication S. Olivesi (dir.), 2006. Les Sciences de l’information et Theme 2 : new technology and political de la communication, Paris : PUG communication Y. Winkin, 2000, La nouvelle communication, Paris : Session 6 : general intro Seuil Session 7 : the idea of the public arena
Session 8 : internet and participative democracy ______Session 9 : recent developments in political practice
Session 10 : towards a more global political MCC1/6b PUBLIC RELATIONS communication Spring Semester Session 11 : what comes next ? Session 12 : conclusion Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: OBJECTIVE: Understanding public relations and their Philippe RIUTORT, Sociologie de la communication double purpose : representing the interests of an politique, La Découverte, Paris, 2007. organisation and attracting public interest in it. Public Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 relations may also help to balance vested interests, Thomas MEYER, Media Democracy, Polity, Cambridge, reduce tensions and find constructive solutions to 2002. problems. Each students should learn to grasp the Philip SEIB (ed.) Political Communication, Sage, essential role played by public relations in a given Londres, 2008 structures global communications policy and know how Lynda LEE-KAID & Christina HOLTZ-BACHA (ed.), The to draw up a public relations strategy. Sage handbook of Political Advertising, Sage, Londres, 2006. COURSE PROGRAM: Loïc Blondiaux, La fabrique de l’opinion, Seuil, Paris, What are public relations ? – the issues, 1998 aims and place in overall strategy Stephen Tansey, Politics : the Basics, Routeledge, Drawing up a public relations plan Londres New York, 2000 Methods, agencies, what is a brief ? Austin Ranney, Governing, an Introduction to Political Tools available (written, oral, visual, Science, Prentice Hall, 1993 audiovisual, interactive) ______Management : negociation and estimating cost P1/11b INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION Crisis management STUDIES
Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY:
MALAVAL Philippe, DECAUDIN Jean-Marc, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BENAROYA Christophe, Pentacom :
Communication : théorie et pratique, Pearson OBJECTIVE: To give students a basic introduction to Education, Marketing / Vente, 2005. Communication by a combined theoretical and practical approach.
36
Written expression: Summarize a text, write a COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be divided into 3 letter, information sheet or memo parts: Oral expression: Exercises and questions - Reference theories and fundamental ______principles: Communication at the crossroads of several disciplines. McLuhan, Shannon and LCE1/3a & 7a Weaver’s legacy, the Palo Alto “invisible” INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION ISSUES workshop (Bateson, Birdwhistell, Goffmann, Fall & Spring Semesters Hall and Watzlawick), Jackobson’s linguistic model, Wiener’s systemism, Crozier’s Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 sociology of organizations, etc. - Introduction to the professional uses of THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Communication. Issues relating to business, It is possible to join the class in January. social and political communication - Methodological approach to Communication. OBJECTIVE: Discuss the nature and role of culture, to identify and explain the principal elements of culture ASSESSMENT: Commentary on a text and questions and the importance of cultural differences on general behaviour; to describe the influence of culture on BIBLIOGRAPHY: general behaviour; and to begin to develop A. BARTOLI – Communication et organisation – ed. intercultural sensitivity. d’Organisation, 1990 F. CORMERAIS, A. MILON – La communication ouverte COURSE PROGRAM: - ed. Liaisons, 1994 Semester 1: P. SCHWEBIG – Les communications de l’entreprise – Defining culture: Ediscience International, coll. « Stratégie et - Definitions, concepts, elements and images of management », 1988 culture P. WATZLAWICK – Une logique de communication – - Distinguishing between objective and Seuil, coll. « Points », 1979 subjective culture Y. WINKIN – La nouvelle communication – Seuil, coll. - Exploring stereotypes, preconceptions and « Points », 1981 generalisation - Recognising the cultural differences that make a difference. LEA1/7c : ORAL AND WRITTEN Values: The foundation of culture: COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES - Understanding the importance of values Spring Semester - One’s own and others’ values - How values define cultural assumptions Seminars: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Research into culture, Part I: - Kluckhohn and Strodtbeck: cultural OBJECTIVE: To enable students to manage basic orientations information, techniques and methods for making The Challenges of Intercultural Communication: summaries and communicating orally and in writing. - The “stumbling blocks” to intercultural communication COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be divided into - Recognising the elements of non-verbal two main parts: communication Written communication: How to deal with the - Exploring non-verbal communication. huge quantity of information you will gather - Exploring culture shock at college and during your future professional life: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The most frequent grammar and spelling - Hofstede, Geert., Cultures and Organizations. mistakes Software of the Mind - Business correspondence - Trompenaars, Fons., Riding the Waves of - Standard Business documents (minutes, Culture information sheets for employees, etc.) - Hall, Edward T., Understanding Cultural - Writing a plan, introduction and conclusion Differences - How to synthesize and summarise a - Marx, Elisabeth, Breaking Through Culture document Shock - Storti, Craig, The Art of Crossing Cultures Oral communication: To improve - Jean-Benoit Nadeau & Julie Barlow Sixty students’ oral expression skills with a view to Million Frenchmen Can’t be Wrong making presentations for any kind of audience and doing viva voce exams or work http://www.sietar-france.org: Site for the Society for placement reports. The course will include Intercultural Education, training and research practical exercises (in a group or individually) www.geert-hofstede.com: Geert Hofstede and self-assessment: www.7d-culture.com. Fons Trompenaars & Charles - Personal diagnosis in oral expression – how to Hampden-Turner website evaluate the image you present to others; www.executiveplanet.com: Practical advice to facilitate stress factors working and communicating across cultures and - Training in simple and complex oral countries. expression: in a group, alone, with or without ______visual aids - How to create visual aids with Microsoft LEA2/12a : INTRODUCTION TO INTERCULTURAL PowerPoint: layout and transparencies COMMUNICATION Fall Semester ASSESSMENT:
37
THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT BOTH IN FRENCH AND IN - Droit d’auteur et droits voisins : Christophe ENGLISH Caron ; éditions Litec 2006 - Propriété littéraire et artistique : Pierre-Yves Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Gautier ; éditions PUF ; collection droit fondamental ; 6° édition 2007 OBJECTIVE: ______At the end of the course students should be able to: - Understand how our culture influences our behavior MCC2/13b: PUBLIC AND TERRITORIAL - Be able to identify the cultural factors which COMMUNICATION influence the way we interact with people from other Spring Semester cultures - Know how to cope with culture shock and get the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 most out of visits to foreign countries - Start developping ways of interacting effectively in OBJECTIVE: intercultural contexts Enable the students to deepen their knowledge of public and official communication. COURSE PROGRAM: Definitions Of culture COURSE PROGRAM: Non-verbal communication The different levels of communication, national, Communication styles international, local. Cultural values and presuppositions Public actions and itheir diversity inculding territorial Kluckhohn & Strodtbeck’s cultural variables institutions and their reforms, authorities, ministeries, Hofstede’s cultural variables international institutions, media… Hall’s cultural variables People dealing with communication. Trompenaars’s methods of solving intercultural ______dilemmas Developing intercultural skills AS2/18a POLITICAL AND CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS ASSESSMENT: Spring Semester Analysis of interview with someone from another culture Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 Final exam. ______OBJECTIVE: To introduce France’s cultural institutions and compare them to other countries in order to AS2/13b NEW FORMS OF CULTURAL EXCHANGE highlight the cultural policies that the institutions Fall Semester encourage.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 COURSE PROGRAM: An introduction to the issues affecting cultural OBJECTIVE: Students will learn about the issues industries and their economies, with a focus on the involved in the protection of intellectual and artistic actual relationships between cultural policy and the property in the culture of fee exchange favoured by resulting economic impact. the new technologies. - The history of cultural policy of the French Revolution to the present day COURSE PROGRAM: - Cultural policy in France, Europe and the The rights of authors and producers may be considerd world obstacles in the free distribution of works and their - Culture and globalisation communication to the general public, but it is also - Cultural economics necessary to encourage creativity and to protect authors against theft and pirating of their creations. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - How can access to art be managed ? - Poulot, Dominique, Musée et la museology, La - What about the French HADOPI law ? Découverte, Paris, 2005. - Should peer to peer exchange be allowed and - Benhamou, Françoise, Economie de la culture, in what circumstances ? La Découverte, Paris, 2007. - Dijan, Jean-Michel, Politique culturelle : la fin Internet has become the supreme means of cultural d’un mythe, Folio actuel, 2005. transmission. - Urfalino, Philippe, L’invention de la politique culturelle, Hachette Littératures, 2004. After a few theoretical reminders, the class will tackle ______various themes designed to help students become aware of the issues involved at various levels: AS2/12a CULTURAL POLICY - Examine the legal implications of individual Fall Semester cases - Learn the appropriate legal vocabulary Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Study various judicial decisions - Learn how to evaluate the economic OBJECTIVE: Students will learn how to identify and implications of the laws to protect intellectual establish cultural policies and understand the large property and understand the artist/author's organisations which coordinate the implementation of point of view. the policies through their objectives and purposes.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - Guide pratique du droit d’auteur : Anne-Laure This course will study the concepts of culture and Stérin ; édition Maxima Laurent Du Mesnil cultural policy from a historical and theoretical 2007 perspective. Special emphasis will be placed on the
38
relationship between institutional structures and - Practical work : approach of the construction cultural policy : of a radio news : 8 minute radio listening - Culture as the meaning of civilisations (birth (RTL, France Info, RMC Info), restitution of of culture as truth, rationalisation of power the listening (type of writing, information and culture, conflicts and subversion in hierarchy, construction , illustration), critic of culture). the three radio news. - Cultural policies and social sciences (study of - Radio writing : basis : succinctness, direct publics, democratisation, cultural policies). style, use of the present tense…. Starting up - Forms of the cultural institution (the cultural a subject. Practical work : from concrete administration, decentralisation, cultural elements of the morning newspapers, to equipments). make a start up. - Radio writing (continuation) : to rewrite a ASSESSMENT: A three-hour written exam, wire, choice for the catch, choice for the (composition or text commentary). A three-hour final opening, practical work : to re write a wire exam (composition or text commentary). - Radio writing (continuation 2) : to listen to three different styles (France info, RTL, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Europe 1), transposition to the expectancies - DJIAN, Jean-Michel, Politiques culturelles, la of a radio, practical work : to re write a wire. fin d’un mythe, Folio Gallimard, 2005. - Approach of the making of a radio broadcast : - GRAZIANI, Serge, La communication politique the work, technical preparation, live de l’Etat, PUF, 2000. broadcast, “réécoute” - Journalist/program interaction : the closing of a newspaper, boosting, use and mastering of MCC1/5a INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION 1 presentation, use of illustrations and noises, Spring Semester mix approach, vocabulary about the use of programs. practical work : starting up a Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 broadcast subject.
OBJECTIVE: ASSESSMENT: during each class, students will be This class provides a first approach to diversity in graded on the practical work they have to do. culture and society. We shall try to understand what Final ASSESSMENT: Redaction and reading a four culture is and how different people understand the minute radio flash, on the basis of 10 press agency concept. The approach will be mainly sociological and wires. anthropological. BIBLIOGRAPHY: « Journaliste de radio » J.M. COURSE PROGRAM: Chardon, ed. Economica * What is culture from the point of view of the social Que sais-je « La Radio » Patrice Caveiler, ed. Puf. sciences ? « Dictionnaire de la radio » Robert Prot, ed. Presse * Different theories of intercultural communication Universitaire * The difference between the universal and the particular INTERNET WEBSITES: * Culture, intercultural relations and society (power, www.radioactu.com economics etc.) www.comfm.com ______(all the French radio stations websites)
MCC2/11d : RADIO JOURNALISM Spring Semester MCC2/12c & 16c : MAGAZINE PRODUCTION Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per OBJECTIVE: To master the particularities of radio semester) journalism, the main genres of radio journalism. To practise radio writing, to distinguish the different OBJECTIVE: elements you can find in a recent radio room, their We want to enable students to master the different interaction, their way of working. To know the stages of magazine production : finding information, expectations of the production of a radio broadcast. using interviews, news flashes, biographical studies, To know the specific role of the radio as an agent of literary/artistic criticism, in-depth reports. spreading and management of the information. To be able to situate the radio in the audiovisual COURSE PROGRAM: environment, as a communication and information Part 1 – The theory vector. To organize and prepare the production of How to write a magazine article: speech form, rhythm, sonorous elements for a radio broadcast. colours, narration, catch phrases. How to make an investigation: master one’s topic, COURSE PROGRAM: writing, sidebars, pull-quotes, pictures. - Discovery of the radio environment (radio How to sell a synopsis: presenting and selling issues segmentation, the big radio groups, the study (pre-investigation and pitch) of polls, the classification of radios according French magazines: a flourishing press, news, high- to the last 126000 mediametrie, practical quality magazines. work : writing approach.) - The radio environment : the different jobs in Part 2 – Current events radio, interaction between the different jobs, At each session we address national, international, the different models of studio (open space, cultural and media events. separate production department), use of the micro, use of voice Part 3 – Practical cases
39
The student will have to put into practice what they Orientation ressources learned in class. They go in the field to build up a Cas pratiques small newspaper about regional events (you will choose its periodicity). - Paradoxal elements Reference to self ASSESSMENT: Paradoxs You will have to write press articles. Logical enigmas
NUMBERS FOR THIS CLASS ARE LIMITED - Applications Business Personal Life Therapy MCC2/9b COMMUNICATION IN BUSINESS Geopolitics
Fall Semester
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 MCC2/9d CURRENT AFFAIRS: WHAT IS
NEWSWORTHY? OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand different communication issues a company can be Fall Semester confronted to, and to understand the way companies can solve these problems thanks to a communication Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 strategy. OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: In this class we shall study the role of the media and their power of persuasion. We shall also see the - An approach to communication issues commentary of the news in our society. - Introduction to business, financial, social and political communication COURSE PROGRAM: - Elaborating a communication strategy 1. The sense of the event ASSESSMENT: A three hour written exam and a three 1.1. What is an event ? hour final written exam. 1.2. images and Emotion 1.3. Subjectivity and truth of the facts BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. SCHWEBIG – Les communications de l’entreprise, 2. Universality and relativity Ediscience International, coll. Stratégie et 2.1. the issues of the globalisation of Management, 1988 communication M.H. WESTHALEN – Le Communicator – Dunod, 1994 2.2. the coming-back of the events Y. WINKIN – La nouvelle communication – Seuil, coll. 2.3. Standardisation and repetition Points, 1981 ______3. Example of events 3.1. 9.11 3.2. wars and traumas MCC2/14b GROUP DYNAMICS: 3.3. weddings and people’s events PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL
Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY:
DOSSE, FRANÇOIS, Renaissance de l’évènement PUF, Lectures 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 2010.
JULY, KAHN ET PLENEL, Faut-il croire les journalistes ? COURSE PROGRAM: Mordicus, 2009. - Historical background Conseillée : Systematic Approach D’ALMEIDA ET DELPORTE, HISTOIRE DES Medias en Origins of the subject: Satir, Haley, Bateson, France, Flammarion, 2010. Watzlawick, Erickson, DANIEL, Jean, Albert Camus journaliste ou Comment Cybernetics and Artifical Intelligence. résister à l’air du temps, Gallimard, 2006.
WIENER, Robert, en direct de Bagdad. Le patron de - Dynamics of Change CNN en Irak raconte, Robert Laffont. First and second types of change
4 levels of learning
- Homeostasis MCC2/14a THE MEDIA & POLITICS Obstacles to change Spring Semester
- Thought systems and group dynamics Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Double constraints The structural approach, strategic approach, OBJECTIVE: experimetnal approach and constructivist approach This class aims to answer several basic questions: Strategic techniques . How does communication policy work for thsoe in power? - Systematic method . What role does communication play in the Basic Principles exercice of power? Inner attitude to adopt . What makes such communication effective? Behaviour issues . What links are there between democracy and political communication? - Techniques et méthodes . Does public opinion really exist? Améliorer une dynamique 40
. How much political power does the media actively involved in creating publicity. Enabling really have? students to understand how a publicity campaign works and how it is organised. COURSE PROGRAM: Session 1 : Introduction : definition of media and COURSE PROGRAM: politics How to brief the publicity team Session 2 : origin and characteristics of political Professional code of practice and ethics with regard to communication competition Session 3 : recent developments How to draw up a communication strategy : Session 4 : Americanisation of European politics - Analysing the problem Session 5 : Media and lifestyle ? - Defining and justifying your position Session 6 : public opinion – what is it ? - Defining goals Session 7 : public opinion and politics - Defining target audience Session 8 : the role of the media during elections - Drawing-up creative plan (promise, Session 9 : the media and the powers that be justification, axis, tone, constraints) Session 10 : the power of the media - Elaborating strategy for means of Session 11 : new media – towards a global communication (media and non-media) conversation? - Artistic direction & creativity Session 12 : conclusion - presenting a rough plan - Managing different elements and production BIBLIOGRAPHY: Roland CAYROL, Les Médias, PUF, Paris, 1991 ASSESSMENT: making a schedule of conditions. Ce n’est pas l’ouvrage le plus récent, mais il Strategic Pre recommendation in response to a présente l’avantage de présenter une approche Schedule. complète sur le sujet. Pour ce cours plusieurs la partie 4, nous BIBLIOGRAPHY: intéresse plus particulièrement : Le Publicitor,Brochand Lendrevie. Dalloz. §2. L’influence politique des médias Stratégies publicitaires, de l’étude marketing au choix §3. Médias et style de vie politique des médias. Bréal. §4. Médias et élections Média poche, MPG Ressources. §5. L’influence politique à long terme Le saut créatif, JM Dru. Students are encouraged to read the professionnal Roland CAYROL & Pascal DELANNOY, La revanche de press : CB News, Communication or Stratégie. l’opinion, Jacob-Duvernet, Paris, 2007. ______Philippe RIUTORT, Sociologie de la communication politique, La Découverte, Paris, 2007. MCC3/17b THE MEDIA AND POPULAR CULTURE Thomas MEYER, Media Democracy, Polity, Cambridge, Fall Semester 2002. Philip SEIB (ed.) Political Communication, Sage, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Londres, 2008 Vol.1. theories and principles: watching OBJECTIVE: government, affecting policy Vol.2. affecting the political process, public At the end of this class, the student should opinion, the public’s agenda and the press understand the complex relationship between popular Vol.3. campaigns and elections culture and the cultural industry, film distribution Vol.4. global conversation the rise of new networks, film producters, television producers, cultural marketing experts, publishers, music media managers and all providers of dance, sport, magazines La communication politique, les Essentiels d’Hermès, and other cultural products. These products take many Paris and various forms. The student should be able to Jacques GERSTLE, La Communication Politique, PUF, analyse how the media, via these products, plays a Paris, 2004 part in the cultural life of society. La Communication politique, PUF-Que sais- je ?, Paris, 1993 COURSE PROGRAM: Lynda LEE-KAID & Christina HOLTZ-BACHA (ed.), The Sage handbook of Political Advertising, Sage, Londres, In France mass popular culture really began 2006. in the 1860s, at the same time as "the paper age" with its first cheap national newspapers, the spread of Lynda LEE-KAID, Handbook of Political Communication Research, Lawrence Erlbaum associates, Mahwah literacy and education and the simplification of printing (N.J.), 2004 techniques. All this lead to a greater cultural Jacques LE BOHEC, Les rapports presse-politique standardisation throughout the country. Today we can Grégory Derville, Le pouvoir des médias, PUG, link mass culture with such phenomena as Grenoble, 1997 photography, television, internet, magazines and other forms of mass-produced image. According to Dominique Kalifa, "mass cultural is visual culture". At
the end of World War II, the spread of the American MCC3/17a COMMUNICATION STRATEGY way of life, whether real or imagined, led to a Fall Semester Hollywood inspired popular culture. All the tools of a popular culture ar available to the majority with no Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 disticntions of social class or geographical location. According to the designer R. Hamilton, popular culture OBJECTIVE: Using real case studies from business, (for a mass audience) is defined as short-term, widely public service and the social domaine, we shall distributed, cheap, mass-produced, youth-oriented and examine communication strategy and the best way of managed by big business. The Frankfurt School of communicating effectively with the public. How to German intellectuals, founded in 1923, has studied the coordinate the policy/strategy makers and those appearance of popular culture in modern society –
41
their most famous definition is that of Walter Benjamin Explaining changes, justifying new projects, squashing and his idea of cultural industry: "technology in the rumours, proviing maximum transparency service of the social system and its reproduction". In-house communciation as a means of healing Listening, defusing tension, taking part in internal BIBLIOGRAPHY: debate, the role of the trade unions Louis Dollot, Culture individuelle et culture de masse, BIBLIOGRAPHY: PUF, 1990 AUVINET (J.-M.), BOYER (L.), BUREAU (R.), CHAPPAZ Richard Hoggart, La culture du pauvre, éd. Gallimard, (P.) & de VULPIAN (G.), La communication interne au 1997 cœur du management, Paris, éd. d’Organisation, 1997. Roland Barthes, Mythologies, éd. Seuil, 1957 BEAL (J-P.), LESTOCART (P-A), Entre management et Walter Benjamin, L’œuvre d’art à l’époque de la marketing, la communication interne, Paris, éd. reproductibilité technique, 1935 (trad. Folio Gallimard) Démos, 2003 ______CORBEL (B.) & MURRY (B.), L’audit qualité interne - Démarche et techniques de communication – Paris, éd. MCC3/17c HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND AFNOR, 2001. COMMUNICATION DECAUDIN (J.-M) & IGALENS (J.), La communication Fall Semester interne, Paris, éd. Dunod, 2006 DETRIE (Ph.), MESLIN-BROYEZ (Catherine), La Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 communication interne au service du management, Paris, éd. Liaisons, 2002. OBJECTIVE: LABASSE (P.), L'intelligence des autres - Rétablir l'homme au centre de la communication des What's at stake for a company in its in-house entreprises, Paris, éd. Dunod, 1994. communication? LARDELLIER (P.), Le journal d’entreprise – Les ficelles Communication Methods du métier, Paris, éd. d’Organisation, 1998. Communication Tools MUCCHIELLI (A.), Communication interne et Communicating important decisions within a company management de crise, Paris, éd. d'Organisation, 1994. or organisation MUCCHIELLI (A.), Approche systémique et
communicationnelle des organisations, éd. Armand COURSE PROGRAM: Coin, 1998. In-house communication as part of a company's ______communication strategy Human resources and finance devoted to in-house MCC3/18c: ANALYSIS OF NEW COMMUNICATION communication TECHNIQUES Aims, possibilities and limits Fall Semester Who's talking to whom about what?
Common themes for in-house communication: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 projects/change– the life of the company – human resource policy – strategic decisions OBJECTIVE: The development of tools and Sociology of organisations The continuous tools techniques linked to information and communication ( TIC How do companies and organisations structure heir in French). communication? The constant evolution of the “Internet Galaxy” Taylor, Fayol, Mayo, etc… Promises and lies about the new web 2.0 The internal culture of a business COURSE PROGRAM: Regulations and role playing – the human factor Social appropriation of numeric communication, Internal Audits (for a project, equipment, a job etc.) technical determinism. Appropriation of web 2.0 and Before doing anything new: analyse what exists Internet. already and what is still needed Their use on the workplace ( social networks; private Analysing the structure – how things work, habits, or mercantilism) routines New Jobs related to the use of Internet and web Planning in-house communication techniques Why communicate ? is there a problem? Who is talking Issues about online communication. to whom? What form of communication is appropriate ______for which issue?
Tools (print and/or multimedia) : internal newsletter, MCC3/21b FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION welcome booklet, intranet, forum, suggestions box, AND MEDIA RESPONSIBILITY questionaires, surveys, photofile, the noticeboard,… Formal and informal communication : orientation, Spring Semester conferences, seminars, conventions, buffet lunches, brainstorming sessions, using staff for external Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 communication Measuring the effectiveness of your in-house OBJECTIVE: communication The class we shall study the main steps of the freedom Quantity and quality: How many campaigns, of the press (Dreyfus case, Watergate…) and analyse newsletters etc.? Do people read them? Do people more precisely the work of journalists in today’s world. react to them? Do they take any notice of what they say? 1. history of the freedom of the press Assimilating and providing information: 4.1. its birth Who is allowed to participate in in-house 4.2. main steps communication? Where does the information come 4.3. failures and victories from? How to decide the best strategy for each situation? 2. ideal et reality Analysis of case studies. 2.1. what possible conciliation? In-house communciation and change 2.2. a necessary compromise 2.3. obligations
42
3. The new media and freedom Communication 3.1. judicial law - What is communication 3.2. speed of the internet - Different ways of communicating 3.3. new means of expression - Verbal & Non Verbal communication - Intercultural & International communication BIBLIOGRAPHY: - How communication differs JUNQUA, Daniel, La liberté de la presse Milan, 2004. - How to improve communication and be efficient COLLECTIF, Des intellectuels jugent les médias, - What is an international manager mordicus, 2010. How to be an international manager Conseillée : TARDIEU, Christophe, Internet et libertés, CNRS BIBLIOGRAPHY: éditions, 2010. Software of the Mind : RIEFFEL, Rémy, Mythologie de la presse gratuite, Geert Hofstede éditions le cavalier bleu, 2010. International Mangement : MARTIN, Laurent, La presse écrite en France au XXe Helen Deresky siècle, le livre de poche, 2005. Richard Mead ______Intercultural communication : Fred Jandt MCC3/21c : A WAR WAGED THROUGH THE NEWS James Neuliep Spring Semester Communication : Larry Barker Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
OBJECTIVE: Discover how communication is used to MCC3/21A : RADIO JOURNALISM promote values. Militancy through communication. Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Rise and activity of social movements. Communication Lectures: 1 1/2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 as the basis of of collective action. Sociology as an introduction, main tools. Framing, define injustice and OBJECTIVE: Define a writing policy. Find and organise opponents through communication. news events. Organise informations. Write and The use of Internet and social networks. broadcast radio programs. Lead an interview. From Case studies about “cyber-mobilsation” the page to the radio. Set up and broadcast ASSESSMENT: A 2-hours test in class. A 3 hours exam. COURSE PROGRAM: Reflect on editorial choices to set up an audio journal. LM1/4d & 8d : JOURNALISM Group or individual work Fall & Spring Semester Tasks and content to share Recording the written elements Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Interwiews, papers Broadcast the final product COURSE PROGRAM: General approach of the specificities of Instituts politiques et Ecoles ASSESSMENT : During the classes ( attendance, Supérieures de Journalisme competitive exams. investment, sharing ideas – individual) Students will learn to master concepts and how to deal Each piece of audio news will be graded ( group or with media documents. They will also learn general individual piece) knowledge, which is necessary for competitive examination. FILMOGRAPHY: Good Morning England ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students are encouraged to read newspapers (weekly newspapers and mensual MCC3/20c : CASE STUDY INTERNATIONAL newspapers) and also thematical magazines (GEO, COMMUNICATION Histoire for example). Fall Semester ______Lectures: 1 1/2hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LEA3/18a : INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION OBJECTIVE: Globalisation and its consequences have Fall Semester led to the development of new strategies and tools of
communication. Those latter are dealing with THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH institutional communication, and product
communication. This class aims at taking real Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 examples to emphasize the aims of the globalization of
communication. OBJECTIVE:
To understand communication in the context of COURSE PROGRAM: different world cultures. To understand how to Three notions : universalism, multiculturalism and communciate effectively with people whose cultures globalization. differ from our own. Fields in which those notions are used, what are the
aiming at, national and cultural identities ( a quality or COURSE PROGRAM: a flaw for international communication) Cultural Basics Relationships between culture and communication. - Understanding the elements of culture Notions of identity and culture - Dimensions of culture ______Cultural comparison 43
writing. LCE3E/19b : THE MEDIA IN SPAIN Files of documents are another method of organising Fall Semester information on a specific subject. While a press review nly gives us an overview of what the press has to say, THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH a document fle may contained more varied elements: book chapters, audiovisual clips etc. Making this kind Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 of file requires a certain number of reserch techniques: selection, organisation, cataloguing, written OBJECTIVE: To develop an understanding of the summaries etc; These skills also require us to evolution of Spanish and Latin-American media from understand the systems used by libraries and archives the inception of newspapers and magazines in the in the classification of documents. 1800s to the present day. ______
COURSE PROGRAM: H4/3a : - The birth and evolution of Spanish JOURNALISTIC METHODS & TECHNIQUES newspapers and magazines up to the Fall and Spring Semesters Restoration - The appearance of the great newspaper Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 industry in Spain and Latin America - The Spanish press during the Civil War and COURSE PROGRAM: the Francoism period Writing for a specific audience requires precise skills. - The media and democracy In this class we shall look at the structure of a - New media in Spain. newspaper, the way the information is presented, the type of vocabulary and style usually employed and the BIBLIOGRAPHY: different journalistic genres which appear. At the same - FUENTES Juan Francisco, FERNANDEZ time students will be asked to write different types of SEBASTIAN Javier. Historia del Periodismo article : press releases, in-depth articles, biographical español, Madrid, Editorial Síntesis. 1997 portraits, comments on current events etc. - BORDERIA Enrique, LAGUNA Antonio y MARTINEZ GALLEGO Francesc., Historia de la comunicación social: voces, registros y conciencias: Madrid. Síntesis, 1998 (1996). H4/3g : HISTORY OF THE MEDIA - BOTREL Jean François. Libros prensa y lectura en la España del Siglo XIX, Madrid, Fundación Fall Semester G. Sánchez Ruipérez, 1993. - DESVOIS, Jean-Michel. La Prensa en España Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (1900-1931), Madrid, Siglo XXI, 1977. - PIZARROSO QUINTERO, Alejandro. De la COURSE PROGRAM: gazeta nueva a Canal Plus. Breve historia de This class will mainly cover the history of the media los medios de comunicación en España, from 1631 to the present day. We shall examine how Madrid, Editorial Complutense, 1992. the mdeia process information, the issue of truth in - TIMOTEO ALVAREZ, Jesús. (ed.) Historia de the media, false information, current affairs, relevants los medios de comunicación en España. and the limits of information. Controversial questions Periodismo, publicidad e imagen (1900- including control and ownership of the media, the big 1990), Barcelona, Ariel, 1989. press groups and cyberjournalism will also be evoked. - Fox DE CARDONA, E. et al., Comunicación y the class will have six main sections: Democracia en América Latina, DESCO, Lima, - What is information ? 1982. - How to interpret information - KAPLUN, M., La comunicación de masas en - Who owns and controls information? América latina, Asociación de Publicaciones - The freedom of the press and the sources of Educativas, 1973 information - Barcelona, Ariel, 1989. - Mass media and manipulation ______- New technologies and information
BIBLIOGRAPHY: H4/3i : Almeida Fabrice d’, Delporte Christian. Histoire des METHODOLOGY FOR ACQUIRING & PROCESSING médias en France : de la Grande Guerre à nos jours. INFORMATION Paris : Flammarion, 2010, 510 p. (« Champs. Histoire Fall and Spring Semesters ; 959 »). ISBN 978-2-08-123770-4. Bourdieu Pierre. Sur la télévision ; suivi de L’emprise Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 du journalisme. Paris : Raisons d’agir, 1998, 95 p. ISBN 2-912107-00-8. OBJECTIVE: Charon Jean-Marie. Les médias en France . Paris : Éd. Acquiring a way of reading effectively, selective La Découverte, 2003, 122 p. (« Repères (Maspero) ; reading, how to summarise and analyse as quickly and 374 »). ISBN 2-7071-3866-5. efficiently as possible... Assimilating the information in Fogel Jean-François, Patino Bruno. Une presse sans a press review. Gutenberg. Paris : B. Grasset, 2005, 245 p. ISBN 2- 246-69951-7. COURSE PROGRAM: Gervereau Laurent. Inventer l’actualité : la Making a press review on a specific topic is one of the construction imaginaire du monde par les médias most effective ways of getting to know and understand internationaux. Paris : La Découverte, 2004, 158 p. the press. It also enables us to summarise the possible ISBN 2-7071-4315-4. different attitudes to an issue. At the same time, it Gervereau Laurent, Dagen Philippe, Rondeau Gérard teaches us to read effectively, using techniques of [et al.]. Montrer la guerre ? : information ou selective reading and methods of concise and relevant propagande. suivi d’Entretiens avec Philippe Dagen, 44
Gérard Rondeau, Yves Boisset et le service Nowadays almost everyone takes ictre, from one's pédagogique de l’Historial de la Grande Guerre. Paris : mobile phone to a high-quality digital camera. The SCÉRÉN-CNDP : Isthme éd., 2006, 143 p. ISBN 2- journalist isn't an exception. News' distributors ignore 912688-63-9. this reality no more. At the time of mutations in all Jeanneney Jean-Noël, Chauveau Agnès. L’écho du sectors of the press, the role of the picture is still siècle : dictionnaire historique de la radio et de la esential, but its production and mode of diffusion are télévision en France. Nouvelle édition mise à jour. being reviewed. Paris : Hachette littératures, 815 p. (« Pluriel ; 1013 Then what do journalist need to know if they want to »). ISBN 2-01-279036-4. use this means in their work? What about the Laubier Charles de. La presse sur Internet. Paris : specificity of the press photographer, of the Presses universitaires de France, 2000, 127 p. (« Que photojournalist? What competences for which sais-je ? ; 3582 »). ISBN 2-13-051339-5. practises? What place for photographs in today and Lormier Dominique. Histoire de la presse en France. tomorrow's press? Paris : Ed. De Vecchi, 2004, 126 p. (« Focus de l’histoire »). ISBN 2-7328-3461-0. Content : Martin Laurent. La presse écrite en France au XXe 1- introduction siècle. Paris : Librairie Générale Française, 2005, 256 2- synopsis p. ISBN 2-253-11541-X. 3- shooting Ramonet Ignacio. Propagandes silencieuses : masses, 4- editing télévision, cinéma. Paris : Gallimard, 2002, 258 p. (« 5- image processing Folio. Actuel ; 98 »). ISBN 2-07-042130-9. 6- multimedia Rieffel Rémy. Que sont les médias ? : pratiques, 7- financingt-remuneration identités, influences. Paris : Gallimard, 2005, 539 p. (« 8- rights Folio. Actuel ; 117 »). ISBN 2-07-030082-X. 9- free-lance status 10- agency employee 11- stationed employee H4/3H : HISTORY OF BOOKS & THE PRESS 12- prospects Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Le synopsis, présenter et vendre ses sujets, Anne Kerloc’h, Victoires Éditions OBJECTIVE: - Photojournalisme, à la croisée des chemins, What is a book ? Olivia Colo, Wilfrid Estève, Mat Jacob, Marval Spreading the written word - Profession photographe indépendant, Éric The origins of the press Delamarre, VM éditions Problems of conservation and preservation of written - Photographie et société, Gisèle Freund, Poche documents - National Geographic, guide pratique de la Working in publishing photo Working as an archivist ______
COURSE PROGRAM: H4/7b : JOURNALISTIC PRACTICE The book as an object. Paper, printing, binding etc. Fall and Spring Semesters o Selling books, in shops or in secret.... Students may join the class in January o From papyrus to the e-book, from Alexandria to the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per Library of congress: the history of libraries semester) o From the Gazette (first French newspaper in 1631) OBJECTIVE: to the Canard Enchainé in 1915, via the first auromatic printing press in 1845 Thanks to practise, that is to say writing articles throughout the year, students will be initiated to o Conserving and Restoring old books journalistic writing, they will learn and learn to master journalistic technics, they will be led to respect writing o Digital libraries: the issues at stake and future constraints (article types, journalistic shape, number perpsectives. Why digitalise ? For whom ? of signs, editorial style, deadlines), they will learn how to favour the rise of a writing style and to become a o Satires & Caricatures leading place in propositons (type of articles, subjects)
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Content : Manuel du patrimoine en bibliothèque. sous la 1st semester : direction de Raphaële Mouren. Paris : Éditions du Cercle de la librairie, 2007. – 416 p. ; 24 cm 1. - specificities of journalistic writing ; - main redacting principles. 2. journalistic style 1st H4/7f : VISUAL JOURNALISM : EVOLUTION OF 3. adding quotes. VISUAL JOURNALISM AND PRESS PHOTOGRAPHY 4. around the article : titles 5. around the article (2): headline. Fall and Spring Semesters 6. around the article (3): angle, striking point,
ending (1st part). Lectures: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per 7. around the article (4): angle, striking point, semester) ending (2nd part).
8. around the article (5): illustrations, cations. COURSE PROGRAM: 9. news articles (1) : dispatch, news flash; 45
st 10. news articles (2) : minutes (1 part). Fall and Spring Semesters nd 11. news articles (3) : minutes (2 part). st 12. news articles (4) : reports (1 part). Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
nd 2 semester : COURSE PROGRAM: Where do images come from ? How are they made nd 1. news articles (4) : reports (2 part). public ? What is the role of the press photographer ? 2. news articles (5) : back-up interview. What sort of constraints and stresses does he face ? 3. news articles (6) : article interview. How do press agencies work ? who holds the real st 4. news articles (7) : portrait (1 part). power over which photos are seen by the public ? How nd 5. news articles (8) : portrait (2 part). has new technology changed the job and our 6. closeness to the reader's 'law'. relationship to the even portrayed ? Do photos alter 7. press review. our perception of reality ? We shall be answering these 8. specialised articles, technical or scientifical : questions and also encouraging students to produce popula science. publishable digital pictures of real events. 9. journalistic style (1) : free one's writing / advice and exercices. Technical points 10. journalistic style (2) : use one's sensesse / Light advice and exercices. Filters 11. commentary articles (1) : editorial, first Perspective approach. Balance 12. commentary articles (2) : chronicle, first Composition approach. Exposure Colour Shutter speed etc. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Jean-Pierre COLIGNON, Un point, c’est tout ! La Communicating a message via a photo ponctuation efficace, CFPJ, Paris, 2004. Classic cameras or digital ? - Anne HERSCHBERG PIERROT, Stylistique de la Preparing a documentary or exhibition prose, Belin, Paris, 2003. - Jean-Louis HUMBERT, Les pièges de la BIBLIOGRAPHY: ponctuation : les règles de base, exemples et corrigés, Morvan Yan, Photojournalisme, Victoires, 2006 - ISBN- Hatier, Paris, 1995. 10: 2908056372 - ISBN-13: 978-2908056372 - Jean KOKELBERG, Les techniques du style, Nathan, Paris, 2005. - Dominique MAINGUENEAU, Analyser les textes de H4/3d : DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY FOR communication, Nathan, Paris, 2007. JOURNALISTS - Jean-Luc MARTIN-LAGARDETTE, Le guide de l’écriture journalistique, La Découverte, Paris, 2009. Fall and Spring Semesters - Bernard MEYER, Maîtriser l’argumentation, Armand Colin, Paris, 2002. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per - Jacques MOURIQUAND, L’écriture journalistique, semester) Collection Que sais-je ?, PUF, Paris, 2005. - Pascal PERRAT, Libérer son écriture et enrichir son COURSE PROGRAM: style, Victoires-Editions, Paris, 2010. This is practical class introducing students to - Claude PEYROUTET, La pratique de l’expression professional digital photography, from understanding écrite, Nathan, Paris, 2004. how the camera works to the production of photos on - Louis TIMBAL-DUCLAUX, Savoir écrire des articles, the computer. Students will be encouraged to create éditions écrire aujourd’hui, Beaucouzé, 2005. documents based on digital photos, which will require - Michel VOIROL, Guide de la rédaction, collection genuine field work and mastering various technical « Métier Journaliste », Victoires-Editions, Paris, 2006. skills: shutter speed and light, taking photos in real ______and artificial light, framing and choice of subject etc.
Digital Cameras H4/3g : IMAGE AND TEXT Understanding your camera Fall Semester Quality and definition etc. Using accessories: flash etc. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Basic Optics Transfering from camera to computer COURSE PROGRAM: These days everything is illustrated and we are Taking pictures surrounded by images. Behind every image is a text. Definitions In the age of internet and the cell phone we may well Angles and focus ask : is an unillustrated text still possible ? Or an Lenses image with no accompanying words ? Field of vision Taking examples from books, computers, cinema and Shutter speed television, we ask how we should understand and Settings (P, M, S, A) analyse this image/text relationship, which is never Automatic focus unbiased. Working on a picture means using a form of Background language, a way of expressing one’s own experience. Filters Exposure and overexposure Measuring exposure H4/3e : PRESS PHOTOGRAPHS AND IMAGES IN Light THE NEWS Using flash
46
The picture itself - Use of colour Viewpoint - Types of file for use in publishing (tiff, eps, jpeg et Lines and rhythm gif) Composition - Improving your photos (light, contrast, intensity etc.) Framing and lighting - Selecting, decorating, clipping and framing photos Angle of vision - Finishing touches and masking undesirable elements Background, foreground, etc. - Tracing and merging ______
LEA4/2c : HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR LEA4/3ac : STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION TOURISM & HOTELS Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: The aim of this course is to introduce students to At the end of the course the student should be able to strategic thinking in communication. They should be understand how the world of hotels and restaurants able, once they know what a company intends to functions and also the type of management practices achieve, to suggest relevant and effective which are common. Knowledge will also be acquired communication tools. They should be able to defend about customer relations, well-known brands and their proposals and know how to implement a variations. complete communication project, starting with the original ideas right through to its final realisation. COURSE PROGRAM: Types of hotel commonly found in France: COURSE PROGRAM: The best-known hotel chains Understanding the brief Different types of hotel Analysis and diagnosis Loosely connected networks of Proposal of a communication plan traditional hotels The media plan and other elements Strictly centralised chains Creative justification of the proposal (use of Comparative study from the semiology), customer's point of view between Professional presentation of elements. traditional hotels and chains Case study: the ACCOR group SET BOOK: Definitions: what is a hotel, what is a restaurant? Le Publicitor, B. Brochand et Landrevie, Dalloz. Le Communicator, A Wertsphallen, Dalloz Revealing factors and statistics ______What are the customers looking for ? How does the hotel respond to these desires ? LEA4/4ac : MAGAZINE PRODUCTION Different types of customer Fall & Spring Semesters The work: who does what? Lectures: 15 hours total per semester Accommodation ECTS credits: 2 (Fall)1 (Spring) Food Services OBJECTIVE: Starting with the basic principles of layout and Yield Management typesetting, we shall look at how to make your How does it work? documents easy to read, well-organised and visually appealing. Students will learn how to Personnel present information in a press or publicity Management strategies document, prioritizing essential points. The use Forms of behaviour desktop publishing software will be taught in the Training context of teamwork for the written press. Work contracts. COURSE PROGRAM: Seasonal work Theory and methods Short-term contracts - Laying out a template – why bother ? Working hours - Contructing a template Permanent contracts - Presentation - Uses of typeface Training and qualifications Trade unions Adobe Indesign (layout) Competence and skills - Size and shape Staff/management agreements - Text and image blocks Apprenticeships - Breating and using trims - Inserting text in a layout Conflict resolution. - Assembling the whole magazine The role of the trade unions - Use of colour Causes of conflict - Finalising the document and exporting as a .pdf file On strike ?? Avoiding problems Photoshop (preparing photos and other pictures ______for the printers) - Digital photos 47
LEA4/6a : COMMUNICATION ON THE WORKPLACE Upon completion of this course, students should be Spring Semester able to:
Classes: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 1. Conduct a basic organizational communication needs assessment OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, students should 2. Produce and identify clear strategic ba able to define the concept of communication and objectives for a range of situations, as well understand how important it is for a successful global as appropriate tactics, in line with corporate communication. The student should be able to goals recognise the different actors of communication and 3. Consider and prioritise the needs of analyse their behaviors. different publics/stakeholders in a range of situations COURSE PROGRAM: 4. Understand which media channels to use - Introduction, internal communication and its for various messages and publics role on the workplace 5. Select appropriate research and evaluation - Actors and their behaviours tools - Different tools 6. Develop a comprehensive communications - Communication in a time of crisis plan - Neuro-linguistic tools ASSESSMENT: COURSE PROGRAM: 2 research papers and 1 hour test. Corporate communication refers to the totality of a ______corporation's efforts to lead, motivate, persuade, and inform its various publics. The emphasis of the course will be strategic in nature. In other courses you will LEA4/7ac: POLITICS AND COMMUNICATION learn in depth about public relations, media relations, STRATEGIES intercultural human relations, corporate Spring Semester communications, marketing, branding, etc. and the
tools you need to conduct them effectively. This course Classes: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 will focus on analyzing overall communication needs
and developing the right mix of communication tools, OBJECTIVE: allocating resources, identifying barriers and solutions Initiation to strategic thinking. At the end of for overcoming them, and developing and managing the class, the student should be able to give a correct an effective plan for internal and external communication axe, set their communication plan into communications. motion. ______COURSE PROGRAM:
-analysis of diagnostics - give a communication strategy LEA5/11fc : INTERCULTURAL HUMAN RELATIONS The role of the media Fall Semester Initiation to semiology THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY BIBLIOGRAPHY: Le publicitor, B. Brochand et Landrevie, Dalloz. Le Lectures: 40 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Communicator, A Wertsphallen, Dalloz ______OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student should be able to hold down a job involving a human LEA5/10bc : COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT: management dimension. THE BIG PICTURE COURSE PROGRAM: How to manage yourself in order Fall Semester to manage your coworkers: we will create
manager/employee role-playing situations and work THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH together on the key points to professional success:
- orientation: I choose my job (job interview, GRADUATE STUDENTS AND/OR professional interview) BUSINESS MAJORS ONLY - training: I train, I get qualifications, I develop
my career Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - management: what I like, what I do not like,
the barriers… I manage myself in my job. OBJECTIVE: - piloting: I have access to my job’s Communication Management is a course focused on requirements and to the relevant checklist managing the communication - assessment: I know the essential skills function in all its diversity. The course will explore required to master my job, I assess myself. corporate and other organizational communication All these five points fall under the employee’s aims, practices, publics, policies, plans, and channels responsibility. The manager should only be considered in a variety of corporate and organizational settings. as a support. The aim of the course will be to equip students with ______the understanding and tools necessary to evaluate a
company’s objectives, then to develop and manage an appropriate communications plan allowing the LEA5/9bc : RELATIONS WITH THE PUBLIC & THE company to effectively manage its communication in PRESS furtherance of those objectives with all of the pertinent Fall Semester publics (consumers, investors, employees, suppliers, government agencies, the media, and pertinent THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY interest groups). Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
48
OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 2 At then end of this courses students should understand the issues involved for companies in their relations OBJECTIVE: with the public and the press. How to go from communication strategy to the They should be able to elaborate a public relations elaboration of advertising materials? Knowing how to strategy and a press campaign. use a creative strategy to create a visual or They should master all the main communication audiovisual impact in advertising. Using the main tools techniques used in these areas. in graphic design.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: 1. Public Relations Definition and presentation of the job with its aims and Methods issues and recent developments - The creative process - Areas of action in public relations - Presenting your plan - Identifying with the public - Story boards and scripts - How to organise a public relations campaign - The internet : its uses and consequences Draughts - Defining measurable aims in public relations - Space - Scale Case studies : Michel Edouard Leclerc, Briggs & - Structure of the image Stratton, Copalis, AXA Santé - Background - Movement 2. Relations with the Press - Focus - Definition of the press officer’s job - An overview of the French press Photoshop - What journalists do (written press, radio, TV) - Digital images - The impact of the internet on the traditional media - Use of colour - Methods : press cuttings, press releases, relations - Saved as ? (types of image file) with journalists - Improving a photo – light, contrast, colour - Working with the press in times of crisis - Selection and outlining -Finishing touches and highlighting Case studies : C’ZON, Total and the wreck of the Erika - The uses of tracing paper and masks
BIBLIOGRAPHY Macromedia Flash (for cartoons and video clips) Jean-Pierre Beaudoin, Conduire l’image de l’entreprise, - The setting – background etc. Paris, 1995 - Using fixed symbols and embedded clips etc. Thierry Libaert, La communication de crise, 2001 et La - The scene and script (key images, words and communication d’entreprise, 1998 movements) Lionel Chouchan et Jean-François Flahaut, Les relations publiques, PUF – Que sais-je 2007 Work as a typesetter Al et Laura Ries, La pub est morte, vive les RP, 2003 - Fonts and spelling - Register, deliberate ambiguity Magazines : Stratégies et Influencia - Producing a template - Inserting and framing an image Etudes TNS Sofres : l’infuence du web 2.0, 2007 et 2008 Adobe Indesign (formatting) ______- Setting out your document - Text blocks, image blocks, decoration LEA5/9cc : SEMIOLOGY IN ADVERTISING - Calligraphy and decorative fonts Fall Semester - Layout and page plan - Colours (or not) THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY - Final document for the printer, exporting .pdf files ______Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 LEA5/11cc : OBJECTIVE: PROFESSIONAL WRITING SEMINAR To initiate students in semiological analysis so that Fall Semester tthy cand ecode advertisments and also justify the semiological implications of their own publicity THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY materials. Lectures: 40 hours total ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Why use signs and images? OBJECTIVE: Decoding advertisments To communicate effectively in written French in a Presenting and justifying a publicity campaign professional context. semiologically
CTV4/2a : CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS AND LEA5/9ec : CULTURAL EQUIPMENT CREATIVE ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 THIS CLASS IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY
49
OBJECTIVE: To study the different issues which result COURSE PROGRAM: We shall be studying journalism from the meeting of artistic creation and cultural based on the internet or multimedia presentations. institutions. Each student will learn how to produce articles for the web and put them online. We shall cover basic COURSE PROGRAM: computer languages (HTML, javascript, PHP, Flash…), - Cultural policies and artistic forms. transfer techniques and website management. - The figures of artists, experts, and politicians. - Public of culture and and cultural policies. Compétences : - Cultural communication Each student by the end of the semester should be - The forms of the cultural institution able to spread information on a website or blog using - Cultural admisnistration multimedia techniques. - Finances - Public and private - The sectors of the cultural institution : art, H4/3c : RADIO JOURNALISM shows, music Fall & Spring Semesters
ASSESSMENT: oral exam, which consists in a Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 question about the course
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: DJIAN Jean Michel, Politiques Various workshops will enable students to learn the culturelles, la fin d’un mythe, Folio Gallimard, 2005 techniques of oral expression (breath control, voice DONNAT Olivier, et TOLILA Paul, Les publics de la technique), how to write for the radio and how to use culture, Presses de Science PO, 2003 the various types of radio program : documentaries, DUBOIS Vincent, La Politique culturelle : genèse d’une newflashes, biographical studies, interviews etc. Each catégorie d’intervention publique, Belin, 1999 student will also produce a review, a newsflash & a MOLLARD, Claude, Le Cinquième pouvoir, Armand mini-documentary. Students must become familiar Colllin, 1999. with the technical environment of radio, studio SAINT PULGENT Maryvonne de, Le gouvernement de recording, sound equipment and digital production … la culture, 1999
URFALINO Philippe, l’intervention des politiques Using the microphone culturelles , Hachette littérature, 2004. Sound
Reporting, editing & producing Recording studios CTV4/6a : INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Analogical & digital radio Spring Semester The news on the radio Sound effects Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Time management & programming ______OBJECTIVE: This course will look at communication in the context of cultural management, marketing and H5/11e : ECONOMIC & FINANCIAL JOURNALISM organising international projects. We shall be looking Fall & Spring Semesters at intercultural dilemmas when communicating in an international context. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: To introduce students to nanlyse and treatment of Intercultural communciation : what is it ? economic information, enabling them to understand it The cultural and the intercultural correctly. Key words and useful reflexes. Helping Communication in the cultural domaine students to produce intelligent articles on economic Techniques of communication and subjects and to respond to the public demand for cultural resistance information in this area. Communication in art
Cultural communication and the sociology COURSE PROGRAM: of target audiences 1. Introduction to the regional and national economy
2. Different types of company ASSESSMENT: A written exam about a part of the 3. How companies work course and an oral presentation for the final exam. 4. Finding the right person to contact to obtain
information BIBLIOGRAPHY: 5. Where to find economic data GRAZIANI Serge, La Communication culturelle de 6. Technical vocabulary for economic journalism l’Etat, PUF 7. Hints and techniques for writing economic articles VERBUNT Gilles, La société interculturelle, Seuil ______CUCHE Denys, La notion de la culture dans les sciences humaines, la découverte 1995. THIESSE Anne-Marie, La création des identités H5/15e : ONLINE JOURNALISM nationales, seuil 1999. Spring Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
H5/11h : MULTIMEDIA AND INTERACTIVE OBJECTIVE: PUBLICATIONS Understanding referencing on the web and how to Fall & Spring Semesters create effective content Finding the information you require on the web Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Creating useful collaborations in order to improve speed and relevance
50
Making creative content and presentation for online Bilger Philippe. Le droit de la presse. 4e édition journalism refondue. Paris : Presses universitaires de France, 2003, 127 p. (« Que sais-je ? ; 2469 »). ISBN 2-13- COURSE PROGRAM: 053559-3. 1/ Basic information (history, referencing, writing for Rohde Eric. L’éthique du journalisme. Paris : Presses the web) universitaires de France, 2010, 126 p. (« Que sais-je ? 2/ Online research (research engines, advanced google ; 3892 »). ISBN 978-2-13-058279-3. etc.) Constant Jérôme, sous la dir. de Preiss Nathalie. Le 3/ Network watching (using alerts, info flow) fait divers dans la presse quotidienne française. 1999, 4/ Social networks (Facebook, Twitter, pearltrees....) Mémoire de Lettres Modernes, Université Paris-IV 5/ Creating online slideshows and audio content Sorbonne. [En ligne] Disponible sur : URL < 6/ Varied narration formats( storify, google maps…) http://constant.j.free.fr/memoires/jerome_constant/in ______dex.htm >
H5/11c : SPORTS JOURNALISM ______Fall Semester Computer Science Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 IMPORTANT: ALL OUR COMPUTING COURSES OBJECTIVE: ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH Students will learn the techniques of sports journalism, know how to work with sporting deadlines and acquire P1/5a BEGINNERS COMPUTING a style adapted to writing for a sports' savvy public. Fall Semester Producing accurate and interesting sports information VERY quickly. Lab: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: Practical use of a computer, in order to give students the necessary basic skills to do their 1 : Adopting the right style, rhythm and vocabulary for work during their training course sports reporting 2 : Interesting readers who know the subject well. COURSE PROGRAM: Creating suspense. Windows: Basic Principles 3 : Relevant analysis - how not to miss the most important facts Microsoft Word: Introduction to Word Processing 4 : Varying the viewpoint - Typewriting 5 : Very short articles/ info flashes. - Microsoft Word 7.0 interface: tool bars, menu 6 : The match report bars 7 : Interviewing sports personalities - Format: characters, paragraphs and page 8 : The mini-biography layout 9 : The in-depth study - Presenting information in a table 10 : The press conference 11: Getting over writer's block Microsoft Excel: Introduction to Data Processing (Spreadsheet Program) - Introduction to spreadsheet program H5/11b : CRIME & SCANDAL - Microsoft Excel interface (tool bars, menu Fall Semester bars) - Data input, formulae and links creation Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Worksheet format - Chart creation OBJECTIVE: - Basic and advanced functions An approach to finding and writing up short human interest stories, particularly with regard to crime and Microsoft Word and Excel: Inserting a chart from scandal. an Excel document into a Word document
COURSE PROGRAM: E-mail: Introduction to Electronic Mail 1. What is the short new item ? How should we repart it ? Internet: Introduction to Information research on 2. Sources and resources. Websites 3. Reality on the ground. 4. Justice and the law courts - how to write up a trial. ASSESSMENT: Computer-based exercise 5. Constraints in legal reporting. What is and isn"t allowed. 6. Freedom of the press, presumption of innocence. LEA1/3a WORD PROCESSING AND INTERNET What may or may not be said about those who are RESEARCH METHODOLOGY "helping the police with their enquiries". Fall Semester
This course will include a field trip to the law courts in Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Douai. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to make Microsoft BIBLIOGRAPHY: Word 2003 documents and OpenOffice Writer 2.1 Barthes Roland. Essais critiques. Paris : Ed. du Seuil, documents, such as Curriculum Vitae, text 1964, 275 p. ISBN 2-02-001923-X. commentaries, dissertation, master report…
51
COURSE PROGRAM: Using simple formulae Typing and modifying text Functions: sum/average/max/min/NB Selecting, copying and pasting text Charts Format and characters “IF” function and cell locking Paragraph format Using dates Tabs “Research” function Spelling and grammar Advanced functions Page layout: basic principles Calculations on several worksheets Tables Columns ASSESSMENT: Practical work Bullets and numbering ______Inserting pictures WordArt, drawing LM1/2d & 6e : DIGITAL LITERATURE Styles Fall & Spring Semesters Mail merger Introduction to the Internet: research Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 methodology OBJECTIVE: To create electronic documents. ASSESSMENT: Opening a file, editing it, doing different tasks in accordance with instructions. COURSE PROGRAM: Students’ abilities to manage tools, their rapidity and Microsoft Word and Powerpoint reflection skills will be taken into account. Beginners Excel Website creation with joomla.org, Microsoft.com, adobe.fr. MCC1/4a & 8a COMPUTING Fall & Spring Semesters ASSESSMENT: Practical work
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per LM1/6e : DIGITAL LITERATURE semester) Spring Semesters
OBJECTIVE: Freshmen must be able to manage new Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 information and communication technologies, using the different tools at their disposal. Students must be COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM1/2d. able to locate, evaluate and present relevant information. LCE2/16a : POWERPOINT COURSE PROGRAM: Spring semester Windows: Basic principles, folder management
Lectures: 1hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Microsoft Word: Basic functions, creating different types of document (short, complex and long with OBJECTIVE: Power Point is a tool which permits us to hyperlinks) make communication media. Students will learn to
create presentation aids of all types thanks to the use Microsoft Excel: Basic functions: formulae and charts of Power Point. Graphic representation of the data in a chart.
COURSE PROGRAM: Microsoft PowerPoint: Creating and managing simple - Creation of an opening page and complex presentations; text and picture format; Learn how to : printing presentations; slide sequences - Make a text presentation
- Personalise the look of a presentation ASSESSMENT: Computer - Represent numerical information
- Make an organization chart BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Make an illustration or a diagram Word 2000, éditions collections 3D Visuel First - Prepare the projection of a presentation Interactive
Excel 2000, plus fort, éditions collections 3D Visuel BIBLIOGRAPHY: indications concerning websites will First Interactive be given during the lessons. PowerPoint 2000, éditions collections 3D Visuel First
Interactive
LCE2/12a : MICROSOFT EXCEL LEA1/7a MICROSOFT EXCEL Fall Semester Spring Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: Introduction to Computerized Microsoft Excel interface is a Spreadsheet program Calculations and Database Management with Microsoft which enables to present numeric data in charts and to Excel and OpenOffice Calc 2.1 make calculation on these data. Students will learn how to make a chart and how to use advanced COURSE PROGRAM: Microsoft Excel calculation functions. Students will also learn the Cell format processing of data with Excel and how to make simple Copying and pasting cells and complex graphics. Working with several worksheets
52
COURSE PROGRAM: - Creating tables To learn how to : - Inserting pictures - Make a chart - Paragraph titles - Make calculations - Creating automatic contents page - Change the structure of a chart - Giving your documents a professional look - Present a large chart - Represent graphically numeric data Microsoft Excel: - Use web data - Managing data - Synthetise the data of a base - Filter and auto-filters - Strengthen data - Using advanced functions - Simulate an hypothesis - PivotTables - Create a model of chart - Work in groups on a chart Microsoft Word and Excel: - Make a spreadsheet - Inserting tables and charts from an Excel - Make a repetitive task automatic document into a Word document - Analyse data - Mail merge
BIBLIOGRAPHY: indications concerning websites will Introduction to using the internet for research be given during the lessons. ______ASSESSMENT: Computer-based exercise
H2/12a &16a : COMPUTING FOR RESEARCH ______Fall and Spring Semesters MCC2/12a COMPUTING : VISUAL IDENTITY Classes : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes : 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Finding information on the web (the 6 OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to theorical and steps of an information resarch project) practical knowledge required to make a visual identity. Evaluating, storing and labelling Students will experiment a plastic expression step and information complete it in the prospect of a mediatic use. Computer language Creating a portfolio on a historical theme COURSE PROGRAM: Creating and presenting multimedia Basis : documents : Word, Powerpoint etc. - Typography Introduction to creating a web page - Model and modular grid - Information graphism - Graphic syntax of the logotype LEA2/11a : DATA BASE MANAGEMENT Adobe Indesign : Fall Semester - definition of the document - text units, image units, presentation Tutorials: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 principles. Typographic enriching thanks to style sheets. - Editing plans and pages assembling. COURSE PROGRAM: ACCESS - - Color modes. - Tables - Completion before printing and PDF files. - Forms Adobe Illustrator :
Basic principles of the vectorial drawing. ______- Vectors and typographic modification -
LEA2/15a : COMPUTING LEVEL 2 ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in Spring Semester class.
Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- La fontaine au lettre, G. Setola et J. Pohlen, Ed. COURSE PROGRAM:Use Online Ressources Fontana Research on the Internet - Lexique des règles typographiques, Imprimerie Online Resources Nationnale Make a presentation on screen - Précis de mise en page, L. Guéry, Ed. CFPJ -
Diffusion PUF P2/17a COMPUTING 2 Fall Semester
MCC2/16a : COMPUTING 2 : DIGITAL Lab: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 PHOTO PRODUCTION
OBJECTIVE: To deepen students’ knowledge of Spring Semester computing Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Microsoft Word: OBJECTIVE: To acquire the required theoretical - Reminder of its basic functions knowledge to adapt a digital image for use in the press - Complementing word processing with or on TV. The course will also deal with the technical advanced functions and the creative concepts of digital photo production - Format: characters, paragraphs and page and animation possibilities of images on the internet. layout 53
COURSE PROGRAM: - Précis de mise en page, L. Guéry, Ed. CFPJ - Retrospective : Diffusion PUF - From photo production in Dadaism to - Making and Breaking the Grid, Timothy Samara, contemporary digital photo production. Rockport Publishers Inc Adobe Photoshop : - Le graphisme d’information, P. Wildbur et - Digital image (size, resolution) M.Burke, Ed.Thames & Hudson - Diffusion Seuil - Color profile - The best of Brochure Design 6, Cheryl - Press or Web recording Dangel Cullen, Rockport Publishers, Inc - To improve an image - Web design index 6, The Pepin Press – Ed. - Selection and extraction Agile Rabbit - Touching up and making up. - Etapes graphique, Ed. Pyramyd (presse) - Use of tracing. Adobe Ready Image (for animation) :
- Animated GIF Macromedia Flash (for animation) : MCC3/24a : COMPUTER DESIGN 2 - Stage Spring Semester - Library - Scenario Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in OBJECTIVE: Synthesis of the issues of internet class. publication. In a prospect very similar to that of marketing, aiming BIBLIOGRAPHY: at making a website attractive, students will acquire - Photoshop CS pour les photographes, Martin technical and theoric knowledge in order to be able to Evening, Ed Eyrolles. edit, hierarchise and put a reference on a document on the internet.
MCC3/20a COMPUTER DESIGN COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Methodology : Arborescence Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Document analysis “zonage ergonomique” and story board OBJECTIVE: Production planning Starting with the basis of the job of a model maker Adobe Image Ready who aims at improving the visibility and the To make an animated GIF image organisation of the order lines. The main goal is to To make a navigation bar encourage people to read what is on the website. So To optimize images for the Web students will learn how to shape information in a To export a HTML chart. professional optic. The practise of computing will be Front page or Dream Wever or Go live seen in the scope of collaborative work. The mode file, HTML, pagination Page and content properties COURSE PROGRAM: Test in the navigator Basic skills in creating professional documents Insert an image - Typeface and ease of reading Create a hypertextual link - Managing different levels of reading Markers - Page layout Roll overs and “zones cliquables” - Combining text and image Chart manipulation Xpress Publication - Defining your document - Inserting text and pictures, layout ASSESSMENT: regular control of the work done in - Types of paper class - Assembling your pages - Use of colour BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Finishing touches and checks before printing - Making and Breaking the Grid, Timothy Samara, Photoshop Rockport Publishers Inc - Digital photography (size in pixels, printing - Web design index 6, The Pepin Press – Ed. Agile definition) Rabbit - Colours (CMJN, RVB, using black & white) - Etapes graphique, Ed. Pyramyd (presse) - Saving documents for printing or web- publishing (tiff, eps, jpeg et gif) - Improver your pictures (luminosity, LEA3/19a : CREATE contrast, colour contrast and density) AND MANAGE YOUR WEBSITE - Selection and framing Fall Semester - Reworking your images and overall visual impressions Tutorials: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4
ASSESSMENT: Regular control of the work done in OBJECTIVE: Creating and managing a website in class. several languages with Microsoft FrontPage
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - La fontaine au lettre, G. Setola et J. Pohlen, Ed. Creating a website (structure and working Fontana principles) - Lexique des règles typographiques, Imprimerie Use the software Dreamweaver Nationnale Use the software Photoshop
54
ASSESSMENT: Exercise to do on a computer OBJECTIVE: Lectures: To analyse and study a ______project. To make a schedule of conditions, to make and manage the project, to produce the model and LCE4/3a COMPUTER METHODOLOGY FOR finalise the project. RESEARCH STUDENTS Multimedia : To know the basis of infography, to SpringSemester master the main functions of Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: Students will make a COURSE PROGRAM: multimedia project. They will learn all the stages Style, auto-format necessary to make a project live, from the analysis to Creating and managing templates the marketing. Creating an index Multimedia : General presentation of infography Footnotes and endnotes softwares, reflexion upon the graphic chain and upon Captions and cross-references “colorimétrie”, definition of technical terms (vector, Master documents “bitmap”, “pixel”…), creation of graphic elements Researching a topic on the internet (“logos”, drawings, animated pictures), creation of a Powerpoint presentations for teaching photomontage, presentation of the different recording sizes. Students will submit by email an assignement use of Illustrator and Photoshop prepared at home. ASSESSMENT: A 15 minute interview during which students will have to answer questions about a multimedia project. Students will also have to give in a LEA4/2d : E-BUSINESS-WEB 2.0 numeric project representing the progression during Fall Semester the semester.
Lab: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: MILON, A. : « Gestion de projet multimedia – du COURSE PROGRAM: cahier des charges à la commercialisation ». editions * Theory l’Harmattan, 2003, 242 pages. Understanding Internet and E-business Rémy LENTZNER, « le guide de la création de sites The role of the internet in business internet- avec Dreamweaver MX 2004 » Edition Eska E-business : advantages Lesy – informatique , 2004. Practical guide to doing e-business Classroom in a book Adobe Photoshop CS, Peachpit Creating an effective commercial website 2004. Exporting through the web Classroom in a book Adobe Illustrator CS, Peachpit The legal framework of E-business 2004. Future developments CTV4/5a : CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF * Practice : now you do it ! INTERNET WEBSITES Spring Semester Using databases Animation flash MX Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Photoshop 6 OBJECTIVE: creation and management of internet websites LEA4/7ct : E-BUSINESS To know the elements required to create a Website in Spring Semester a professional environment. To know the technical elements required to make a Lab: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Website. To know the technical elements required to put a COURSE PROGRAM: Website on line and to update it. * Theory Understanding Internet and E-business COURSE PROGRAM: The role of the internet in business - Methodologuy of website making : scenarii E-business : advantages and models Practical guide to doing e-business - Definition of the structure of a website, Creating an effective commercial website organization of files. Exporting through the web - Presentation of the language “HTML” “DHTML” The legal framework of E-business - Presentation of the different media on the Future developments Internet - Presentation of the principles of pagination. * Practice : now you do it ! - Creation of media thanks to Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator. Using databases - Creation of websites thanks to the Animation flash MX Macromedia Dreamweaver software. Photoshop 6 - Principles to put a website on line.
ASSESSMENT: a written ASSESSMENT: a quizz and
open questions. CTV4/1a : DTP: DESKTOP PUBLISHING Final ASSESSMENT: students will have to give in a Fall Semester numeric project realized in class in groups.
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 55
BIBLIOGRAPHY: GARANCE Daniel, HOUSTE François, Macromédia P3/34a : Dreamweaver MX, Campus press 2004. PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION & LEARNING ______Spring Semester
H4/3h COMPUTING FOR THE PRESS Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Fall and Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 What does it mean to understand ? What does it mean to learn ? COURSE PROGRAM: Types of knowledge Creation and management of websites Acquiring knowledge Desktop publishing Cognitive learning strategies E-journalism Education & intelligence Learning difficulties ______P4/1b STATISTICS AND COMPUTING FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS LCE3/19b : DIDACTICS OF ENGLISH 1 Spring Semester Fall Semester
Tutorials: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
OBJECTIVE: To enable students to use statistics and Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 interpret results, from questions OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: The course will focus on how to Students will discover and discuss the basic principles identify problems, the criteria of choice of method, of early language acquisition as well as the curriculum interpreting and using results: laid down by the French education authorities and the - Principles and methods of descriptive and expected level required at the end of primary school inferential statistics education as expressed by the Common European - Some non-parametrical statistics applied to Framework of Reference for Languages. Study of these psychology will lead to practical ideas for their implementation in primary school English lessons.
LEA5/9d : MARKETING AND E-COMMERCE COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Students will reflect on and assess their own experience of primary school second language learning THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY (if relevant) and start to identify features which are essential to effective early language teaching. Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 * Aims and methods of language teaching for young learners with practical demonstrations. COURSE PROGRAM: Using SPSS software * Discussion of the practicalities and pre-requisites specific to language learning. - Chap1 : Discovering the software * Integrating language work and other subjects in the - Chap2 : Creating databases and distrubting variables primary school curriculum. - Chap3 : Distribution of frequencies, testing hypotheses ASSESSMENT: - Chap4 : Analysing variation : ANOVA & ANCOVA Students will be assessed on their participation in, and preparation of, typical primary school teaching methods and activities. · A written test on some aspect of teaching LEA4/8at: HOW TO USE AMADEUS English in the primary school classroom Spring Semester · Students will prepare a lesson for primary
school children based on a specific language THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY objective.
Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY:
PRE REQUISITE : Create and calculate a full booking _ BO N° 7 26 avril 2007 hors série Préambule file (hotel, car reservation. Know the fares easily on commun p 4-8 ; p 25-33 simple and difficult lines. BO n° 8 30août 2007 hors série : école primaire COURSE PROGRAM: ftp://trf.education.gouv.fr/pub/edutel/bo/2007/hs8/hs - General Study of informations and bookings, 8_anglais.pdf exploiting PNR files Enseigner les langues vivantes à l'école élémentaire - Study of costs. http://eduscol.education.fr/cid45718/enseigner-les- langues-ecole.html Common European Framework of Reference for Languages
http://www.coe.int/t/DG4/Portfolio/?L=E&M=/main_pa ges/introduction.html Education http://www.coe.int/t/DG4/Portfolio/?L=E&M=/main_pa ges/levels.html IMPORTANT: ALL OUR EDUCATION COURSES ARE Teaching English in the Primary classroom, Susan TAUGHT IN FRENCH Halliwell Edition, Longman
56
The Primary English teacher’s guide, Gail Ellis, Edition Penguin Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 ______COURSE PROGRAM:
French Linguistics LCE3/23b : DIDACTICS OF ENGLISH 2 We shall start by looking at the history of the French Spring Semester language through the centuries. We shall also evoke
the different debates about the purity of the language THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH from Du Bellay’s Défense et Illustration de la langue
française to Etiemble’s Parlez-vous franglais ? and the
Toubon laws. We shall examine the evolution of the Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 French language via a number of examples and
compare various modern grammar books and their OBJECTIVE: points of view. In the final sessions we shall look at Students who wish to learn how to teach a foreign the different ways of speaking French, from regional language will discover some of the basic principles of dialects to slang. language teaching in France. Study of basic theories will lead to practical ideas about how to apply these Didactics principles in the classroom. During this semester we shall look at how to teach
French culture or civilisation. We shall try prepare COURSE PROGRAM: classes in written and oral comprehension for students Teaching English in High School and Junior High at different levels of French, selecting appropriate School (ages 11 to 18). documents Certain points of French culture will be Moving students from level A2 to level B2 on the explained using current affairs and recent films or European scale. exhibitions to illustrate our main themes. The aim is to
help the student reflect of the relevance of the means ASSESSMENT: and methods at his disposal to teach different themes A forum on language teaching in high schools – for example, how can we present the meaning of the will be organised by the students. Each French Revolution to modern international students or student’s contribution will be graded. the French concept of leisure or the current tensions in A written test on some aspect of teaching inner city areas. theory The student will also observe classes of oral and Students will prepare a lesson for high school written comprehension and expression and prepare a students using a previously unknown lesson which will be taught to the international document students taking classes at the Clarife language school ______
LCE3/19c : TEACHING FRENCH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE English Fall Semester Native English speakers may not take English Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 language classes. However translation classes, linguistics and phonetics classes and English & COURSE PROGRAM: American civilisation classes are open to Comparative linguistics everyone. We shall start by looking at languages and in particular European languages. We shall study their origins and LEA1/1a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR their structure. We shall look at the geography of Fall Semester particular idioms. We shall also examine creole languages and international languages like volapuk Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 and esperanto. Finally we shall analyse how the different European languages have interacted and OBJECTIVE: To master the pronouns, manipulate influenced each other over the centuries. sentences with one or more verbs, use the different tenses Didactics of French We shall start by revising French grammar and COURSE PROGRAM: The first semester is dedicated particularly verbs, tenses, modes and aspects, nouns to the study of the sentence in English, and the and propositions. The aim of this is to help the student nominal syntagm.Class will include the study of a realise what he knows and doesn’t know about French specific grammar rule and the correction of exercises grammar. We shall then look at some different set the previous week. teaching strategies : 1) How to teach verb tenses (in We shall be particularly studying : particular recurrent problems like when to use the Sentence structure : questions, negation, passé composé, the simple past or the imperfect). 2) exclamations, tags etc. We shall then look at the problem of word order (what Nouns and demonstratives to do with personal and relative pronouns, direct and indirect speech, prepositions and auxilliaries). BIBLIOGRAPHY: We shall then take a look at the different text books La Grammaire anglaise de l’étudiant, Ophrys available on the market for teaching French and see how we can use different tools like videos, tapes, the press, songs, role plays and literature in our teaching. LEA1/1c : TRANSLATION ENGLISH - FRENCH ______Fall Semester
LCE3/23c : TEACHING FRENCH AS A FOREIGN Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LANGUAGE Spring Semester 57
OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating non-specialist texts and learning basic translation theory OBJECTIVE: Helping students to understand written English and to express themselves fluently in that language. COURSE PROGRAM: Translating press articles COURSE PROGRAM: We shall study the English and PERSONAL WORK: to read English and French press, American press and a series of texts about social and to prepare a translation of the text which was economic issues. Students will be expected to learn distributed, then at the end of the course, to compare vocabulary. one’s translation with the given one and to analyse the translation process, finally to learn the vocabulary. ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour exam divided into two parts : comprehension questions on a text and a short essay ASSESSMENT: two 1 ½ hour tests and the translation of a press article (25 lines) without any document BIBLIOGRAPHY: authorized. Le mot et l’idée or a similar vocabulary book Journalease (a book of useful vocabulary for BIBLIOGRAPHY: studying the press) The New Oxford Dictionary of English ______Le Petit Robert (vol.1) Le Robert & Collins Senior 1998 LEA1/5d : INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS BEAUDRIER & MACKEOWN-LAIGLE, English Vocabulary for a Changing World, Sedes Spring Semester ______Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 LEA1/1b : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION & EXPRESSION OBJECTIVE: Improving students’ command of the Fall Semester spoken language
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Classes will include a mixture of theory and practice. The following points will be OBJECTIVE: Improving students’ understanding of studied : audio texts and their oral expression. articulation phonology COURSE PROGRAM: Listening to soundtracks; assimilation presentations, role plays, debates. Exercises for stress patterns pronunciation, accent and intonation. transcription
PERSONAL WORK: Listening to the BBC, films in LCE1/1c & 5c: English, preparing presentations etc. INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE Fall & Spring Semesters ASSESSMENT: The final grade will be the average of two or three tests THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH ______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 LEA1/5a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: To give students a general overview of English literature from 1510 to the Romantic Age and Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 give them the methodological tools necessary to effectively analyse literary texts. OBJECTIVE: See LEA 1/ 1a COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Verbs, tenses, modals, active - 1510-1620 and passive voice - 1620-1660 - Restoration BIBLIOGRAPHY: See LEA 1/1a - 18th Century ______- The Romantic Age
LEA1/5c : TRANSLATION FRENCH – ENGLISH SET BOOK: Spring Semester Antony & Cleopatra - William Shakespeare
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Hérou, J., Précis de littérature anglaise, COURSE PROGRAM: Translating press articles Nathan, 1992. - Gray M., A Dictionary of Literary Terms, ASSESSMENT: two 1 ½ hour tests and the translation York Handbooks, 1992. of a press article (25 lines) without any document - Grellet V., Valentin M-H., An Introduction authorized. to English Literature, Hachette ______Supérieur, 2000. ______LEA1/5b : ENGLISH COMPOSITION & COMPREHENSION LCE1/1d: LITERATURE SEMINAR Spring Semester Fall Semester
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
58
SET BOOKS: - Washington Irving « Rip Van Winkle » LCE1/2b & 6b: BEGINNERS’ TRANSLATION (given in class) FRENCH - ENGLISH - Nathaniel Hawthorne, « The Minister’s Fall & Spring Semesters Black Veil » (given in class) - F. Scott Fitzgerald, The Great Gatsby, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Penguin Classics. ______OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating literary texts and learning basic translation theory, developing good LCE1/5d : LITERATURE SEMINAR reflexes, acquiring essential vocabulary and revising Spring Semester important grammar points.
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Translating extracts from 20th century literature COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: -Edgar Allan Poe, « The Fall of the House of Usher » A good English-French dictionary like the (given in class) Robert/Collins Senior -Stephen Crane, « The Open Boat » (given in class) A good English dictionary like the Oxford -Edith Wharton, Ethan Frome, Penguin Classics. Advanced ______
LCE1/2c & 6c: ENGLISH GRAMMAR LCE1/2a & 6a: BEGINNERS’ TRANSLATION Fall & Spring Semesters ENGLISH - FRENCH Fall & Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: - Verbs, tenses, modals, active & passive voice OBJECTIVE: Introduction to translating literary texts - The auxilliaries: to do, to be, to have and learning basic translation theory, developing good - Verbal phrases reflexes, acquiring essential vocabulary. - Indirect speech COURSE PROGRAM: Translating extracts from 20th BIBLIOGRAPHY: An exercise manual will be century novels. Students will prepare their translations distributed in class. at home and correct them together in class.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE1/2d & 6d : INTRODUCTION TO PHONETICS - A good English-French dictionary like the Fall & Spring Semesters Robert/Collins Senior - A good English dictionary like the Oxford THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Advanced - Michel BALLARD, Les Faux Amis Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: E3/1b & 2b: INTRO TO TRANSLATION ENGLISH – - A summary of the different sounds in the FRENCH FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS English language – basic phonology Fall & Spring Semesters - English vowels and consonants, how they are produced and how to transcribe them Classes: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 3 - The relationship between pronunciation, stress and rhythm This class is for international students only It is possible to join the class in the spring BIBLIOGRAPHY: semester - J. C. WELLS, Longman’s Pronunciation Dictionary OBJECTIVE: To translating literary texts into French and learn basic translation theories; to develop good reflexes, and acquire essential vocabulary; and to LCE1/2e & 6e : ENGLISH ORAL EXPRESSION & revise important grammar points. This class is COMPREHENSION specifcally designed for international students who are Fall & Spring Semesters not yet as bilingual as they would like to be.
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH COURSE PROGRAM: - Revision of important issues in grammar and Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 style in French - Practice in translating relatively straightforward COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be encouraged to literary texts of different kinds express themselves in fluent grammatically correct ______English in a variety of registers. Film, TV & radio clips will be studied and analysed. Students will participate LCE1/6b : BEGINNERS TRANSLATION in role playing, improvisation and formal FRENCH – ENGLISH 2 presentations. Spring Semester ______
59
Classes: 1 hour every week ECTS credits: 2 - Receiving visitors - guided tours, presentations, arranging a schedule/accommodation etc; COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1/2b. - Participating in or chairing meetings -presenting a project, giving opinions, agreeing and disagreeing politely LCE1/2f & 6f: TRANSLATION THEORY - Basic telephone skills Fall & Spring Semesters ______
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE1/8b : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ENGLISH OBJECTIVE: To familiarise student with the main Spring Semester concepts of translation theory in order to complete a well-thought out translation. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Students will study the essential concepts of applying translation to critical texts and join theory and OBJECTIVE: For students to have a clear practical in analysis and comparative translations. understanding of the business environment, develop important practical business skills such as presenting, BIBLIOGRAPHY: attending meetings, telephoning, negotiating and - Ballard, M. Versus: la version réfléchie, socializing in a business context, and acquire useful repérages et paramètres, Ophrys. business English vocabulary for use in a variety of - Vinay, J.P., et J. Darbelnet. Stylistique practical contexts. comparée du français et de l’anglais. Didier. - Chuquet, H. et M. Paillard. Approche COURSE PROGRAM: linguistique des problèmes de traduction, Semester 2: Orphrys. - Basic business correspondence - Grellet, F., Initiation à la version anglaise. - Making and taking an order, and following Hachette Supérieur. through - Presenting and launching a product - Complaining and problem-solving - orally or in writing LCE1/5c : - Money & statistics - understanding accounts, INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE 2 budgets, graphs and balance sheets in English Spring Semester etc ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH LM1/3A ENGLISH FOR LITERATURE MAJORS Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Fall-Spring Semester
OBJECTIVE: To give students a general overview of Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 English literature since 1800 and give them the methodological tools necessary to analyse literary OBJECTIVE: To practice text commentary and English texts effectively. to French translation.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: - An overview of English literature since 1800 Text study (civilisation, literature) and English to - The Picture of Dorian Gray, Oscar Wilde Franch translation - Dubliners, James Joyce Example of themes: ______- The American Gothic (William Gaddis revisits Jane Eyre) LCE1/4b : INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS - The Past in the Present: Toni Morrison and ENGLISH the African-American Past (A Mercy) Fall Semester - Representing 9/11: Joyce Carol Oates, “The Mutants” THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH - Obama revisits Martin Luther King, Jr’s “I have a dream” Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Multiculturalism in Canada - Anti-Americanism in Canada OBJECTIVE: For students to have a clear understanding of the business environment, develop ASSESSMENT: a two-hour written exam and a two- important practical business skills such as presenting, hour texte commentary/translation attending meetings, telephoning, negotiating and socializing in a business context, and acquire useful BIBLIOGRAPHY: business English vocabulary for use in a variety of Grellet, Françoise. A Handbook of Literary Terms. practical contexts. Paris: Hachette, 1996 Pauwals, Marie-Christine. Civilisation des Etats-Unis. COURSE PROGRAM: Paris: Hachette, 2009 Semester 1: Perrin, Isabelle. L’anglais : comment traduire ? Paris: - Making contact and fixing appointments Hachette, 2000 - Hiring and firing the language of human ______ressources - - Presenting a Company and your colleagues, understanding and creating MCC1/3a : ENGLISH FOR THE MEDIA job descriptions Fall Semester
60
H1/7a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester
OBJECTIVE: To teach students the English language Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 especially on cultural themes. If they so desire, students may take the Cambridge First Certificate OBJECTIVE: To help students improve their written exams. and spoken English and to communicate in normal situations. If they so desire, students may take the COURSE PROGRAM: Cambridge First Certificate exams. Students will also Knowledge of the structure of the English language be introduced to the basic principles of translation. and examples of use in every day language. Students will work on different media (press, COURSE PROGRAM: advertising, commercial documents). The course will Comprehension (written & oral) enable a methodological, grammatical and lexical Introduction to translation (grammatical approach of lessons, so that students can improve step translation) by step. Grammatical structures : relative clauses, ______tenses, modals, linking words, questions, passive voice, numbers… P1/5a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE Students will have to produce, translate and Fall & Spring Semesters understand a given text. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: written exam + reading comprehension, grammar and writing. OBJECTIVE: To help students gain fluency in spoken and written English. If they so desire, students may BIBLIOGRAPHY: take the Cambridge First Certificate exams. MURPHY Raymond. English grammar in use, third edition, Ed. Cambridge. Edition without corrected COURSE PROGRAM: exercises and without CD-ROM Revision of basic grammatical structures Comprehension exercises based on texts of general interest MCC1/7a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE Essay writing Spring Semester ______
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LEA2/9a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: to give students the necessary means to communicate in everyday situations. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: They will practise COURSE PROGRAM: communication in English : how to ask and get Revision of basic grammatical structures practical information, express wishes, introduce Syntax yourself, express regrets, describe attitudes and The noun : number and gender express feelings. Students will also learn idiomatic Articles ways of putting things. The genitive They will use tapes and make presentations. The Quantifiers course aims at giving them linguistic means of talking, Pronouns but also at improving the fluency and spontaneity of their expression. Students will work in groups, and BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. LARREYA & C. RIVIERE, participate a lot. Grammaire explicative de l’anglais, Longman France 1999 ASSESSMENT: oral + written comprehension, grammar and composition. LEA2/9b : TRANSLATION ENGLISH-FRENCH H1/3a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE Fall Semester Fall Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Translation exercises to help the OBJECTIVE: To help students improve their written student understand the different lexical, stylistic and and spoken English and to communicate in normal syntactic problems translators encounter. We shall be situations. If they so desire, students may take the particularly concentrating on journalistic texts. Cambridge First Certificate exams and the Bulats exams. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bilingual dictionary: Robert et Collins Senior COURSE PROGRAM: An unilingual dictionary: Oxford Advanced Revision of basic grammatical structures The New Oxford Dictionary of English Introduction to analytical grammar Comprehension exercises
LEA2/9c : ENGLISH COMPREHENSION & BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students should have a good COMPOSITION bilingual dictionary (Robert/Collins) and a Grammar Fall Semester book.
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
61
OBJECTIVE: To help students master the written language and improve comprehension. SET BOOKS: - Jonathan Swift, Gulliver's Travels, World's COURSE PROGRAM: Classics, OUP, 2008. Studying press articles about current issues Creating a vocabulary data base Reformulating information : summaries, - Paul AUSTER, City of Glass (The New York replying to articles, letters etc. Trilogy), Faber & Faber, 2004. Arguing a point, participating in a written debate - Selected short stories: Katherine MANSFIELD, Janet FRAME and Kate CHOPIN ASSESSMENT: it will be a mixture of comprehension (photocopies). and expression exercises: writing or rewriting from a written document, essays, correspondence, vocabulary exercises… ______
LCE2/11c : INTERMEDIATE PHONETICS LEA2/13a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR Fall Semester Spring Semester
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Classes: 1.30 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM:
Revision of basic grammatical structures COURSE PROGRAM: Modals Phonetic transcription Passives Stress patterns Adjectives (type, order etc.) Intonation
Assimilation BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. LARREYA & C. RIVIERE, Phonologie Grammaire explicative de l’anglais, Longman France
1999 BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. ROACH, English Phonetics &
Phonology; Cambridge University Press ______LEA2/13b : TRANSLATION FRENCH - ENGLISH Spring Semester LCE2/10b : ENGLISH LINGUISTICS Fall Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Translation exercises allowing students to learn about lexical, syntactic and stylistic OBJECTIVE: An introduction to the study of problems for translators. language. What is linguistics ? What is it for ? What is a linguistic system ? How to understand different linguistic dimensions and the problem of enunciation.
LEA2/13c : ORAL ENGLISH COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Why linguistics ? What is language ? Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 Linguistic units Signs COURSE PROGRAM: The purpose of language Listening to and analysing audio and video Linguistic dimensions cassettes Enunciation Summarising and reformulating information Current linguistic theories in France Pronunciation ______Individual and group oral presentations LCE2/10c : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION ASSESSMENT: an oral comprehension written exam FRENCH - ENGLISH (it lasts 1 hour). Fall Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LCE2/9c : ENGLISH LITERATURE 3 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Translating literary & journalistic texts into THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH English Looking at common grammatical difficulties Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 when comparing French and English Introduction to problems of style & register OBJECTIVE: We shall be studying English literature Introduction to translating songs, cartoon (drama, novel and short story) from a theoretical point strips and film scripts of view. Students will learn how to write a critical ______commentary of the works studied. Particular emphasis will be placed on the accurate use of technical, critical LCE2/10d : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION terminology. ENGLISH - FRENCH
62
Fall Semester from available research tools in the library and on the internet, and the development of effective critical Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 reading skills. The second part of the course will focus on the writing process: organizing source material and COURSE PROGRAM: information and the steps necessary in the creation of Introduction to problems of style coherent research-based essays and term papers. Learning to discern shades of meaning in both languages ASSESSMENT: Translating contemporary literary texts Regular assessed writing assignments will be given throughout the semester. BIBLIOGRAPHY: In addition to the usual dictionaries… M. GREVISSE, Le Bon Usage LCE2/13c : ENGLISH LITERATURE 4 ______Spring Semester
LCE2/10a-14a : ENGLISH GRAMMAR THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Fall & Spring Semesters Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 per semester OBJECTIVE: We shall be studying the set books from a detailed critical standpoint. A thorough knowledge of COURSE PROGRAM: the texts will be required and a good grasp of critical Articles terminology. This/that and other demonstratives Possessives and other genitive forms ASSESSMENT: Theoretical questions with a textual Compound nouns commentary and/or critical essay. ______SET BOOKS: LCE2/9d-13d : ENGLISH ORAL EXPRESSION - William SHAKESPEARE, The Sonnets and a Fall & Spring Semesters Lover’s Complaint, John Kerrigan (Ed.), Penguin, 2004. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Charles DICKENS, Great Expectations, Ed. Margaret Cardwell, Oxford World’s Classics, COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be encouraged to Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2008. express themselves in fluent grammatical English in a variety of registers. Students will participate in role - Nathaniel HAWTHORNE, Selected Short plays, improvisations and formal presentations. An Stories from The Celestial Railroad introduction to public speaking will be given. (photocopies). ______
LCE2/11a : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION LCE2/15b : INTERMEDIATE PHONETICS 2 Fall Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
OBJECTIVE: Listening to genuine English recordings Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 in order to familarise the student with natural speech and real-life listening. COURSE PROGRAM: Phonetic transcription COURSE PROGRAM: Stress patterns Listening to interviews, both audio and video Intonation Documentaries Assimilation News broadcasts Phonologie Different accents in English BIBLIOGRAPHY: P. ROACH, English Phonetics & Phonology; Cambridge University Press LCE2/11c : ACADEMIC WRITING ______Fall Semester LCE2/14b : ENGLISH LINGUISTICS 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: The aim of this course is to guide Continuation of FALL SEMESTER students in the methods of and the approaches to ______quality academic research in literature and civilization. Course activities will emphasize reading and writing as LCE2/14c : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION 2 complementary processes. FRENCH - ENGLISH Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: The first part of the course will focus on reading and Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 research practices: gathering and filtering information 63
COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of FALL SEMESTER Talking about themes : civilisation, ______communication, relations in companies, trade exchanges… LCE2/14d : INTERMEDIATE TRANSLATION 2 grammatical structures : “if and wish”, “ing” ENGLISH - FRENCH and infinitives, conjunctions and prepositions, Spring Semester phrasal verbs…
Classes: 1 1/2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: A two-hour written exam (reading comprehension, COURSE PROGRAM : Continuation of Fall Semester grammar, writing)
BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE2/15a : ENGLISH ORAL COMPREHENSION - Vocable Spring Semester - Time, Newsweek, The Economist… MURPHY Raymond. English grammar in use, third Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 edition, Ed. Cambridge
OBJECTIVE: Listening to genuine English recordings in order to familarise the student with natural speech MCC2/15a : and real-life listening. ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION MAJORS 2 Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Listening to interviews, both audio and video Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Documentaries News broadcasts OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function properly Different accents in English in English in their future careers ______COURSE PROGRAM: LCE2/15c : CREATIVE WRITING Oral English : idiomatic sentences, levels of Spring Semester language… Business presentations THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Debates, presentations Telephone conversations Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: A two-hour written exam (listening OBJECTIVE: In an effort to gain further proficiency in comprehension, grammar, writing) both reading and writing in academic and non- academic settings, students in this course will actively BIBLIOGRAPHY: engage in the writing process and examine, as both - Vocable readers and writers, a variety of fiction and non-fiction - Time, Newsweek, The Economist… texts. MURPHY Raymond. English grammar in use, third edition, Ed. Cambridge COURSE PROGRAM: Course activities will focus on the production of written texts in a variety of styles and genres (fiction, poetry, film script, journalism etc.) H2/11a : ENGLISH FOR HISTORIANS in order to create a higher awareness of the strategies Fall Semester involved in effective written communication. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ASSESSMENT: Regular assessed writing assignments will be given OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function properly throughout the semester. in English in their future careers
Required text: COURSE PROGRAM: ANSON, Chris M. & SCHWEGLER, Robert A., The Oral and writing understanding Longman Handbook for Writers and Readers (4th Reading & analysing historical texts Edition) Grammar revision ______
H2/15a : ENGLISH FOR HISTORIANS 2 MCC2/11a : ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION Spring Semester MAJORS
Fall Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: Medieval England Continuation of the 1st semester. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function properly ______in English in their future careers
LM2/11a : ENGLISH FOR FRENCH MAJORS COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Written English : knowledge of the structure
of the language, and examples for the use of Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 these structures in every day life.
Linguistic performance : production , COURSE PROGRAM: This course will enable students interpretation, understanding of an wording. to translate texts of different literary genres from
64
English to French using different techniques for Acting as linguistic interface in contacts grammatical translation. The students will also train between professionals with no common orally by discussing on current events. language ______ASSESSMENT: Oral exam in pairs. LM2/15a : ENGLISH FOR FRENCH MAJORS Spring Semester LEA3/17c : ORAL TRANSLATION Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
st COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of the 1 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 semester. ______OBJECTIVE: To enable students to translate orally and on sight unseen written documents, particularly P2/18a : ENGLISH FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS speeches Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Learning useful vocabulary for making official speeches OBJECTIVE: To help students gain fluency in spoken Translating at sight and written English. En introduction to psychological Learning to improvise orally vocabulary in English. ASSESSMENT: Students will translate a previously COURSE PROGRAM: unseen document on sight. (15 mins.) Reading and understand simple psychological text Essay writing on themes related to LEA3/21a : psychology FRENCH - ENGLISH BUSINESS TRANSLATION
Spring Semester
LEA3/17a : BUSINESS ENGLISH Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 2 hours per Translating documents in English for use in week (one written, one oral) the work place : catalogues, contracts, ECTS credits: 3 advertisments, order forms, menus, holiday brochures etc. OBJECTIVE: To enable students to function Improving translation technique – how to effectively both in writing and orally in English in the correct texts which have been translated by a world of Business computer Students will complete in pairs translation COURSE PROGRAM: project on a specific theme Written comprehension exercises and summaries based on a collection of ASSESSMENT: Students will have two hours to documents translate an original document similar to one studied Commercial correspondence in class. Note-taking in meetings and writing minutes Listening practice from telephone programs
on economic and political issues LEA3/21b : Telephone conversations ENGLISH - FRENCH BUSINESS TRANSLATION Public-speaking Role plays Spring Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: the exam consists of a project report and an oral exam. Moreover, there will also be written OBJECTIVE: To teach students how to translate and oral tests during the year: several exercises professionally into French. including specialized vocabulary, comprehension, expression (analysing documents, letters, or a form to COURSE PROGRAM: fill in). Translating documents in English for use in the work place : catalogues, contracts, advertisments, order forms, menus, holiday brochures etc. LEA3/17b : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING Improving translation technique – how to Fall Semester correct texts which have been translated by a computer Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Students will complete in pairs translation project on a specific theme OBJECTIVE: To enable students to translate orally and spontaneously in a business context. ASSESSMENT: Students will have two hours to translate an unseen document COURSE PROGRAM: Translating oral presentations
Translating in business negociations LEA3/21c : INTERPRETING 2
65
Spring Semester TRANSLATION : FRENCH - ENGLISH Fall Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: To teach students how to interpret consecutively in a professional context. COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of extracts from 20th century English literature COURSE PROGRAM: How to translate orally and particularly chosen on account of their grammatical briefly without preparation speeches and presentations complexities. in a professional context. Students will learn how to summarise the main points of a speech in the other language. LCE3/18c ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION : ENGLISH - FRENCH ASSESSMENT: Students will be asked to summarise Fall Semester in language B a five minute oral presentation in language A. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of LCE3/18C TALES OF THE AMERICAN SOUTH: THE extracts from novels from different parts of the GOTHIC, THE GROTESQUE AND THE FANTASTIC English-speaking world particularly chosen on account Spring Semester of their lexical grammatical & stylistic complexities. ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH LCE3/18a ENGLISH ANALYTICAL GRAMMAR & Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LINGUISTICS Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE DESCRIPTION: The short story has always been a popular literary You may join the class in January form in the United States. Very often, stories can be read in newspapers like The Saturday Evening Post, or Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 in magazines, like The New Yorker, Atlantic Monthly, Ladies Home Journal, Redbook…, before they are OBJECTIVE: To provide students with the theoretical collected in book form. This is the case for a huge tools they need to analyse the grammatical structures proportion of the stories we will be looking at in this in English they may meet and provide an overview of class. We will be paying particular attention to the Linguistics in English. structure of each story and to the elements they all have in common by focusing on the gothic, the COURSE PROGRAM: grotesque and the fantastic. After introducing the This class will give a general overview of the study of short story as a literary genre by reading essays English grammar and linguistics in France. we shall penned by Melville, Poe and Welty, we will try to concentrate on the basics of enunciative grammar define the major elements needed to define a story as particularly concentrating on the noun, the verb and gothic or fantastic. We will also see in what ways a the complex sentence. situation and a character can be defined as grotesque and what means the writer brings into play to achieve BIBLIOGRAPHY a “unity of effect” (Poe). Adamczewski, H. Grammaire linguistique de l’anglais. Paris : Colin, 1982. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Cotte, P. L’Explication grammaticale des textes Liénard-Yeterian, Marie and Gerald Preher, eds. anglais. 2ème édition. Paris : P.U.F., 1996. Nouvelles du Sud : Hearing Voices, Reading Stories. Joly, A. et O’Kelly, D. Grammaire systématique de 2007. Palaiseau : Les Éditions de l’École Polytechnique, l’anglais. Paris : Nathan, 1989. 2012. Lapaire, J.-R. et Rotgé, W. Linguistique et grammaire de l’anglais. Toulouse : P.U. Mirail, 1991. ______Larreya, P. et Rivière, C. Grammaire explicative de l’anglais. 3ème édition. Paris : Longman France, 2005. LCE3/17d MONSTERS & VAMPIRES IN FILM AND Souesme, J.-C. Grammaire anglaise en contexte. LITERATURE Paris : Ophrys, 1992. Fall Semester ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH LCE3/17d-21d : PUBLIC SPEAKING Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall & Spring Semesters
OBJECTIVE: Students will concentrate particularly on THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH understanding the ways the authors and film director manage to scare and horrify their public while still Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 maintaining rea l human interest. OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: Teaching students to express themselves clearly and Bram Stoker's Dracula and its many film adaptations fluently in public in formal and professional settings. Robert Louis Stevenson's The Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde and its film adaptations. COURSE PROGRAM: ______Public speaking Making oral presentations LCE3/18b ADVANCED LITERARY Role plays
66
______ The geographic concentration of crime The victims and the perpetrators LCE3/19a : READING PICTURES- BRITISH Crime control and U.S. politics PAINTINGS 1509-2012 Chapter 2: Guns and guns control Fall Semester Basic facts and figures Guns in American history THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH The ideological debate over gun control Legal action against gun ownership Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 The paradox about the public opinion
OBJECTIVE: Part 2: Education in the U.S. At the end of the class, the student should be able to Chapter 1: The secondary school system analyse different types of pictures ( paintings, A decentralized system engravings, drawings) thanks to technical terms. Diversity: a key word He/she also should be able to spot key moments of Desegregation English history and acquire some cultural notions. Bilingual education Life in high school COURSE PROGRAM: A nation at risk This class will look at key moments in British history Chapter 2: Higher education and basic cultural concepts suing various artistic Introduction: some historical landmarks supports: paintings, engravings, sketches, photos etc. Admission: a privilege, not a right We shall also learn the technical vocabulary needed for The student body this type of analysis. The various types of institutions Administration and financing We shall be looking at three main areas: Student life and career - The visual arts in Britain from the Renaissance to the “Publish or perish”: research in universities 20th century. Cost containment: a challenge for the future - How to understand and analyse the visual arts in English - Structuring an artistic analysis or commentary LCE3/17c : ADVANCED SHAKESPEARE Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: A handout will be available in the first class, as well as THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH a selective bibliography. ______Classes: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LCE3/23a : READING PICTURES-THE MOVING OBJECTIVE: Students will concentrate particularly on IMAGE- writing literary dissertations and in depth study of the Spring Semester text both with regard to content and to the language, style and staging. The technique of the historical play THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH will also be compared with that of the romantic comedy. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 SET BOOK: OBJECTIVE: SHAKESPEARE, Measure for Measure. - Increasing our general knowledge of the culture of SHAKESPEARE, Julius Caesar English-speaking world. ______- Learning how to understand and interpret films in English in their cultural context. LCE3/21d - Understanding how literary works are adapted for the THE BRITISH SHORT STORY: CRIME, HORROR screen. AND FANTASY Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Analysis of sequences or full movies in class. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: A handout will be available in the first class, as well as COURSE PROGRAM: a selective bibliography. The short story is a particular form with its specific ______rules and traditions which has developped in the last 150 years to cover practically every genre and sub- LCE3/21b : U.S. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES genre of fiction. The British short story in particular Spring Semester has thrived in popular fiction, the so-called minor genres, and enjoyed a great success with the reading THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH public. In this course we shall be looking at a century and a Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 half of crime, fantasy and horror and charting what has changed and what remained the same in this COURSE PROGRAM: specific form of deceptively light entertainment. Part 1: Crime ands guns in the U.S Chapter 1: Violence, crime and crime control Set Stories : Violence: a cultural heritage? The extent of the “crime epidemic” 1) Wilkie Collins, “A Terribly Strange Bed”, The roots of crime 1852. 67
2) George MacDonald, “The Golden Key”, ASSESSMENT: One oral exam, one written exam and 1867. one final written exam. 3) Arthur Conan Doyle, “Silver Blaze”, 1892. BIBLIOGRAPHY: 4) G.K. Chesterton, “The Duel of Dr • For the grammar: Hirsch”, 1911. Grammaire explicative de l’anglais / P. Larreya & C. 5) Dorothy L. Sayers, “The Entertaining Rivière / Longman Episode of the Article in Question”, 1928. • For the vocabulary: 6) Charles Williams, “Et in Sempiterum Choisir et construire / Christian Bouscaren / Ophrys Pereant”, 1935 Dictionary of Contemporary English / Longman 7) C.S. Lewis, “Forms of Things Unknown” • For the pronunciation: (FP: 1966, written around 1937) English Pronouncing Dictionary / Daniel Jones / 8) J.R.R. Tolkien, “Leaf by Niggle”, 1945 Cambridge University Press 9) Ellis Peters, “A Light on the Road to • For the cultural references: Woodstock”, 1985. What’s what : dictionnaire culturel anglo-saxon / 10) J.K. Rowling, “The Tale of the Three ouvrage collectif / Ellipses Brothers”, 2008. 11) Alexander McCall Smith, "Rain", 2011. ONLINE WEBSITE: 12) James Runcie, “A Question of Trust”, • Online bilingual dictionary: 2012. http://www.lexilogos.com/ • International press: ______http://www.pressdisplay.com/pressdisplay/fr/viewer.a spx LCE3/22b : ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION • Audio/video resources: http://www.elllo.org/ or 2 : FRENCH – ENGLISH http://www.bbc.co.uk/videonation/ Spring Semester • Encyclopaedia: http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accueil or http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page or Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 http://www.europeana.eu/
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of extracts from 20th century English literature LM3/19a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE particularly chosen on account of their grammatical Fall Semester complexities ______Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
LCE3/22c : ADVANCED LITERARY TRANSLATION COURSE PROGRAM: Students will practise English 2 : ENGLISH – FRENCH translation and grammatical translation in order to Spring Semester master language enough to feel at ease during competitives examinations. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will work on a series of LM3/23a : ENGLISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE extracts from novels from different parts of the Spring Semester English-speaking world particularly chosen on account of their lexical grammatical & stylistic complexities. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/19a MCC3/19a & 23a : ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION Fall & Spring Semesters P3/30a : ENGLISH FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS 2 Spring Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per semester) Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student COURSE PROGRAM: Helping students to understand should be able to: complicated psychological texts written in English. - understand an original text Students will be required to summarise the contents of - communicate with a certain level of fluency and texts and reply in English to questions about the issue spontaneity with a native speaker under discussion. - express his/her opinion on various issues - argue his/her stance on a specific matter.
COURSE PROGRAM: H4/2c : THE ENGLISH MEDIA Analysis of texts and audio or audiovisual recordings Fall and Spring Semesters Information pool about one or more documents Document synthesis Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Translation The different levels of formality (idioms, accents…) COURSE PROGRAM: Specific lexicon (corporate business, communication…) Understanding the Media and writing for the Media in Addressed issues: English. - Media and culture in the US Student will study the press in English and analyse - Interculturality, communication and creation. extracts from television and radio.
68
Special emphasis will be placed on journalistic - the quality of English: grammar and language and the appropriate register for use in the spelling difference media. - the style - the content
CTV4/1b : ENGLISH FOR TOURISM BIBLIOGRAPHY: R. ATWAN & W. VESTERMAN, Fall Semester Effective Writing for the College Curriculum, McGraw Hill, 1987 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ______
OBJECTIVE: To extend Students’ ability to analyse, LCE4/3b: ORAL ENGLISH FOR FUTURE TEACHERS express themselves, and communicate in the area of Spring Semester culture, tourism and heritage. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: The course is based on the study of texts from the English press. These texts deal OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, student should with the theme of culture in all its aspects. (painting, be able to discuss varied topics and work on both sculpture, cinema, architecture…) and with the themes intonation and pronounciation. of tourism and heritage. Express oneself for a long time, spontaneously, avoiding difficulties or correct them easily so that your ASSESSMENT: Assessments and presentations. A interlocutor cannot spot them. written final exam. Interact easily, spot and use non verbal and ______intonation-related tricks with no apparent effort. Create an exchange or take part in an exchange in a CTV4/5b : ENGLISH FOR TOURISM natural manner ( who speaks, references, allusions…) Spring Semester Create a high-style speech using grammatically correct and varied sentences, a wide range of link words.. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM : Oral English based on recent events, C1/C2 on the COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of M1/1b CECRL scale ASSESSMENT: In class, all along the term. ______
LEA4/1a & 5a : PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH LEA4/5b : Fall & Spring Semesters SPOKEN ENGLISH FOR BUSINESS
Spring Semester Classes: 36 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 (per semester) Classes: 12 hours in total ECTS credits: 1
OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course students should OBJECTIVE: To enable students to communicate be able to communicate accurately and effectively in orally in formal business situations both individually English about issues concerning economics, finance, and in a group business and tourism.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Meetings : listening to others, time Use of oral and written English. management, styles of participation, role The class will emphasise the use of vocabulary plays concerning economics, business, fianance and tourism. Public speaking : communication techniques, We shall study texts on these subjects, improve how to present a project or idea, grammar and vocabulary, engage in debates, listen to improvisations, prepared speeches audio and video clips and make oral presentation. We shall also do some short translations of business ASSESSMENT: Students will be required to prepare a correspondance from French to English. PowerPoint presentation in English about an aspect of
the business world (it lasts 15 min.).
LEA4/1b : ENGLISH BUSINESS WRITING BIBLIOGRAPHY: J.C. McCROSKEY, Introduction to Fall Semester Rhetorical Communication ______Classes: 10 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 LCE4/1c : ADVANCED SEMINAR: WRITING THE OBJECTIVE: To help students develop and apply SELF their knowledge of English to the elaboration of a Fall Semester company’s communication strategy. The students will work in small groups. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will be involved in 3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 different communications projects in English Writing an article COURSE PROGRAM: Creating a publicity brochure This class is destined for students who have already Writing an open letter to the public (potential taken at least three classes in English Literature at customers) university level and are familiar with the techniques of essay writing and comparing literary texts. ASSESSMENT: it is based on 3 criteria: We shall be examining the various ways of expressing the self, its nature, perception, transformations and
69
development in different forms of literature, both the last book, the act of telling and of writing fictional and personal narratives, poetry and prose. miraculously saves him. The class will be divided into three parts, each concentrating on a different aspect of this self-centred EVALUATION: theme. Students will be requested to write a detailed textual commentary or an essay on a well-known play or 1) Lives and Counterlives poem for their coursework. The final exam will be a timed essay or composition on a selection of In this part of the class, we will be looking at the way documents (5 hours). the self is presented in various poems by Walt Whitman (the national self), Emily Dickinson (the woman), Edgar Allan Poe (the melancholy self) and Robert Frost (the new man). We will then focus on LCE4/2a : ADVANCED LINGUISTICS SEMINAR more recent variations of self-definition in the novel: Fall Semester Walker Percy’s 1977 Lancelot and Philip Roth’s 1986 The Counterlife. Although the two works are very Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 different in theme and scope, both of them revolve around the same question: is the self always a OBJECTIVE: fabrication? Narrative tricks, unreliable narrators and The class follows the programme of the competitive mock confessions should keep us entertained – on our exams for English teaching certification, with a special own quest for the meaning of meta-fiction… emphasis on the analysis of language in context. This includes justifying grammatically the choice of 2) Autobiography and the Journey to Maturity one construction rather than another in a translation and the ability to contrast French and English In this section, we shall examine two main themes: grammar. first of all the different ways authors tell the story of At the end of the class students should be able to their lives, from straight autobiography through analyse grammatically any text written in English. allegory to the apologia and fictional reconstruction, looking particularly at the different degrees of self- COURSE PROGRAM: revelation, how they are constructed and the thin line _ Identifying parts of speech (nouns, verbs, syntax which often separates fact and fiction. Various etc.) autobiographical works of C.S. Lewis will be examined: - Grasping essential structures (why were those Surprised by Joy and The Pilgrim's Regress in specific words and constructions chosen ?) particular, with short extracts from The Great Divorce, - Analysing the language in its context (relationship Perelandra and Till We Have Faces. Lewis's between grammar and meaning) autobiographical writings will be contrasted with ______extracts from those of G.K. Chesterton, especially from Orthodoxy and An Autobiography. LCE4/1f : ADVANCED SEMINAR : EDUCATION IN The second theme will be the journey to maturity, LITERATURE showing how the child discovers his own self/identity, overcomes obstacles, faces existential questions and Spring Semester learns to live with others on the road to confidence and responsibility. As an example, we shall analyse THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH J.K. Rowling's Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone, showing in addition how the author may Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 narrate events from the point of view of one protagonist without using the first person singular. OBJECTIVE: To explore fictional representations of both the learning process and the learning community, 3) Pilgrimage through the self while asking questions about how these scenarios can In this section we shall be examining the extent to teach us the best ways to study or teach. Students will which the act of writing can be a successful or also take a critical look at teachers and academia, by unsuccessful pilgrimage towards self-knowledge investigating the balance between the ivory tower and through John Bunyan's The Pilgrim's Progress, a short the cutting edge of modern knowledge. selection of poems from Henry Vaughan's Silex Scintillans and George Herbert's The Temple, and COURSE PROGRAM: Jonathan Swift's Gulliver's Travels. Schools, universities, teachers and academics abound John Bunyan's The Pilgrim's Progress is, in part, a in English literature as many an author either fictional rewriting of his own conversion as told in remembers their own experience of learning, Grace Abounding to the Chief of Sinners; Henry advocates for a better system, or laughs at or Vaughan's Silex Scintillans ("Regeneration", "The condemns abuses in the existing one. Anyone who can World"...) and George Herbert's The Temple ("The read a novel has had to learn how to do so and can Pilgrimage"…) are poetical records of their experiences therefore identify with the fictional student. of spiritual rebirth through conversion. The omnipresence of the first person narrator or speaker in SET BOOKS: these works evinces a prominent feature of the - William Faulkner, Absolom, Absolom religious literature of the period. - Dorothy L. Sayers, Gaudy Night Finally we will look at Swift's Gulliver's Travels which - F. Anstey, Vice Versa offers a different approach to reforming man's vices - Kingsley Amis, Lucky Jim and follies. This satirical travelogue addresses - Charles Dickens, Nicholas Nickleby ontological matters and provides another introspective exploration of / into Everyman. Gulliver's growing EVALUATION: misanthropy becomes a most serious threat to his Students will write a research paper on one of the identity. As he finally attempts to commit suicide in works studied. The final exam will be an oral
70
commentary on an excerpt from one of the works studied. COURSE PROGRAM: Studying psychological texts and ______learning to make presentations of psychological research in English. LCE4/6a : ADVANCED LINGUISTICS SEMINAR ______Spring Semester CTV5/1b : ENGLISH FOR TOURISM 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Fall Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: On Metaphor OBJECTIVE: To develop English understanding and From a pure stylistic phenomenon, metaphor has English expression in the domains linked to tourism become a greater language device throughout the and the valorization of heritage. years, in various fields: linguistics, philosophy, psychology, literature, computer sciences, etc. The COURSE PROGRAM: perception of what stands for metaphor has evolved Study of texts from the English press related to culture from the first definition given by Aristotle to the last (painting, sculpture, cinema, architecture…), tourism, conceptual perspective by Fauconnier and Turner. and valorization of heritage. Based on different linguistic aspects such as syntax, semantics, cognition or stylistics, this seminar aims to ASSESSMENT: focus on metaphor, in relation with definition, Assessments and presentations. Final ASSESSMENT: epistemology, functioning, literature and power. an oral.
Introduction. An epistemology of metaphor: from BIBLIOGRAPHY: Aristotle to Turner Riding the waves of culture, Fons Trompenaars and Chapter 1. Substitution and metaphor Charles Hampden Turner Nicholas Brealey Publishing Catachresis vs. metaphor : a When cultures collide, Richard D. Lewis, Nicholas gradient ? Brealey Publishing. A transfer from concrete to abstract ______
Chapter 2. Analogy and metaphor LEA5/10e : ADVANCED BUSINESS ENGLISH Comparison and metaphor: a Fall Semester resemblance? Polysemy and metaphor THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY
Chapter 3. Interaction and metaphor THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Metonymy and metaphor: a limit?
Context and metaphor Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
Chapter 4. Cognition and metaphor OBJECTIVE: Experience vs. creation Speak fluently and coherently on business subjects Creation, experience, recycling Use accurate vocabulary in all usual situations of business life Chapter 5. Acting metaphor Express oneself naturally in work place Powers of metaphor Understand the details of professional documents in Drifts of metaphor English without help Prepare a speech on a business or economic subject Chapter 6. Negation and metaphor Make a business presentation Denied metaphor Write well-structured professional documents Contradictory metaphor Understand complicated conversations between several English speakers about economic issues Chapter 7. Approximation and metaphor Approximation, indirection, conflict COURSE PROGRAM: From vagueness to falsity Presentations in English : presenting figures, situations, new products, a balance sheet, a new Chapter 8. Integration and metaphor production or management process Bipolarization, intersection, integration Writing in business English : letters, emails, reports, From mapping to blending minutes, manuals, brochures
Conclusion. Metaphor on metaphor: a metalinguistic Using professional documents : articles, leaflets, device manuals, budgets, job descriptions, instruction sheets ______Students will have a project to complete at home and a final oral exam.
French
P4/4b : ENGLISH for PSYCHOLOGISTS 3 IMPORTANT: ALL OUR FRENCH COURSES ARE TAUGHT Spring Semester ENTIRELY IN FRENCH
______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
71
LM1/1b & 5b : COMPARATIVE EUROPEAN E3/1a & 2a : FRENCH LITERATURE FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Fall & Spring Semesters Fall & Spring Semesters Classes: 1½ hours per week Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ECTS credits: 5 per semester
Students will take a test on arrival and placed in It is not advisable to join this class in the spring groups suitable for their language level from pre- semester if you were not present in the fall. intermediate to advanced. OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: To reinforce knowledge of French To learn the French poetic and European voices from grammar and help students express themselves clearly post-War to the present day. and accurately in written and spoken French. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: The texts will be supplied in class. - Grammar revision ______- Listening comprehension - Essay writing for academic purposes LM1/1c : POETRY - Study of texts on cultural issues Fall Semester
ASSESSMENT: The exam will be in three parts. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Students will write an essay, listen to a recording and answer questions, and have an oral test. ______OBJECTIVE:To explore, through Edouard Glissant’s poetry, some concepts and ideas which run through LM1/1a : FRENCH LITERATURE chaotic poetry and poetry from the archipelago. Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Glissant’s poetry inaugurates a new relation to time, to memory and to history. Contrary to continental SET BOOK: thoughts, embracing and enclosing of territories, the Voltaire, Roman et contes, édition de René Pomeau, philosophical poet proposes an “archipelagogic” Garnier Flammarion, 1975. thought. The poetry of the chaotic world becomes a poetic of the Relation. The characters are in search of For the first class, please read the following short tracks and passages that give a meaning to their stories in the book: peregrination. - Zadig ou la Destinée - Micromégas BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Songe de Platon Poétique I, II, III, IV and V by Edouard Glissant - Candide ou l’optimisme - Jeannot et Colin LM1/5b : COMPARATIVE EUROPEAN LITERATURE - L’Ingénu Fall & Spring Semesters - La Princesse de Babylone - Cosi-Sancta Classes: 1½ hours per week ______ECTS credits: 5 per semester
E3/2e : PUBLIC SPEAKING IN FRENCH It is not advisable to join this class in the spring Spring Semester semester if you were not present in the fall.
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM1/1b. ______OBJECTIVE: To improve public speaking and oral skills in French in front of a group. LM1/2a : FRENCH LINGUISTICS Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - Several types of non-verbal Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 communication: body language, facial expression, intonation OBJECTIVE: To give students a better understanding - The difference between spoken and written of French grammar, of how it works and how to French analyse it. - Enunciation situations and language registers COURSE PROGRAM: - Technical arguments: convincing and What is grammar? persuading, arguments and examples, - Words, formation, lexical semantics. thesis and antithesis, objections and - Sentences: definitions (sentences, wording, answers to the objections, concessions, clauses), forms of sentences, simple logic connectors, rhetoric procedures sentences, complex sentences. - Written and oral discussion - Syntax: analysis of the elements of the - Written and oral storytelling: verb tenses verbal group and of the nominal group. - Theatre and improvisation - Spacio-temporal and logical relations.
72
LM1/2b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE - Thematic, dialectic, dialogic, tactic Fall Semester (François Rastier) - Overview of history of the novel – the STUDENTS SHOULD HAVE A VERY GOOD LEVEL OF novel as a story in the vernacular WRITTEN FRENCH - Three different types of early novels (stories set in ancient Rome, stories of the Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 ancient world, Arthurian legends) - Medieval literature, 16th and 17th century OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to Old French and literature, the Enlightenment period, medieval French literature through a linguistic and Romanticism, naturalism and Christian thematic approach. Renewal in 19th century and 20th century literature (Giono, Sartre, Camus). COURSE PROGRAM: ______- Old French : declensions, masculine nouns, conjugations, syntax LM1/6a : MODERN FRENCH LINGUISTICS - Semantics : the meaning and origins of Spring Semester French words and French literature. - Introduction to medieval French literature : STUDENTS SHOULD HAVE A VERY GOOD LEVEL OF ballads. WRITTEN FRENCH
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Philippe Walter « Naissance de la littérature française , IXeme-Xvème siècle, OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to linguistics as a Anthologie » ELLUG Les Presses de systematic way of describing how a language works: l’Université de Montréal 1998 description of language phenomena, argumentation. - Hélix Laurence « L’épreuve de vocabulaire d’ancien français, fiches de sémantique » COURSE PROGRAM: Editions du Temps 1999 - Linguistics and grammar, lingsuistics and - Umberto Eco « Art et beauté dans literature l’esthétique médiévale » Poche 4329 Paris - Understanding essential linguistic terms 1987 (diachronic, synchronic, phrase, paradigm, - Paul Zumthor « Essai de poétique language, speech) médiévale » Collection Essais, Points 433 - What is phonology & phonetics? Paris 2000 - What is morphology? - Semantics - Syntax LM1/2c : LITERARY METHODOLOGY - How to construct an argument Fall Semester - Enunciation : subjectivity in language
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 LM1/6b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to literary Spring Semester methodologies as it is practised in French universities, such as the CV, cover letter and the request for Prerequisites: Students should already have studied internship letter. at least one semester of Old French
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Expressing experiences and training in terms of skills and how to properly lay them out. COURSE PROGRAM: - Declensions, feminine nouns, adjectives and demonstratives LM1/5a : FRENCH LITERATURE - Conjugation of the most frequently used Spring Semester verbs - Using ‘que’ Classes: 2½ hours per week ECTS credits: 5 - Vocabulary and semantics - Phonetics COURSE PROGRAM : Continuation of LM1/1a. - Lyrical poetry - Novels
BIBLIOGRAPHY: See to LM1/2b LM1/5c : HISTORY OF LITERATURE Spring Semester
Lecture: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 LM1/6c : INTRODUCTION TO RHETORIC & STYLISTICS OBJECTIVE: To learn the basics of narratological Spring Semester theory and an introduction to the history of the novel. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: - Basic concepts as defined by Genette: OBJECTIVE: To understand the relationship between order, duration, frequency, mode and voice what is written in a text and how it is expressed. - The difference between narration and account COURSE PROGRAM: - Description in narrative texts
73
- How to use language to convey ideas as THIS COURSE IS RESERVED FOR STUDENTS WITH A effectively as possible GOOD LEVEL OF WRITTEN FRENCH (Level B2 on the - Understanding how an author has used European scale or above) language to achieve a desired effect - The theory of Signs OBJECTIVE: - Pragmatics This class is particularly useful both for students who - History of Rhetoric have to take competitive exams in France, but also for - Classical rhetoric : inventio, dispositio, those who need to understand current affairs and elocutio cultural presuppositions in France and be able to express them in clear, concise French.
LM1/6e : CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY IN COURSE PROGRAM: LITERATURE * French Current Affairs Spring Semester * Understanding the French-Speaking World * Understanding French aphorisms and cultural pre- Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 suppositions * Writing clear and concise French to summarise and OBJECTIVE: To define the notion of myth and see explain ideas how myth is linked to literature through a corpus of basic texts from the Antiquity to the present day.
COURSE PROGRAM: LM2/9a : MEDIEVAL LITERATURE A deeper study of contemporary works will give Fall Semester students a few keys to understanding mythology. Prerequisites: Students should already have studied BIBLIOGRAPHY: at least one semester of Old French - André Gide- Thésée - Jean Giraudoux , Electre Classes: 1½ hours per week - Jean-Paul Sartre, les Mouches ECTS credits: 3 credits Fall, 4 credits Spring
______OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand a novel in both literary and historical context. LCE1/3a : ACADEMIC AND CREATIVE WRITING IN FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester History and litterature of the Middle Ages - The novel in the Middle Ages, the birth of a Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 language and of a literary genre - Héloise & Abelard – when history influences THIS COURSE IS RESERVED FOR STUDENTS WITH A literature GOOD LEVEL OF WRITTEN FRENCH (Level B2 on the - Tristam & Iseult – when literature European scale or above) influences history - Le Roman de Renart – when history is OBJECTIVE: concealed in literature To develop the students’ writing skills and to enable them to identify different stylistic and rhetorical BIBLIOGRAPHY: devices through literary analysis. - Art et beauté dans l’esthétique médiévale – Umberto Eco (Poche 4329 Paris 1987) COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study the stylistic - Essai de poétique médiévale – Paul characteristics of various texts and apply these Zumthor (Essais Points 433 Paris 2000) practices into their own creative writing assignments. - Présences de l’Au-delà, une vision médiévale du monde – Henri Platelle, Septentrion 2004
- Histoire de la civilisation française – G. LCE1/7a : FRENCH LITERATURE FOR NON- DUBY et R. MANDROU – Tome 1 – Moyen SPECIALISTS Age et 16ème siècle. Coll. U. Spring Semester - Introduction à la littérature française du Moyen Age – M. ZINK – Le Livre de Poche. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Références – 1993 - Histoire de la littérature française, Moyen- COURSE PROGRAM: Age (1040-1486) – E. BAUMGARTNER, sld. We shall study a series of extracts from well-known D. Couty, Bordas 1988 works of French literature, grouped by genre and by - Introduction à la vie littéraire du Moyen Age theme. We shall discover how the techniques of (1040-1486) – P.Y. BADEL (Paris Bordas writing in French are used for literary effect at 1969 réédité) different periods and for different literary purposes. - See also the reviews Romania, Le Moyen This is a good course for students with little or no Âge, Cahiers d’Histoire des literatures knowledge of French literature. romanes ______
LCE1/4g : GENERAL KNOWLEDGE FROM A AS1/2b : HISTORY OF FRENCH LITERARY FRENCH PERSPECTIVE MOVEMENTS Fall Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3
74
- Jean-Paul VERNANT et Pierre VIDAL-NAQUET, OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand the Mythe et tragédie en Grèce ancienne, coll. literary and artistic movements in French literature as « Poche » 102, La Découverte, 2004. well as their historical, social and political context. - Les Cahiers du GITA (Groupe Interdisciplinaire du Théâtre Antique), COURSE PROGRAM: université Paul Valéry de Montpellier. In the first half of the course, students will gain a ______general overview of French literature from the Middle Ages to the end of the 20th century and understand LM2/9c & 13b: MODERN LITERATURE how literature has always been influenced by history Fall & Spring Semesters and philosophy. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 The second half of the course will be devoted to defining various literary movements in their artistic OBJECTIVE: To define the major themes of the and philosophical context and the meaning of philosophical thinking and stylistic practices of humanism, baroque, posthumanism, symbolism, Rousseau. postmodernism etc. COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Les Confessions and Les Rêveries will be covered - P. Brunel, La littérature française : des through a series of commentaries of specific extracts origines à nos jours, Vuibert, 2005. from the novels. - P. Chartier, Introduction aux grandes théories du roman, Armand Colin, 2005. SET BOOKS: - M.-M. Fragonard, Précis d'histoire de la - Les Confessions, Rousseau Le livre de littérature française, Éd. Didier, 2004. poche classique, B. Gagnebin edition, vol. 2 - Les Rêveries du promeneur solitaire, Rousseau, Le livre de poche classique, M. AS1/1a : HISTORY AND THEORY Croignez edition, 2001. OF THE THEATRE Fall Semester LM2/13b: MODERN LITERATURE Spring Semesters Classes: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: To gain an historical overview of classical theatre; to learn the cultural context as well as the COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/9c. religious and social issues at stake in the theatre in Athens and Rome; to distinguish between the different types of classical theatre; to work out the connections LM2/9d & 13c : EUROPEAN LITERATURE – between modern theatre and the theatre of the POETRY FROM 1950 TO THE PRESENT classical period. Fall and Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: - Cultural and literary history Classes: 1 hour per week - Theatre and religion, theatre and society ECTS credits: 3 credits Fall Semester, 4 credits - Organising performances Spring - The actors - Theatrical architecture OBJECTIVE: To discover the poetic voices of France - Comedy, tragedy, melodrama, farce etc. and Europe from Post-WWII to the present. - Well-known classical authors and works - Artistic testimonies COURSE PROGRAM: Texts will be distributed in class. - Mythological origins LM2/13c : EUROPEAN LITERATURE – POETRY BIBLIOGRAPHY: FROM 1950 TO THE PRESENT - Paul DEMONT et Anne LEBEAU, Introduction au théâtre grec antique, coll. « Le Livre de Spring Semesters Poche/Références » n° 525, LGF, 1996. - Jean-Christian DUMONT et Marie-Hélène Classes: 1 hour per week Garelli-François, Le théâtre à Rome, coll. « ECTS credits: 3 credits Fall Semester, 4 credits Le Livre de Poche/Références » n° 549, Spring LGF, 1998. - Florence DUPONT, L’acteur roi ou le théâtre COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/9d. dans la Rome antique, coll. « Realia », Les Belles-Lettres, 1985.
- Florence DUPONT Le théâtre latin, coll. LM2/9c : RENAISSANCE LITERATURE « Cursus », Armand Colin, 1999. Fall Semester - Pierre GRIMAL, Le théâtre antique, coll.
« Que sais-je ? » n° 1732, P.U.F., Paris Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 19944.
- Jean-Charles MORETTI, Théâtre et société COURSE PROGRAM: dans la Grèce antique. Une archéologie des - An introduction the literature of the pratiques théâtrales, coll. « Le Livre de Renaissance with emphasis on poetry Poche/Références » n° 585, LGF, 2001. - Various poets including : Clement Marot, - Jacqueline de ROMILLY, La tragédie grecque, Louise Labé, Joachim du Bellay, Ronsard, coll. « Quadrige », P.U.F., 2006. Jodelle, M. Papillion, Agrippa d’Aubigné 75
LM2/14a: FRENCH LINGUISTICS Set Book : Spring Semester French literature of the Renaissance Anthologie de la poésie française du seizième siècle, Prerequisites: Students should have studied at least édition de J.Cérad et L.-G. Tin, Poésie/Gallimard, 2005 one semester of French linguistics
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 LM2/10a : FRENCH LINGUISTICS 2 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - Restrictive and descriptive relative clauses Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - Specification in relative clauses
COURSE PROGRAM: - The noun: proper and common nouns, and LM2/14b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE their place in the French sentence Spring Semester - Demonstratives - Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Each chapter will be followed by exercises and texts. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/10b.
LM2/10b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Fall & Spring Semesters LM2/12c & 16c : LITERARY CULTURE AND PREPARATION FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION Prerequisites: Students should already have studied Fall and Spring Semesters at least one semester of Old French. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 4 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Works: - Chrétien de Troyes, Le Chevalier de la - Gargantua – Rabelais Charrette (édition Lettres Gothiques) - La Princesse de Clèves – Madame de La Fayette ______- La Religieuse – Diderot - Mémoires – Chateaubriand LM2/14c : THE BIBLE & LITERATURE - Le Colonel Chabert – Balzac Spring Semester - Un cœur simple – Flaubert - Germinal – Zola Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Du côté de chez Swann – Proust - Sonnets pour Hélène – Ronsard OBJECTIVE: To discover the influence of the Bible in - Poésies – Louise Labbé various literary works. - Les orientales – Hugo - Les Fleurs du Mal – Baudelaire COURSE PROGRAM: - Poésies – Rimbaud Extracts from: - Alcools – Apollinaire - Pentateuque - Vents – Saint-John Perse - Historical books - Georges Dandin – Molière - Psalms - En attendant Godot – Beckett - Prophets - Evangile Grammar program : Lexicology, syntax. - Epistles
LM2/16c : LITERARY CULTURE AND BIBLIOGRAPHY: PREPARATION FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION For the class, students must have a Bible, preferably the translation which is said to be from “L’Ecole de Spring Semesters Jérusalem.” This translation is also published in affordable paperbacks under different formats and Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 4 bindings. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/12c.
Students should read “Rudiments de culture th chrétienne pour une meilleure lecture des oeuvres LM3/17a : 20 CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE littéraires,” Michel Bouvier, editions Septentrion (It is Fall Semester available at the university bookshop Meura, 25 rue de Valmy, behind the Palais des Beaux-Arts), prior to the Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 first class). OBJECTIVE: To study a famous work of literature in detail, with its background and literary context.
LM2/13a : MEDIEVAL LITERATURE COURSE PROGRAM: It is suggested that students Spring Semester read the text prior to the first class.
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 SET BOOK: Proust, Du coté de chez Swann, édition d’Antoine COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/9a. Compagnon, Gallimard, Folio, 1988. ______
76
Please ensure that you purchase the edition listed - James Joyce, Les Dublinois, traduction above for convenience of pagination. française Jaubert, préface de Valéry Larbaud, Paris, Folio, Gallimard, 1974 LM3/17b & 21b : 17th CENTURY FRENCH Both short books share similarities and seem to be LITERATURE able to express a certain vision of the world. It Fall & Spring Semesters contains clarity and realism but those are to be seen through unreality and false values. The quest for Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 existence is essential. ______COURSE PROGRAM: Classical Prose Writing LM3/21c COMPARATIVE LITERATURE: IRONY BIBLIOGRAPHY: AND DESPAIR Guez de Balzac, Le socrate chrétien Fall Semester Pascal, Les provinciales, éd. Ferreyrolles, Bossuet, Les oraisons funèbres, éd. Truchet Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4
LM3/21b : 17th CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE - Franz Kafka, Le Château, Folio, 1984 Spring Semesters - Milan Kundera, L’ Insoutenable Légèreté de l’ Etre, traduction François Kérel, Gallimard, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 « Du monde Entier », 1984
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/17b. These books deal with existence when it is confronted by history. People are wandering in their own labyrinth LM3/20c & 24c: LITERARY CULTURE paved by their own false values, evolving in a godless Fall & Spring Semesters world. Writing can convey doubts, disappointment and absurdity. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
COURSE PROGRAM: LM3/18a & 22a : ADVANCED FRENCH The report and the “narrative” have to be completed LINGUISTICS SEMANTICS AND PRAGMATICS by a reflection on the links shared by literature with Fall and Spring Semesters the world, with history, with politics, with the main questions inherited from a secular metaphysic: those Classes: 2 hours per week of the sense, of values, of a link with others, with the ECTS credits: 4 Fall semester, 3 credits Spring human. Not only to consider literature as a symptom or a witness of its time, like cultural historians, neither COURSE PROGRAM: to consider it only as the emanation of socio- This year we will study two linked subjects of economical, historical, political or sexual realities, like linguistics: semantics and pragmatics. If semantics is literary sociologists or cultural studies but in literature. one of the last subjects to have entered the field of For literature is, with art and philosophy, the only linguistics, pragmatics still has difficulties forcing its place where these questions which are thought of and presence in linguistics. And yet, it brought undeniable felt, never stop to prey on minds, at least on those progresses to studying the sense, but it also created who still spare themselves some time to think. A place new difficulties. Semantics deals with meaning out of both outside all political dogmas (that impose a way of the context and pragmatics is about a “filtered” thinking more than they give rise to it) and of all these meaning in terms of context. disciplinary specialisations (which limit sight to their own field). Our time is one of a true opening of Fall semester : Semantics cultures. - Definition of linguistics and its history - study of diachronic semantics (study of the BIBLIOGRAPHY: meaning throughout time) - Telephone Book by Avital Ronnell - synchronic semantics (structural semantics, - Trouble dans le genre by Judith Butler on a large scale) - meaning changes and the links between LM3/24c: LITERARY CULTURE semantics and logic, psychology and Fall & Spring Semesters semiology - case studies Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 SELECTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/20c. - ANSCOMBRE, Jean-Claude (1998) Regards ______sur la sémantique française contemporaine, Langages,129, pp. 37-51 LM3/17c COMPARATIVE LITERATURE: POETIC - NYCKEES, Vincent (1998) La sémantique, NARRATIVE Belin, coll. Sujets. Fall Semester - POTTIER, Bernard (1987) Théorie et analyse en linguistique, Paris, Hachette. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Second semester : Pragmatics COURSE PROGRAM: - Ancestors of modern pragamtics (e.g. - Anton Tchékhov, Nouvelles, traduction et Austin, Searle). notes de Vladimir Volkoff, Paris, la - The theory of pertinence which marked a Pochothèque,1993, Derniers Récits (1895- step further in the subject’s field 1903) - The thesis and studies of François Rastier who brought reflexion around to new ways - The notion of context.
77
SELECTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY: OBJECTIVE: Broaden the students’ minds towards - PEIRCE, Charles Sanders (1978), Écrits sur recent French literature. Rediscovery of living le signe (rassemblés, traduits et authors and style analysis. Place of contemporary commentés par G. Deledalle), Paris, Seuil. literature in nowadays’ society, role contemporary - RASTIER, François (1987), Sémantique authors are given and those they would like to interprétative, Paris, Presses universitaires have. Place of literature and writers in today’s de France. society. - RASTIER, François (1989), Sens et SET BOOK: textualité, Paris, Hachette. Jean Bessière , Le Roman Contemporain ou la - SPERBER Dan et WILSON Deirdre (1989), Problématicité du monde, Principes de la Théorie La Pertinence, Communication et cognition, Littéraire, Multiculturalisme et identité en literature et Paris, Minuit. en art, literatures francophones et politique. - VERBEKEN Dominique (2009), Entre sens Michel Lantelme, Le Roman Contemporain: Janus et signification, points de vue sur postmoderne. l'articulation sémantique-pragmatique, Roger Godart, Itinéraire du Roman Contemporain Paris, L'Harmattan. Own readings, some examples : Houellebecq, Andrée LM3/22a : ADVANCED FRENCH LINGUISTICS Chedid, Amélie Nothomb, Le Clésio,Modiano….. SEMANTICS AND PRAGMATICS Semesters AS3/26d : THEATRE AND SOCIETY IN THE 18th CENTURY - MOLIERE Classes: 2 hours per week Spring Semester ECTS credits: 3 credits Spring Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 COURSE PROGRAM: Pragmatics OBJECTIVE: To study French theatre in the 18th - Ancestors of modern pragamtics (e.g. century in its social, historial and cultural context Austin, Searle). using Molière's three plays Tartuffe, Dom Juan and Le - The theory of pertinence which marked a Misanthrope. step further in the subject’s field - The thesis and studies of François Rastier COURSE PROGRAM: who brought reflexion around to new ways We shall study these texts from the point of view of - The notion of context. the dramatic value, and also for their ideology and for what they tell us about the period in which they were LM3/18b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE written. Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Paul Benichou, Morales du grand siècle, Paris, Gallimard, 1948. Prerequisites: Students should already have a good - Robert Horville, Histoire de la littérature knowledge of Old French française, tome 1, Paris, Nathan, 1988. - Robert Horville, Itinéraires littéraires, COURSE PROGRAM: XVIIème siècle, Paris, Hatier, 1988. Various questions of style and register in Old French - Robert Mandrou, l’Europe absolutiste, Paris, will be covered. Fayard, 1977. - Alain Viala, Le théâtre en France des BIBLIOGRAPHY: origines à nos jours, Paris, PUF, 1997. - La Mort le Roi Artur (édition J. Frappier TLF ______Droz 1964) AS3/21c : THE THEATRE OF THE ABSURD th LM3/21a : 20 CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE Fall Semester Spring Semester Lectures: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 OBJECTIVE: To understand the concept of a literary COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/17a. movement in the theatre and to get to know the theatre of the absurd in the Post-War period. LM3/22b : HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: The course will examine the origins of the movement Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (for example, Artaud, Jarry) and attempt to define what is meant by “absurd” using the writings of Prerequisites: Students should already have a good Camus, Cioran, Vian, as well as Kafka. knowledge of Old French. - Beckett, Ionesco, Adamov and Genet and some of their successors, including Pinter COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/18b and Arabal. ______- Analyse the dramatic techniques used by the theatre of the absurd and compare MCC3/22c: them with more traditional practices. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE - The meaning of some of the movement's Spring Semester greatest plays.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY:
78
- Martin Esslin, Théâtre de l'absurde, Buchet The studies will be various and from different media Chastel, 1994. such as newspapers, television, and radio. The course - Emmanuel Jacquart, Le théâtre de dérision, will then cover love seduction through messages or Gallimard, 1974. letters, the objective of which is not always clearly ______shown: to seduce the addressee. Students will observe the techniques and strategies of this love seduction AS3/23b : MUSIC AND LITERATURE using the tools of rhetoric and semiotics. Fall Semester The course will end with a study of political speeches Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5 whose objectives are to also seduce their audience. Throughout the semester a focus will be put on OBJECTIVE: There has always been a complex typology of speeches and an analysis grid specific relationship between music and literature. This enough to show the main strategies of these relationship is highlighted in hybrid-type songs, which languages. combine poetry and melody. The combination of the two in the works of Léo Ferré will be studied using BIBLIOGRAPHY: audio and video recording, as well as the texts. - Roland Barthes (2007), Le Discours amoureux, Paris, Seuil. COURSE PROGRAM: - Patrick Charaudeau (2005), Le Discours - Ferré’s musical adaptions of Charles politique. Les masques du pouvoir, Paris, Baudelaire's sequence of poems Les Fleurs Vuibert. du Mal. - A seress of songs Ferré wrote himself on A bibliography will be handed out during the first class. the theme of the sea. ______LM4/4c : FRENCH LINGUISTICS GRADUATE LM4/4a : SEMINAR : LANGUAGE AND PROTEST ADVANCED FRENCH LITERATURE SEMINAR: Spring Semester CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE Spring Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 6
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 7 COURSE PROGRAM: The course will being with texts by great polemists OBJECTIVE: To give students an understanding of such as Voltaire, Bloy, Bernanos, Maurras, Onfray, poetry written in a time of suffering. Zemmour, etc. The course will highlight essential caracteristics of COURSE PROGRAM: these texts by giving a predominant role to context, The course will cover poetic works post-WWII. then the characterization of satirical tracts (specifically - In what ways does poetry borrow from the those written under the Occupation). aftermath of the WWII and the spiritual Lastly, students will study texts by Guy Debord of the cataclysms it caused? time of Situationist International, followed other - How can we live in a world where hope and “figures” such as Raoul Vaneigem or René Riesel, then beauty are undermined? students will evaluate the path leading from the ______ideology of these “revolutionaries” to the texts.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______- Marc Angenot (1982), La Parole pamphlétaire. Typologie des discours LM4/1a: SEMINAR: FRENCH LITERATURE modernes, Paris, Payot. (PRIOR TO 1800) - Guy Debord (1967), La société de Fall Semester spectacle, Paris, Gallimard.
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 7 A bibliography will be handed out during the first class. ______COURSE PROGRAM: An in-depth study of La Grèce de Racine: Iphigénie and Phèdre. Geography ______IMPORTANT: ALL OUR GEOGRAPHY COURSES LM4/1b : FRENCH LINGUISTICS GRADUATE ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH SEMINAR : SEDUCTION’S LANGUAGE Fall Semester E3/2d : GEOGRAPHY OF FRANCE FOR Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Advertising techniques, through various mediums, try Lecture: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 to manipulate and seduce us. This mixed language made of a certain amount of codes will be studied OBJECTIVE: This course is specifically intended for under different angles and with different tools. international students who have never studied French Students will study semiotics, stylistics, rhetoric and geography before. It’s goal is to provide information narratology. concerning the geography of France.
COURSE PROGRAM: 79
- The organization of the French territory, its - Th. PAQUOT, M. LUSSAULT, S. BODY- position at the crossroads of Europe GENDROT, 2000, La ville et l’urbain, l’état des - The slow historical construction of France savoirs, Paris, ED. La Découverte - The physical characteristics of France - Philippe VERDIER, 2009, Le projet urbain - A human system conditioned by its participatif. Apprendre à faire la ville avec ses environment habitants, Ed. Adels et Yves Michel, 262 p. - A space in favour of activities and movements - Xavier BROWAEYS & Paul CHATELAIN, 2011 of persons (2005), Etudier une commune. Paysages, - France & Europe territoires, population, sociétés, Coll. U Géographie, Ed. A. Colin, 319 p. ASSESSMENT: Coursework will be a written test. - Michèle GROSJEAN, Jean-Paul THIBAUD (sous Students will take an oral exam at the end of the la direction de), 2008 (2001), L’espace urbain course. en méthode, Coll. Eupalinos, Ed. Parenthèses, ______217 p. - Yvette VEYRET, 2005, Le développement E3/1d : INTRODUCTION TO THE FRANCOPHONE durable: approches plurielles, Coll. Initial, Ed. WORLD FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Hatier, Fall Semester - Yvette VEYRET & Paul ARNOULD (collectif), 2008, Atlas des développements durables: un Lecture: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 monde inégalitaire, des expériences novatrices, des outils pour l’avenir, Ed. OBJECTIVE: To give students an understanding of the Autrement French-speaking regions and countries around the - Pierre MERLIN, 2007, L’aménagement du world (France, Switzerland, Quebec, French-speaking territoire en France, Coll. Etudes de la Africa), their culture, the linguistic roots. documentation française, La documentation française, 176 p. COURSE PROGRAM: - Laurent GARROUE, 2002, Géographie de la - Introduction: an ancient concept mondialisation, Coll. U, Ed. A. Colin, 256 p. - Part 1: A inheritance from the old French- - Yves Lacoste, 2007, Atlas géopolitique, colonial empire Larousse, 191 p. - Part 2: A linguistic reality found in 57 - Olivier Lazzarotti, 2006, Habiter, la condition countries on all the continents géographique, Ed. Belin, 286 p. - Part 3: The cultural and linguistic realities of ______today - Conclusion: What does the future hold for H1/6c : DIGITAL TOOLS FOR HISTORY & Francophones? GEOGRAPHY Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: Coursework will be a written test. Students will take an oral exam at the end of the Lecture: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 course. ______OBJECTIVE: To learn to use the digital tools necessary for history & geography, including library H1/2a : GEOGRAPHY: MAJOR ISSUES IN search engines and networks. GEOGRAPHY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: - An introduction to mapmaking and on the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 digital revolution. ______OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to geography in general, its usefulness in society, and the special H1/2b : GEOGRAPHY OF THE NORTH OF FRANCE features of its approaches to space, and to give the Fall Semester students an overall knowledge of the global approaches of geography. Lectures : 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
COURSE PROGRAM: Objective : To discover the North of France through - The epistemology of geography maps and old photographs. How to analyse - Demographics geographical documents. - Urban geography - Economic and social geography Contents : - Sustainable development The North of France is characterised by its dynamism - Globalisation and its proximity to Paris and the parisian region. It is - Living an area which encourages inventive new projects and, as a results, many people and companies come and BIBLIOGRAPHY: establish themselves in this region. We shall study the - Gilles PISON, Guillaume BALAVOINE, Albert region through the ages with regard to its population JAQUARD, 2009, Atlas de la population and development. mondiale: faut-il craindre la croissance démographique et le vieillissement?, Ed. Bibliography : Autrement, 80 p. Daniel Noin, Le nouvel espace français, Cursus - Olivier David, 2004, La population mondiale: Géographie, Armand Colin répartition, dynamiques et mobilités, Coll. (indispensable). Campus géographie, Ed. A. Colin, 191 p. Armand Frémont, France géographie d’une société, Champs Flammarion, Coll. Poche.
80
Félix Damette / Jacques Scheibling, La France - Baduel Pierre-Robert. La ville et l’urbain dans permanences et mutations, Carré le monde arabe et en Europe: acteurs, Géographie, Hachette. organisations et territoires. Édité par Institut L’état de la France 2000/2001, Editions La Découverte. de recherche sur le Maghreb contemporain. ______Paris, France, Tunisie: Maisonneuve & Larose, 2009, 235 p. (« Connaissance du Maghreb, H1/6b : GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTH OF FRANCE ISSN 1635-219X »). ISBN 978-2-7068-2022- Spring Semester 9. - Troin Jean-François, (éd.). Maghreb, Moyen- Lecture: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Orient: mutations. Paris, France: SEDES, 1995, 348 p. (« DIEM Dossiers des images Objective : To discover the South of France through économiques du monde, ISSN 0290-3318 », maps and old photographs. How to analyse 17). ISBN 2-7181-9343-3. geographical documents. - Troin Jean-François, Naciri Mohamed, Troin Florence. , pays, territoires. Contents : Paris, France: Maisonneuve et Larose, 2002, The South of France is different from the North on 502 p. ISBN 2-7068-1630-9. account of its mountains and landscape. The Massif - Troin Jean-François, Troin Florence. Central and the mountains on its Eastern borders , Libye, Maroc, Mauritanie, means that only the coast and the valleys which serve Tunisie. Paris, France: A. Colin, 2006, 383 p. as corridors for traffic are well-populated. Otherwise, (« U. Série Géographie, ISSN 0768-2875 »). there is a certain isolation. ISBN 2-200-26775-4. ______- Vermeren Pierre. Le Maghreb. Paris, France: Le Cavalier Bleu, 2010, 128 p. (« Idées LEA5/5at : CASE STUDY: MOROCCO reçues, ISSN 1625-9157 », 216). ISBN 978- 2-84670-317-8. Spring Semester
Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 3 H2/10b GEOGRAPHY OF TURKEY COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester To understand the complex implications of business and luxury tourism on Society: for example, in Lectures : 3 hours per week ECTS credits : 3 Morocco today. Why has Marrakesh become one of the world's COURSE PROGRAM: greatest luxury tourism centres ? _ I A Country with a strong personality A/ a Turkish Anatolia-centered territory * Comparing Morocco with other similar B/ A long state-transmitted modernity destinations (international) C/A numerous population badly placed * Why did Marrakech become Morocco's luxury playground? (regional) II Dualities on the Turkish territory * How do the local population relate to the A/ inner/ border regions world? (local) B/ developed west, late east C/cities/ rural areas Analysing the phenomenon and learning from it III Regions of Turkey A/ Istanbul and Marmara H2/14b GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AFRICA B/ Mediterranean and Aegean borders C/ The core of the country Fall Semester D/Black Sea
E/ Eastern and South-east regions Lectures : 3 hours per week ECTS credits : 3
IV Turkish economy OBJECTIVE: The Maghreb is a region of the world A/ A high-level and mutating agriculture which has known many relationships with Europe and B/ Slow progresses of the industry in particular, with France. Yet this region, which is C/Opening through the service sector : regularly talked about in the media, is still relatively unknown by the French public. The student will read Conclusion: a country between three worlds, difficult some key articles to understand the major issues of integration this region. This course will also provide an opportunity for the students to practice their geographical approach to society and to use some of BIBLIOGRAPHY : the tools learned. -GIP-Reclus, la Géographie Universelle : la Turquie (in
Afrique du Nord, Moyen-Orient, Monde indien) COURSE PROGRAM:
- Maghreb: a description of the region and how -La Turquie et l’Europe, Questions internationales, n° it is distinguished among other regional 23, avril 2005 bodies
- The natural areas and issue of water -Olivier Roy (dir), La Turquie aujourd’hui : un pays conservation européen ?, collection « le tour du sujet » Universalis , - The city of Maghreb: its evolution into the 20th Paris, 2004 Century
- Social issues in Maghreb Marcel Bazin et Stéphane de Tapia, la Turquie,
géographie d’une puissance émergente Collection U, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Armand Colin, Paris, 2012
81
______2) The Interreg programme and the concept of a Euroregion H3/20a : LIVING IN THE WORLD 3) Cross-border cooperation - are we there Spring Semester yet ? 4) How about Eastern Europe ? Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 III Internal borders OBJECTIVE: The concept of "living" is increasingly ex : South Africa before 1995 cited in our society, both in the political and corporate ex : Language communities in Belgium worlds. A concept mostly geographic, it is planned ex : Canada curriculum and finds itself increasingly in demand for many sectors such as tourism, remembrance and IV Maritime borders and territorial waters heritage, culture, but also in urban planning, land use, and housing. The course will allow students to understand the major political, economic and social CHAPITRE 2: MIGRATION issues that encompass the topic, and will give students the opportunity to apply a geographic approach and INTRODUCTION the tools necessary to analyse these phenomena. I. IN THE WORLD OF BUSINESS A) Defining our terms COURSE PROGRAM: B) International business - Living: an ancient concept revisted C) Globalisation since 1945 - Privitisation of public space: a new way of 1) New postwar philosophy of diplomacy via living international organisations - Becoming a resident again: land appropriation 2) New commercial partnerships and citizenship 3) Stratégie mondiale des entreprises : - Tourism: another way of living? internationalisation et délocalisation - Ways to live socially and culturally in the 4) Internationalisation and delocalisation - the role of world transport
BIBLIOGRAPHY: II Personal Migration - DI MEO Guy, BULEON Pascal, 2005, L’espace 1) Seasonal migration social: lecture géographique des sociétés, 2) Tourism Collection U, Armand Colin, 304 p. 3) Expatriot wokers - FRELAT-KAHN Brigitte et LAZZAROTTI Olivier, 4) International mass people movements 2012, Habiter. Vers un nouveau concept?, 5) Regional migration Coll. Recherches, Ed. A. Colin, 328 p. 6) Clandestine and illegal immigration - GRAVARI-BARBAS Maria (sous la direction 7) Refugees and forced migration de), 2004, Habiter le patrimoine : enjeux, 8) Border controls and migration approches, vécu, Géographie sociale, PUR Presses Universitaires du Monde, 618 p. Bibliography - LAZZAROTTI Olivier, 2006, Habiter La condition géographique, Belin, 286 p. Étienne Balibar, « Qu'est-ce qu'une frontière? », in E. - CAPRON Guénola, MONNET Jérôme. Quand la Balibar (dir.) La crainte des masses. Politique et ville se ferm philosophie avant et après Marx, Paris, Galilée, 1996, . Rosny-sous-Bois, France: Bréal, pp.371-380. 2006, 288 p. (« D’autre part, ISSN 1635- J. Anderson, L. O'Dowd, «Borders, border regions and 6152 »). ISBN 2-7495-0485-6. Territoriality : Contradictory Meanings, Changing ______Significance», in Regional Studies, 1999, vol. 33, n°7, pp. 597-604. H3/20a : BORDERS AND MIGRATION Stella Ghervas, François Rosset (dir.), Lieux d'Europe. Fall Semester Mythes et limites, Paris, Éditions de la Maison des sciences de l'homme, 2008. ISBN 978-2-7351-1182-4 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Maïté Lafourcade, La Frontière des origines à nos jours, Bordeaux, Presses Universitaires de Bordeaux, OBJECTIVE: 1998. Borders influence human geography in many ways. We Christiane Arabaret-Schulz, «Histoires de frontières et shall examine the development of borders and their de villes frontières», in Revue Mosella, t. 24, n°1/2, real influence on daily life. We shall also look at the 1999, Actes du Colloque International L'Europe development of the concept of a region, from the time rhénane et l'Europe centrale-Dynamique et mutations, of Vidal to the Euroregion. Hommage au Professeur François Reitel, Université de Metz, 11-13 mars 1998, p. 125-132. COURSE PROGRAM: M. Blancpain, La frontière du Nord – de la mer du Nord Chapter 1 à la Meuse, 843-1945, Paris, Perrin, 1990, 356 p. I) The Frontier Zone Roger Dion, Les frontières de la France, 1947, réed. Turner's concept Brionne, Editeur G. Montfort, 1979, 112p. Russia, Canada, Brazil, Tunisia and Indonesia as Christian Bromberger, Alain Morel (dir.), Limites examples floues, frontières vives : des variations culturelles en II) Borders and the State France et en Europe, Paris, éditions de la Maison des How borders and frontiers between states are defined Sciences de l’Homme, 2000, 386p. in Europe Roger Brunet, Jean-Christophe François, Claude 1) Is this really an issue ? Grasland, « La discontinuité en géographie: origines et -locally problèmes de recherche », L’Espace Géographique, -between regions and provinces 1997, n°4. - between countries
82
Laurent Carroué, Paul Claval, Guy Di Méo, A. Miossec, - J. TIFFOU, Commenter la carte topographique Jean-Pierre Renard, Laurent Simon, Yvette Veyret, J.- aux examens et aux concours, Collection U P. Vigneau, 2002, Limites et discontinuités en Géographie, Broché, Paris, 2003. géographie. Paris, Sedes, 159p. Paul Claval, « L'étude des frontières et la géographie des frontières », Cahiers de Géographie du Québec, H2/15a: NATURAL CENTRES & THE 1974, vol. 18, n°43, pp.7-22. ENVIRONMENT Marie-Christine Fourny-Kober (dir.), Le Rapport à la Spring Semesters frontière et la construction d’espaces transfrontaliers, Rapport d’étude pour la Datar, Grenoble, 6 volumes, Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 2003. Paul Guichonnet, Claude Raffestin, Géographie des OBJECTIVE: To provide students with a foundation of frontières, Paris, Puf, 1974. general knowledge of the major “natural” dynamics P. Picouet, J.-P. Renard, Les frontières mondiales, governing the Earth; to stimulate thought on the origines et dynamiques, Nantes, Editions du Temps, current environmental changes and their 2007, 159 p. consequences; and to reveal the human science at the Christian Pradeau, Jeux et enjeux des frontières, heart of real and current issues, both globally and in Presses Universitaires de Bordeaux, 1993. applied research. Jean-Pierre Renard (dir.), Le Géographe et les frontières, Paris, L'Harmattan, 1997. COURSE PROGRAM: As sustainable development Jean-Pierre Renard, « Modèle et frontière », Revue emerges as a dominant subject of the early twenty- Hommes et terres du Nord n°2000-3, Lille, Institut de first century, its conceptual scope and implementation géographie, Faculté des lettres de Lille, 2000, pp 138- remain fairly random or ambiguous. This course serves 147. as an essential scientific (re)discovery of large natural B. Reitel, P. Zander, J.-L. Piermay, Jean-Pierre Renard. areas of the world through the filter of a geosystemic (dir.), 2002, Villes et frontières. Paris, Economica- approach. Anthropos, « villes », 275p. Joël Kotek (dir.), L'Europe et ses villes-frontières, Given the complexity and magnitude of the issues, the Bruxelles, éd. Complexe, 1996. concerns raised by environmental unrest in relation to
the development of mankind leads to the radicalisation
of conversation - irrational doom-mongering to absolute nihilism - and sometimes makes way for H2/10c CARTOGRAPHY political and economic strife. In this context, it seems Fall Semester useful to clarify for students and future players of human development project, the “natural” function of Lectures: 2 hours ECTS credits: 2 continental environments and the real interactions with companies. OBJECTIVE: Students will study the history of making The first part of this theme is the dynamic maps and the techniques used. A comparative study of geomorphology (shapes and patterns), but the maps of the same region will enable the students to sessions also integrate other geosystem components chart the chronology of geographical change. (climate, vegetation, hydrology, society).
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: These days, geographical issues, information - J-P. Amat, L. Dorize, Ch Le Coeur, Eléments and documents are present and need to be understood Géographie Physique, Collection Grand in an increasing number of professional contexts. A Amphi Géographie, Bréal, 2008. knowledge of cartography is, of course, essential for - Y. Yvret, J-P Vigneau (sous la direction de), the geographer, but it is also useful in many other Géographie Physique: Milieu et contexts. environnement dans le système terre, Coll. In addition to acquiring a gneral U, Armand Colin, Paris, 2002. understanding of maps and topography, this class - Y. Lageat, Les milieux physiques aims to give students basic skills in understanding continentaux, Collection Memento, Belin, maps and geographical documents of every kind and Paris, 2004. of how to analyse and exploit them for statistical - F. Saur, Géographie Physique, Collection purposes. Licence Géographie, PUF, Paris, 2012. We shall be using both paper and digital - B. Valadas, Géomorphologie dynamique, documents as well as software in the area of Coll. Campus, Armand Colin, Paris, 2004. teledetection. - R. Coque, Géomorphologie, Coll. U, Armand Colin, Paris, 2002. - Bibliography : - J. Demangeot, Les milieux “naturels” du globe, Coll. U, Armand Colin, 4ième edition, - M. ARCHAMBAULT, R. LHÉNAFF, J-R. Paris 2009. VIANNEY, Documents et méthodes pour le - Y. Yvret (sous la coordination de), L’érosion commentaire de carte, 2 tomes, Masson entre nature et société, Dossier des Images 1975. Economiques du Monde, SEDES, Paris, - P. PIGEON et M. ROBIN, Cartes commentées 1998. et croquis, Fac. Géographie, Nathan 1993. ______- J. STEINBERG, La carte topographique, SEDES 1, 1982. H3/23c : HISTORY OF GEOGRAPHY - J. STEINBERG, Le commentaire de la carte et Spring Semester de documents cartographiques, Collection Atouts Belin, Paris, 2004. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
83
COURSE PROGRAM: resigned to the inevitable due to adverse events, What is geography ? natural or not. The idea of unpredictability then How has the study of geography evolved becomes unimaginable and the precautionary throughout history ? measures are elevated to the same constitutional and Examing the great themes of geographical institutional paradigm. The actual understanding, no study : maps, terrain, physical geography, longer – or at all - tolerating the feeling of uncertainty regions, towns etc. in a situation of vulnerability, results in societal changes. ASSESSMENT: Final research on a theme chosen by the student. The issue of natural hazards is emblematic of the nature vs society relationship as it sits at the interface, complex and unstable, in human societies and natural H3/24b: GEOGRAPHY: CHALLENGES WITH environments in which they fall. Research on this SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT subject often has a large spatio-temporal scope, Spring Semester imposing a multi-disciplinary and multiscale approach, which makes it an eminently geographical problem. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Like the land on which it depends, the management of natural hazards in France has evolved considerably OBJECTIVE: To give students the opportunity to over the past thirty years. develop their forward-thinking towards predicted changes in terms of economic, social and BIBLIOGRAPHY: environmental progression, the fundamental pillars of - Brugnot, G., (sous la direction de), Gestion sustainable development. spatiale des risques. Information géographique et aménagement du territoire. Hermès science publications, Lavoisier, Paris, COURSE PROGRAM: 2001. It was only recently that the the concept of sustainable - Brugnot, G., Les catastropes Naturelles, Coll. development was been built into the historical Idées reçues, Editions du Cavalier Bleu, Paris, foundations of geography. However, the discipline 2008. itself at the centre of this topic has long been - Dagorne, A., Dars, R., Les risques naturels. considered in the nature vs society relationship. Coll. Que sais-je?, PUF, Paris, 1999. Therefore, making sustainable development a natural - Pigeon, P., Géographie critique des risques, fit with geographic analysis. Economica-Anthropos, 2005. - Toutain, C., Prévenie les catastrophes The course will begin with the origins and major naturelles? Les essentiels Milan, 2001. geographic challenges of sustainable development, the - Veyret, Y. (sous la direction de), Les risques, actual definition(s) and causes of ambiguity, and is Dossiers des Images Economiques du Monde, structured in themed sections on sustainable SEDES, Paris, 2003. development on a global scale, from its foundations to - Veyret, Y. Géographie des risques naturels en the complexity of its implementation. Discussions France; de l’aléa à la gestion, Coll. Initial, examples include resources such as water and forests, Hatier, Paris, 2004. development issues, sustainable cities, and sustainable - Veyret, Y., Lagainier, R., (sous la direction development in emerging countries. de), Atlas des risques naturels en France: prévenir les catastrophes naturelles et BIBLIOGRAPHY: technologiques, Coll. Atlas/monde, Autrement, Paris, 2013. - Brunel, S., Le développement durable, Que sais-je?, Paris, 2007. - Veyret, Y., (sous la direction de), Le H3/20b : GEOPOLITICS développement durable: approches plurielles, Fall Semester Coll, Initial, Hatier, Paris, 2005. - Veyret, Y., (sous la direction de), Le Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 développement durable, Collection “pour les concours”, éditions SEDES, Paris, 2007. OBJECTIVE: Geopolitics is much talked about in the - Veyret, Y. et P. Arnould, (sous la direction media. What is it exactly? This course will present de), Atlas des développements durables, Coll. some elements of political geography and geopolitics Atlas Monde, Editions Autrement, Paris, 2008. to shed some light on this global phenomena. Geography uses interlocking spatial and temporal scales. Learning about geopolitics will help students understand how a decision or idea developed in order H3/24c : GEOGRAPHY: LAND USE: NATURAL for it to have a tangible impact on every day lives. The HAZARDS AND MANAGEMENT IN FRANCE course will walk students through some key readings to understand the major issues that occur on our Spring Semester planet, both globally and locally, in France and
elsewhere. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: Through the study of natural hazards in - Political geography and geopolitics France, students will learn the richness and - The civilisation clash theory of Samuel complexities involved in land use (spatial, regulatory, Huntington governance, etc.). - The gradual opening of China's borders and
its deployment in the world COURSE PROGRAM: In Western countries, - Local globalisation rallies/demonstrations environmental issues have become ever-present in - Geography of oppression public policy and, more broadly, our societies are more 84
- Economy of war 3) Place of international tourism in - Alterglobalisation business 4) Tourism & the environment BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Pascal BONIFACE, 2011, La géopolitique. Les 3. International tourism : current relations internationales, Ed. Eyrolles, 199 p. tendencies - Laurent CARROUE, 2002, Géographie de la 1) New forms of tourism mondialisation, Coll. U, Ed. Amrand Colin, 256 2) The role of advertising p. - Eddy FOUGIER, 2002, L’altermondialisme, 4. Tourism & Geopolitics Coll. Idées reçues, Ed. Le Cavalier Bleu, 127p. 1) Tourism,a barometer of current - David Harvey, 2008 (2001), Géographie de la affairs Domination, Coll. Les prairie ordinaires, 118 2) Public policy & tourism p. ______- La revue Hérodote CTV5/1e : MULTIDIMENSIONAL TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT Fall Semester LEA4/2c : GEOPOLITICAL APPROACH TO MARKETING Lectures: 12 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Tourism, culture and the heritage industry today are often used to develop a territory or region and make it OBJECTIVE: An approach to the contemporary world : more attractive. to do this, those working in these understanding the world map in order to prepare for sectors have become local politicians and play their international negociations. part in public life. In this class we shall try to understand what we mean by the word "territory", to COURSE PROGRAM: identify different key components and how tourism 1. Western civilisation : what is it and where is and the cultural and heritage industries can contribute it ? to the dynamism and development of their local area. 2. Europe Today. Presentation of the different countries and This class is linked to students' general knowledge of zones with their geographical specificities. regional geography. The different regions and their traditional lifestyles. BIBLIOGRAPHY: History & politics : understanding national identity - Xavier BROWAEYS, Paul CHATELAIN, 2011, and the varied political institutions. Etudier une commune. Paysages, territoires, 2.4. Population and economics populations, sociétés, Coll. U Géographie, A. Societies, social structures, religion, intellectual and Colin, 319 p. cultural life, mentalities and behaviour expected in the - Guénola CAPRON, Geneviève CORTES, Hélène business world. GUETAT-BERNARD, 2005, Liens et lieux de la The European Union, the Balkans, the former Soviet mobilité, ces autres territoires, Mappemonde, Republics. BELIN, 344 p. - Bernard DEBARBIEUX, Martin VANIER (sous la BIBLIOGRAPHY: direction de), 2002, Ces territorialités qui se Fernand Braudel, Grammaire des Civilisations, dessinent, bibliothèque des territorialités, l’aube Collection Champs, Editions Flammarion- DATAR, 267 p. Réed.1997 - Florence DEPREST, 1997, Enquête sur le tourisme de masse : l’écologie face au territoire, Roland Breton, Géographie des Civilisations, Mappemonde, BELIN, 207 p. Collection Que sais-je ? – PUF, 1991. - Guy DI MEO (Sous la direction de), 1996, Les territoires du quotidien, Géographie Sociale, Gérard Chaliand et J.P.Rageau, Atlas politique L’Harmattan, 207 p. du XXème siècle, éd. le Seuil, 1988. - Hervé GUMUCHIAN, Bernard PECQUEUR (sous la direction de), 2007, La ressource territoriale, Yves Lacoste, Dictionnaire de Géopolitique Anthropos, Economica, 252 p. des Etats, éd. Flammarion, 1998. - Fabrice HATEM, 2007, Le marketing territorial. Principes, méthodes et pratiques, Coll. Les LEA4/3at : GEOGRAPHY FOR INTERNATIONAL essentiels de la gestion, Ed. ems Management et TOURISM société, 292 p. Fall Semester - Frédéric LASSAIRE et Aline LECHAUME (sous la direction de), 2003, Le territoire pensé. Lectures: 25 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Géographie des représentations territoriales, Géographie Contemporaine, Presses Universitaire COURSE PROGRAM: du Québec, 328 p. 1) International Tourism : some basic facts - Benoît MEYRONIN, 2009, Le Marketing territorial, 1) A definition Ed. Vuibert, 258 p. re 2) The growth of international tourism - Marcel RONCAYOLO, 1997 (1 édition 1978), La ville et ses territoires, Folio essais, Gallimard, 280 2. International Tourism : where ? p. 1) Sending countries - Perla SERFATY-GARZON, 2003, Chez soi. Les 2) Receiving countries territoires de l’intimité, Ed. A. Colin, 256 p. ______
85
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LEA5/1ct : GEOGRAPHY FOR INTERNATIONAL TOURISM 2 OBJECTIVE: Fall Semester - To develop a good translation technique - To learn the differences between French and Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 2 German culture, as well as their vision of the world OBJECTIVE: - To become aware of the different linguistic At the end of the class, the student should be able to means to maintain these cultural differences. understand the importance of international tourism in - To be able to use a bilingual dictionary the world economy and take into consideration all its properly various activities. Students will also understand the different components of the tourism industry and also COURSE PROGRAM: the different sources of supply and demand and the - Translating texts (about 20 lines) selected for fluctuations of the market. their theme (the working world, tourism, hotels, culture, marketing…) COURSE PROGRAM: - Methodology concerning the use of a International tourism and how it works dictionary Growth and development of international tourism - Translation processes and German distinctive Sending and receiving countries features International tourism in the world economy today Current market developments PERSONAL WORK: to read the German press regularly, to identify structures. It is a good means for BIBLIOGRAPHY: students to improve their vocabulary, spelling, LE TOURISME DANS LE MONDE A.MESPLIER ED.BREAL conjugation. To refer to the methodological advice LE TOURISME DANS LE MONDE P.DUHAMEL ED COLIN given at the beginning of the year and to the LE QUOTIDIEN DU TOURISME corrections as the year goes along in order to improve L’ECHO TOURISTIQUE the translation. Read every book which could improve orthograph, conjugation, style, and the quality of the French language.
ASSESSMENT: a 1 ½ hour test. To translate a text
German (25 to 30 lines). IMPORTANT: ALL OUR GERMAN LANGAGE COURSES ARE TAUGHT VIA THE MEDIUM OF BIBLIOGRAPHY: FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) Harrap’s Universal-Bordas/Pons Für eine aktive Kommunikation auf Deutsch – ed. PREREQUISITES: All level 1 courses assume that Spratbrow students have already studied German for at least 2 Magazines: Spiegel, Stern, Focus, etc. years. All level 2 courses assume 5 semesters previous Thematical lexic : VOX allemand, ed. Ellipses study etc. We offer no beginners courses in German. LEA1/5g : TRANSLATION FROM LEA1/1d & 5e : GERMAN GRAMMAR FRENCH INTO GERMAN Fall & Spring Semesters Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester 2 and Spring Semester 1 for French students. 2 for both semesters for foreign students. OBJECTIVE: To learn and manage the specificities of the German language, in comparison with French OBJECTIVE: To remind students of the most typical German structures COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to translating non- specialized sentences. COURSE PROGRAM: German syntax and conjugation ASSESSMENT: a 1½ hours test: to translate a text PERSONAL WORK: to revise courses and to prepare (about 20 lines). regularly exercises which are given. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESSMENT: exercises to check what students have Entraînement au thème allemand – Ellipses learnt . Für eine aktive Kommunikation auf Deutsch – ed. Spratbrow BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______Bescherelle – Les verbes allemands – Hatier D. BRESSON – Grammaire d’usage de l’allemand LEA1/1e : ORAL COMPREHENSION contemporain – Hachette Supérieur Fall Semester D. BRESSON – Précis de grammaire allemande – Hachette Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 Entraînement à la grammaire allemande – Ellipses for French students. 2 for foreign students
OBJECTIVE: to improve and perfect the quality of oral LEA1/1f : TRANSLATION FROM comprehension either general or specific. GERMAN INTO FRENCH Fall Semester
86
COURSE PROGRAM: Listening to soundtracks (video - German Embassy in Paris: www.amb- and audio tapes), dialogs, TV news, etc; in the allemagne.fr multimedia laboratory. - German History Museum in Bonn: www.hdg.de PERSONAL WORK: Listening to German radio stations (www.ard.de; www.dwelle.de; www.wdr.de), watching German TV programs (ARD, ZDF, WDR, LEA1/5f : GERMAN COMPOSITION ARTE…) and German movies in the original version as Spring Semester much as possible. Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: two or three tests which will aim at assessing the general and specific comprehension of a OBJECTIVE: To improve understanding and practice sound document. of written German.
COMMENT: students have the possibility to study for COURSE PROGRAM: From a press article or a topical the “Zertifikat Deutsch” (an exam from the “Goethe subject, we will work on the general comprehension of Institut”, level 1). a document (to analyse and summarize). Vocabulary, reformulation and commentary exercises but also essays. The subjects which are broached are tourism, LEA1/2b : CONTEMPORARY GERMANY the job market, Europe, education, the media. A part Fall Semester of the course will be devoted to the correspondence and how to write a CV/résumé. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN PERSONAL WORK: Reading German press and Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 literature, learning vocabulary and going to Germany as soon as possible OBJECTIVE: - Contemporary Germany: a geographical, ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour written exam: comprehension economic and social approach exercises (synonyms, questions, commentaries) and - To get students to think in terms of history personal expression from a press article. and economy and to understand the present - To get students used to German historical BIBLIOGRAPHY: terminology Wahrig, dictionnaire unilingue (édition poche) A.Findling, Du mot à la phrase (Ellipses) COURSE PROGRAM: Germany today Vocabulaire de l’allemand d’aujourd’hui (Livre de Introduction: Historical dates in Germany since 1945: Poche) - Ch.1: Germany’ s geography. Jean Janitza, Gunhild Samson, Pratique de l’allemand - Ch.2: Steps in German history since 1945 de A à Z (Hatier) - Ch.3: The capital : Berlin - Ch.4: The regions COMMENT: Students have the possibility to study for - Ch.5: The population the “Zertifikat Deutsch” (an exam from the “Goethe - Ch.6: Immigration Institut”, level 1). - Ch.7: Introduction to the German economy
PERSONAL WORK: LEA1/6b : GERMAN INSTITUIONS - Reading J.C. Capèle’s book (see bibliography) Spring Semester - Keeping abreast up with the German news
(newspapers, radio, TV, Internet) Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Regular learning of lessons and of vocabulary.
- To understand the main elements of German COURSE PROGRAM: Germany today identity. I) The political system:
- Basic organisation of the State BIBLIOGRAPHY: - institutions J.C. CAPELE – L’Allemagne hier et aujourd’hui – - federalism Hachette, Paris, 1996 - political parties J. LOISY – Heutiges Deutschland / L’Allemagne - the election system contemporaine – Bilingue Bréal, 1994 II) German society S. KIRCHMEYER – Blick auf Deutschland – - the school system Neubearbeitung, Klett, 1999 - women L. FEREC and F. FERRET : Dossiers de civilisation - the media allemande, ed. Ellipses, Paris.
G. RENAUD : L’unification allemande, éd. Ellipses, ASSESSMENT: an oral exam: a question concerning 2000. the course (15 min to prepare and 15 min to present J.P. GOUGEON : La civilisation allemande, Hachette your work). superieur, Paris, 1999. ______R. THOMASSIN : lexical allemand de l’économie et du commerce, ed. Ellipses, 1996. LCE2/12b-16B : INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Websites: - Lille Goethe Institut: www.goethe.de/fr/lil Fall-Spring Semester - German newspapers: www.focus.de, www.welt.de Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Interactive visit of Berlin: www.ac- amiens.fr/lycee60/cassini/expos/berlin/accueil COURSE PROGRAM: T At the end of the class, the student should be able to use the structure of sentences in German, to speak 87
German fluently in varied everyday situations, argue on a topic, use some vocabulary and varied OBJECTIVE: To improve knowledge of fundamental grammatical structures. structures
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Unilingual German dictionary - Nominal groups (nouns and adjectives) and A French-German/German- French dictionary declensions A workbook ( Stufen 2- Nathan, Klett) - The linearisation of Verbal groups - The subordinate clause MCC1/3c GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE - The passive voice - The use of subjunctive modes Fall Semester - Elements of communication
- Grammar exercises and grammatical Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 translation.
COURSE PROGRAM: Improving your spoken and ASSESSMENT: a written exam. written German. Preparing students for the Zertifikat
Deutsch exam. BIBLIOGRAPHY: The main goal is to reduce the barriers of language, to J. JANITZA, G. SAMSON – Pratique de l’allemand de A do this, understanding and oral expression will be à Z major in the course. Students will work in small groups and they will be put in concrete situations of every day life. (for each situation, the grammatical structures and the vocabulary will be dealt with) Writing will only LEA2/9e : TRANSLATION FROM be used to assert knowledge or to help learning. GERMAN INTO FRENCH Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: each student has to give in an assessment, to do a presentation without notes, and Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 to do an oral as a final exam. OBJECTIVE: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Translation techniques Wahrig German dictionary - Contemporary German vocabulary Jean-Pierre Vasseur : Mémento du germaniste www.FplusD.de COURSE PROGRAM: Albert Findling, Du mot à la phrase, ellipses - Reading texts - Training to translate economic, political and socio-cultural texts or sentences MCC1/7c GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE - Comparing and correcting students’ translations Spring Semester
ASSESSMENT: to translate an extract from a text Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (article…) and also regular tests to check students’
vocabulary acquisition. COURSE PROGRAM: Expression and oral understanding will be broaden to simple professional situations with texts explaining the context. Visual media and audio media will help students to LEA2/9f : WRITTEN EXPRESSION describe situations, to express their opinions on AND COMPREHENSION different matters and to react on selected subjects. Fall Semester They will learn how to : introduce themselves, collect information, to make appointments, describe Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 someone, give one’s opinion, ask for advice, express one’s agreement or disagreement, find a place to live OBJECTIVE: To improve and perfect your written in, organize trips… comprehension and expression either general or specific. ASSESSMENT: a written exam, a presentation without notes. COURSE PROGRAM: comprehension and written expression work from texts which are taken from the BIBLIOGRAPHY: J.P. Vasseur, Le Memento du press or from topical subjects. The work of analysis Germaniste (Grammar and vocabulary) and summary: exercises concerning vocabulary, Albert Findling, Du mot à la phrase, ellipses reformulation, commentary and personal expression. The subjects which are broached are: the media, INTERNET WEBSITES: Europe, socio-economic issues, advertising, education, Tatsachen über Deutschland (www.tatsachen-ueber- the environment…. A part of the course will be devoted deutschland.de) to correspondence (how to write a CV/Résumé and an Newsletters: application letter. www.welt.de www.ard.de ASSESSMENT: A 2 hour written exam. Exercises www.zdf.de about vocabulary, texts comprehension, commentary … and others. and personal expression. ______PERSONAL WORK: Students have to work regularly. LEA2/9d & 13d : GERMAN GRAMMAR 2 Reading of the German press (Der Spiegel, FOCUS, Fall & Spring Semesters deutsche Tageszeitungen), working on vocabulary; the aim is to improve your ability to understand and to Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 express yourself in German. 88
LEA2/13f : ORAL EXPRESSION BIBLIOGRAPHY: AND COMPREHENSION Wahrig, Dictionnaire unilingue (édition de poche) Spring Semester A. Findling, Du mot à la phrase (Ellipses) Vocabulaire de l’allemand d’aujourd’hui (Livre de Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 Poche) Jean Janitza, Gunhild Samson, Pratique de l’allemand OBJECTIVE: To improve and perfect your de A à Z (Hatier) comprehension and oral expression either general or Sites internet : www.dwelle.de; www.berlinonline.de; specific. www.tagesspiegel.de; www.FplusD.de COURSE PROGRAM: A work revolving around topical COMMENT : Students may study for the Zentrale subjects. Listening to soundtracks audio tapes and Mittelstufenprüfung (an exam from the “Goethe video (dialogs, radio programmes, reports, TV news, Institut”, level 2). extracts from movies in the original verion) in the multimedia laboratory. General and specific comprehension and summary exercises (telephone LEA2/10b : GERMAN HISTORY: conversation, role-playing, debates). FROM YEAR ZERO TO THE ECONOMIC MIRACLE Fall Semester PERSONAL WORK: Listening to German radio (www.dwelle.de; www.ard.de; www.wdr.de), watching THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN German TV (ZDF, ARD, ARTE….) and movies in the original version. To do a preparation in twos and Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 present it during the class.
OBJECTIVE: ASSESSMENT: A 1 hour written ASSESSMENT: oral - To study historical, political and cultural comprehension. events in order to understand contemporary Germany better COMMENT: Students may study for the Zentrale - To deepen students’ oral and written Mittelstufenprüfung (an exam from the “Goethe language skills Institut”, level 2).
COURSE PROGRAM: Occupied Germany ( from 1945-1949) LEA2/14b : GERMAN HISTORY: 1- The year zero, Potsdam Conference, FROM DIVISION TO REUNIFICATION Nuremberg Trials, parties Spring Semester 2- Marshall Plan, creation of a new money and Berliner Blokade THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN 3- Creation of two states, first elections at the Bundestag Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESSMENT: a written exam about the course and COURSE PROGRAM: From Division to Reunification personal work but also a document commentary. - The German Democratic Republic (from 1949 to 1989) BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The relationship between the 2 Germanies J.C. CAPELE – L’Allemagne hier et aujourd’hui – Hachette, Les Fondamentaux ASSESSMENT: an exam in German. H. DUPAS, U. BENNERT – Lexique de civilisation germanique – PUF, Major M.R. DIOT, J.R. DIOT – Deutschland – was nun ? – MCC2/11b : GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE PUF, Major Fall Semester A. WAHL – Histoire de la République fédérale d’Allemagne – Armand Colin, Paris, 1995 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 www.wikipedia.de OBJECTIVE: To ease the access to professionnal career : To master LEA2/13e : TRANSLATION FROM professional German vocabulary, to practise FRENCH INTO GERMAN conversation in German. Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 The press : analysis of contemporary economic, politic and cultural texts. COURSE PROGRAM: Patrimony : work in small groups about a cultural Reading texts subject: oral presentation to do. - Training to translate economic, political and Communication : concrete situations, role plays : socio-cultural texts or sentences spoken language. - Comparing and correcting students’ Redaction of letters. translations Grammar revisal.
ASSESSMENT: to translate an extract from a text ASSESSMENT: regular presentations and written (article…) and also regular tests to check students’ homework to give in, and a two hour written final vocabulary acquisition. exam.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Der Spiegel
89
Focus German-speaking countries. Your comments on other Vocable students’ presentations will also be taken into account « Mit Erfolg zum Zertifikat » Klett édition in the mark. « EM Übungsgrammatik » Hueber édition The final written exam will be linked to the issues ______discussed in class.
MCC2/15b : GERMAN LANGUAGE & CULTURE BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester German dictionary Wahrig Tatsachen über Deutschland (www.tatsachen-ueber- COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC2/11b deutschland.de) Newspapers: Zeit, die Welt, Focus, der Spiegel, Stern, etc. LCE3/20d : ASPECTS OF CONTEMPORARY Websites: GERMAN LITERATURE www.welt.de Fall Semester www.ard.de www.zdf.de Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 … and many more.
COURSE PROGRAM: Authority and emancipation in contemporary German literature LEA3/17e : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING 1 Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students should own a grammar book, a French-German dictionary, a French dictionary Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 and a German dictionary, the latter is essential for the written exams. COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate orally and spontaneously presentations and business negociations. Facilitating communication in a LCE3/24d ASPECTS OF CONTEMPORARY GERMAN professional context between colleagues who have no LITERATURE common language. Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: a 15 min. oral exam in pairs. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3/20d ______
LEA3/17f : TRANSLATION WITHOUT PREPARATION MCC3/19b & 23b : GERMAN FOR COMMUNICATION MAJORS Fall Semester
Fall & Spring Semesters Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per semester) COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate written documents spontaneously. Those shall deal with OBJECTIVE: commerce, marketing or press. The aim of the class is The course will deal with cultural life in Germany translation without dictionary. thanks to audio and visual aids. Students will learn how to make an interview and how to write critics and BIBLIOGRAPHY : A dictionary short presentations about a cultural work or a cultural company. Each subject students will see will be linked to methodological, lexical and grammatical work. LEA3/17d : UNDERSTANDING OF DOCUMENTS ABOUT COMMERCE AND ECONOMICS COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Based on the comment of press articles, audio and audiovisual recordings and pictures, the course will Classes: 1 hour lecture, 2 hours tutorials ( 1 writing, address the following themes: 1 speaking) ECTS credits: 3 - An overview of the German press - The German television COURSE PROGRAM: Understand and summarize the - The characteristics of the Swiss and Austrian presses content of varied documents dealing with economics - The art creation in the German-speaking countries and commerce. (dance, theatre, fine arts…) ( Economic System, Industry, Justice in German - Berlin, a world in the city factories, Marketing, Prices, Communication, Fairs and - Cinema and propaganda – Leni Riefenstahl’s cinema Expositions, E Commerce, Tourism, Logisitic, Banks) Each session will be divided into to parts: - A first part dedicated to commenting on students’ presentations - A theoretical part during which the students will have LEA3/21d : BUSINESS TRANSLATION to improve their personal reflection and knowledge by FROM FRENCH INTO GERMAN studying documents and by commenting on them. Spring Semester The course aims at: - improving the student’s listening, writing and oral Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 skills; - teaching about interculturality and the media and OBJECTIVE: to improve students’ use of the language cultural background in the German-speaking countries. and give them specific vocabulary used in professional documents. To master the specificities of the written ASSESSMENT: Each student will have to do an oral language . presentation about the media and cultural issues in the 90
COURSE PROGRAM: A French dictionary: Le Nouveau Petit Robert - translation exercises enabling students to Dictionnaire de l’allemand économique, commercial et recognise translation difficulties financier, Langue pour tous, Pocket - to translate authentic economic and commercial documents (company brochures, correspondence, contract of insurance, LEA3/21f : INTERPRETING 2 instructions, set menus, advertising Spring Semester documents, etc…) Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 PERSONAL WORK: to practise translating, to prepare your translation for the next lesson, to memorize COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to translate orally and vocabulary, to do lexical research, to read the German spontaneously speeches and presentations in the other press (Spiegel, Focus, …) regularly. language. We shall especially concentrate on the need to be concise and summarise the content as we ASSESSMENT: to translate a document or an extract translate. from a document of a professional nature. ASSESSMENT: Students will be expected to translate BIBLIOGRAPHY: orally without preparation a 5 minute oral Boelcke et Straub: L’allemand des affaires, Les presentation. Langues Modernes ______Boelcke et Straub : L’allemand économique et commercial, Presses Pocket LEA4/1f : PROFESSIONAL GERMAN Winterbucher, Charpiot, Vocabulaire allemand Fall & Spring Semesters contemporain, Vuibert
Cavalli-Flepp Y., Wirtschaft, L’allemand du commerce Classes: 36 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 (per et de l’économie, Méthode et exercices, éd. Ellipses, semester) 1998
Janitza et Samson, Pratique de l’allemand de A à Z, OBJECTIVE: Hatier For students to understand documents from the world Dinard-Thiele, Vocabulaire de l’Allemand d’Aujourd’hui of busines sin German – Les Langues Modernes For students to be able to summarise documents in A German dictionary : Duden or Wahrig German using formal language. A bilingual dictionary: Le Petit Robert For students to be able to translate business
correspondance into German. For students to be able to express themselves LEA3/21e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION spontaneously and fluently in modern idiomatic FROM GERMAN INTO FRENCH German on professional issues. Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 * Studying written and oral documents from the business world in German. OBJECTIVE: * Oral presentations in class on business issues. - to translate economic, commercial and * Translating business correspondance. specialized documents. Students will work exclusively on authentic documents (company brochures, correspondence, insurance LEA4/1h : WRITTEN COMMUNICATION contracts, instructions, set menus, advertising Fall Semester documents, job offers, tourist guides, order
forms, legal texts, etc…) Classes: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - to think about words, their meaning and
polysemy OBJECTIVE: To create professional documents - to improve and strengthen translation
techniques and students’ vocabulary COURSE PROGRAM: Working on the creation of - to be able to use a dictionary documents, such as:
- A Web page for an educational Website COURSE PROGRAM: - An advert for a service - reading and translating documents - A tourist brochure - a common translation will be given so that - A Website for a company students are able to check theirs
ASSESSMENT: Presenting a portfolio composed of 4 PERSONAL WORK: to practise translating, to prepare documents you will have created your translation for the following lesson, to memorize vocabulary, to read German press (Spiegel, Focus, …) regularly and translate it, to learn French structures. LEA4/1j : THE GERMAN ECONOMY ASSESSMENT: to translate a document or an extract Fall & Spring Semesters from a document of a professional nature. During the year, there will also be tests to check students’ THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN vocabulary acquisition. Lectures: 27 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: An unilingual dictionary: Wahrig de poche COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding the German A bilingual dictionary: Pons, Langenscheidt, Harrap’s, economy and the business world in Germany. Universal…(your choice)
91
ASSESSMENT: oral presentations and essays. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: To acquire knowledge about important LEA4/4e : ORAL COMMUNICATION questions regarding the U.S. population; to gain an Spring Semester understanding of important issues in U.S. society; to learn to analyse and comment on primary and Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 secondary documents; and acquire oral and written skills in English. OBJECTIVE: To teach students to present, describe and analyse professional activities in German. COURSE PROGRAM: The course is divided into five thematic units, which in COURSE PROGRAM: each case will be approached from an historical - Presenting a company perspective: - Presenting a tourist attraction - Settlement of North America and the growth - Negotiations of the United States - Phone conversations & reservations - Immigration - Summing-up a meeting - Native Americans - Slavery and African Americans PERSONAL ASSIGNMENT : Creating a franco- - Mexican Americans/Hispanics german project : organisation, reservations, program etc. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An ASSESSMENT: Oral examination (20 minutes) Introduction, Routledge - Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Facts on File, 2006 - Sicard, Pierre and Frédérique Spill, eds. LEA5/10f : GERMAN FOR MARKETING Regards sur l'Amérique , Approche Fall Semester documentaire des Etats-Unis. Paris : A. Colin,
2011. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Carrez, Stéphanie and Sandrine Ferré-Rode.
Panorama de l'histoire des Etats-Unis. PROGRAM : German for marketing and lobbying. Studyrama, 2013. Negociating in German in an intercultural context.
INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= History milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu IMPORTANT: ALL OUR HISTORY COURSES ARE www.uk-us.org TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED) LCE1/1b INTRODUCTION TO BRITISH HISTORY E3/2c: FRENCH HISTORY Fall Semester FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Spring Semester THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: To give an overview of the history of COURSE PROGRAM: France to international students who have not studied - Physical and human geography the subject before. - Population and social class - Religion and education COURSE PROGRAM: - The institutional environment The construction of the territory and the birth of the - Elections and the political parties French nation. - The evolution of the welfare state - A crossroads for many peoples - Britain and the world - The territory of the ‘Franks’ - The Capetian state BIBLIOGRAPHY: France’s political role and cultural influence in Europe - Pierre Lurbe, Peter John, Civilisation in modern times. britannique, Hachette supérieur, 2010. - Humanism & Renaissance in France - The kingdom of France in the 17th century
- Causes & effects of the revolution in 1789 LCE1/5a : UNITY AND DIVERSITY IN AMERICAN
SOCIETY
Spring Semester ASSESSMENT: The will be a test in class about halfway through the term and a final written exam. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 LCE1/1a : AMERICAN CIVILISATION Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Acquire knowledge about important questions THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH regarding U.S. history;
92
Gain an understanding of important issues in U.S. society; THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Learn to analyse and comment on primary and secondary documents; Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Acquire oral and written skills in English. OBJECTIVE: Acquire an understanding of important COURSE PROGRAM: questions regarding U.S. history and society; The course is divided into 4 thematic units that focus Learn to analyse and comment on primary and on the themes of unity and diversity in American secondary documents; society, which in each case will be first approached Acquire listening and written skills in English. from a historical perspective, before an examination of the contemporary period: COURSE PROGRAM: Unit I Geography, Regions The course is divided into 4 thematic units, which in Unit II People: Religion each case will be approached from a historical Unit III People: Minority Groups perspective: Unit IV Beliefs and Values : The American Way of Life Unit I - The United States: immigration,the melting pot ASSESSMENT: An oral exam (15 mins. preparation, Unit II - Growth of the United States and Its Regions 15 mins. presentation) and a question which students Unit III – Minorities and ethnic Identities will have to answer in English. Unit IV - Religion
BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESSMENT: An written exam and a final written Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An exam. Introduction, Routledge Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Facts on File, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2006 Mauk & Oakland American Civilization: An Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton Introduction, Routledge Nash, Gary B. Atlas of American History, Facts on File, INTERNET WEBSITES: 2006 www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu INTERNET WEBSITES: www.uk-us.org www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= ______milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu LCE1/5b BRITISH HISTORY www.uk-us.org ______Spring Semester
H1/1a : MODERN HISTORY : EUROPE AND THE THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH WORLD IN THE 16TH CENTURY
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per Great Britain from the Industrial Revolution up to week WWI( 1760-1914) ECTS credits: 6 The course deals with the evolution of British civilisation of the mid XVIIIth up to the early XXth COURSE PROGRAM: century.Processes and events are studied in a - Europe opening up to the outside world and chronological order. It gives the different stages of the trade (conquest and exploitation of the New Industrial Revolution and the shift from a rural society World) to an industrialised one.The Victorian Era and - Importance of religion (the Protestant Victorianism are then studied as proofs of political, Reformation and the Catholic Counter- social and cultural transformations up to the Great Reformation) War. - Construction of the modern state (Henri 1- Introduction to the industrial society: an IV’s policy) acceleration of history 2- Industrial Revolution, phase one BIBLIOGRAPHY: 3- Industrial Revolution, Phase Two B. BENNASSAR, J. JACQUARD – Le XVIème siècle – 4- The three major phases of the Victorian coll. U, Paris, 1972 Period F. BRAUDEL – La dynamique du capitalisme – Paris, 5- Victorian Society 1985 6- “Great transformation” of British Civilisation F. MAURO – L’expansion européenne – Paris, 1991 R. MUCHEMBLED – Les XVI et XVIIème siècles – Grand BIBLIOGRAPHY: Amphi, Paris, 1995
Christopher Harvie and H.C.G. Matthew, Nineteenth- Century Britain :A Very Short Introduction, Oxford H1/1b : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY : FRANCE University Press, 2000 DURING THE THIRD REPUBLIC 1870-1940 Fall & Spring Semesters ______Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours LEA1/6a : per week INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN CIVILISATION ECTS credits: 6 per semester Spring Semester
93
COURSE PROGRAM: The economics of the Ancien Régime After A difficult beginning, following a military defeat Everyday life in town and country in 17th and a period of uncertainty, the republican regime century France took root: France became pregressively more and more republican. However, the constitutional debate BIBLIOGRAPHY: never really stopped and was only interrupted by - J. CORNETTE, Histoire de France: another defeat in 1940. However, a democratic Absolutisme et Lumières, Paris 1993 political culture appeared. - J.C. PETITFILS, Louis XIV, Paris 1995 Beyond this the new republican regime was - P. Goubert, Louis XIV et 20 millions de set up at the same as a period of economic, social and Français, Paris 1966. cultural renovation. France became an industrial power - P. Goubert et D. Roche, Les Français et with all the social issues such development inevitably l’Ancien Régime, T. 1 et 2, Paris 1984 brings. On the other hand, France remained a country ______of small farms and small scale agricultural production. Throughout the country, urban culture got stronger, H1/4b : CIVILISATIONS OF THE MIDDLE EAST communicated by compulsory schooling and the Fall Semester media, but among the masses various elites imposed their leadership in the new capital of fashion in the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 western world, Paris. But France wasn't only a cultural power OBJECTIVE: durign this period. She also increased her influence The aim of the class to provide the means for students overseas and consolidated her colonial empire. to gain a better understanding of the culture of hte However, her political humiliations in Europe were not Middle East and thus to see the connections between forgotten and once she had returned to the winning what you can see in these countries and what it means side in 1918, briefly enjoyed her position as a power or meant for the inhabitants. Ever since ancient times on the world stage. the Middle East has always attracted travellers and foreign visitors, but many have lacked the knowledge BIBLIOGRAPHY: to interpret what they saw. Nouvelle histoire de la France contemporaine, T. 10- 11-12-13, Edition du Seuil, collection Points-Histoire. COURSE PROGRAM: M. Agulhon, La République, Tome 1, Hachette Buildings, art, architecture in both specific and Littératures, Collection Pluriel. universal contexts with be studied in the context of of F. Caron, La France des patriotes, Histoire de France, a historical and chronological presentation of the area. Tome 5, Fayard. We shall look at architectural decoration, calligraphy R. Rémond, Notre siècle, Histoire de France, Tome 6, and painting as well as literature from the region. We Fayard. shall examine the visual culture of an ancient civilisation which has become, throughout the centuries, more an dmore complex. Influenced by LM1/4a : FRENCH HISTORY: THE 16th to 18th geometry, arithmetic and astronomy, Middle Eastern CENTURIES artists have developped a specifically arab and islamic Fall Semester artistic tradition. Studying the means used by Middle Eastern countries Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 today to preserve their artistic heritage will lead from the mountains of Nubia to the waters of the Nile, COURSE PROGRAM: seeing the work done by UNESCO to save the natural The construction and specificity of the Ancien Régime : beauties of the region in the 1960s and 70s. This power structure, institutions, society. campaign led the concept of World Heritage sites after Calling the old ways into question leading to the the signature of the World heritage Convention in collapse of the system. The Enlightenment and the 1972. French Revolution. The new foundations of French society in the 19th century. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Republican France : society and authority - Le monde arabe , Mohamed Kacimi ; Éditeur :Milan , 2007 BIBLIOGRAPHY: - À la rencontre du Maghreb , Akram Ellyas ; Éditeur : - Michel Denis and Noël Blayau, Le XVIIIe Découverte, 2001 siècle, Collection U - Atlas du monde arabe: géopolitique et société ;Rafic - François Bluche, L’ancien régime : Boustani, Philippe Fargues ;Éditeur Bordas, 1990 institutions et société, Le livre de poche – - QANTARA , magazine culturel du Monde Arabe publié références par l’Institut du Monde Arabe à Paris - Pierre Goubert, L’Ancien Régime, Collection U Ressources internet : ______Le site de l’Institut du Monde Arabe à Paris : http://www.imarabe.org/ H1/5a : FRANCE UNDER LOUIS XIII & LOUIS XIV Patrimoine historique et culturel de la Méditerranée : Spring Semester www.qantara-med.org Promouvoir le voyage culturel dans le Monde Arabe : Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per www.rahhala.net week ECTS credits: 6 H1/8b INTRODUCTION TO ARCHEOLOGY COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Study of Louis XIII’s reign (1610-1643) and of Louis XIV’s long reign (1643-1715) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Establishing an absolute monarchy (institutions, government methods) COURSE PROGRAM:
94
- Documentary research (archives, LEA2/14a: AMERICAN GOVERNMENT museums, libraries etc.) Spring Semester - Applied topography - Methods (aerial archeology, preparing the THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH ground, physical geography) - Organising a dig Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Recording your discoveries (conservation, storage, classifying finds) OBJECTIVE: - Drawing a dig plan, how to portray Acquire an understanding of important questions archeological levels and plans) regarding U.S. history and society; - Drawing techniques (plans and cuts of the Learn to analyse and comment on primary and archaeologic structures) secondary documents; - Big archaeological trends and structures Acquire oral and written skills in English. (from Prehistory to the Middle Ages) - Periodisation (chronologies, sériation COURSE PROGRAM: methods) - The U.S. Constitution - The U.S. Congress - The U.S. President LEA1/2a: BRITISH INSTITUTIONS - The U. S. Supreme Court Fall Semester - The U.S Presidential Elections
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: -E. Ashbee & N. Ashford, U.S. Politics Today, Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Manchester University Press, 1999. -M. Landy & S. M. Milkis, American Government. OBJECTIVE: Balancing Democracy and Rights, Cambridge At the end of the year, students should be familiar to University Press, 2008. the functionment of British institutions and should -M. J. C. Vile, Politics in the USA, Routledge, 2010. answer correctly and fluently about the content of the program. WEBSITE RESOURCES : COURSE PROGRAM: - Political Geography http://www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?fla - Parliament sh=old&page=milestone - Constitution http://www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ - Government http://www.america.gov/ - Electoral System ______- Political Parties - Devolution LEA2/18b: GERMANY AND EUROPE - Trade Unions Fall Semester - The Welfare State BIBLIOGRAPHY: THIS LESSON IS TAUGHT IN GERMAN - BLAMONT, Gérard et Anne Paquette, Les clés de la civilisation britannique, Ellipses, 2000. Lectures: 1.30 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - BONNET-PIRON, Daniel, La civilisation britannique, Nathan, 2007 OBJECTIVE: - OAKLAND, John, British Civilization: an Introduction, At the end of the year, students should undersand Routledge, 2006. German history from the reunification and on the ______French-German relationships
LEA2/10a: BRITAIN IN THE 19th CENTURY COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester - European Politics with Helmut Kohl, Gerhard Schröder, Angela Merkel THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH - France and Germany ( CECA, De Gaulle/Adenauer, De Gaulle/Erhard Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Kissinger, Pompidou/Brandt, Giscard/Schmitt, Kohl/ Mitterand, OBJECTIVE: Chirac/Schröder, Sarkozy/ Merkel) At the end of the year, students should understand - and be able to comment on the main point of British BIBLIOGRAPHY: society since the Industrial Revolution Gisela Müller-Brandeck-Bocquet, Corina Schukraft, Nicole Leuchtweis, Ulrike Keßler : Deutsche COURSE PROGRAM: Europapolitik: Von Adenauer bis Merkel, VS Verlag - The Industrial Revolution up to WWII für Sozialwissenschaften; 2ème édition 2010. - Economic and social conditions during Hans Stark : La politique internationale de Victorian Times l'Allemagne : Une puissance malgré elle, Presses - Political Evolution up to Universal Sufferage Universitaires du Septentrion (17 novembre 2011) - Between the wars - BIBLIOGRAPHY: H1/2b: HISTORY & GEOGRAPHY - Ouvrage indispensable: Norman Lowe, Mastering METHODOLOGIES Modern British History, London, Macmillan, 2009 . Fall Semester ______Tutorials: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
95
- The Restoration OBJECTIVE: To give students an methodological and - The Glorious Revolution (establishment of a epistemological understanding of history and constitutional monarchy) geography. - The Hanoverian succession - The First Prime Ministers COURSE PROGRAM: - The Enlightenment and Methodism This course will serve as an introduction to Physical and Environmental geography. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Basic methodologies belonging to Kenneth O. MORGAN, The Oxford History of Britain; geography (spatial analysis, spatio- Oxford University Press temporal scales) - The geo-system concept LCE2/13a : THE UNITED STATES FROM THE CIVIL WAR TO THE END OF THE GREAT DEPRESSION Spring Semester
LM1/8a : 19th CENTURY FRENCH HISTORY THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Spring Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: Political hesitations during the first half of the Acquire an understanding of the key historical 19th century : constitutional monarchies and moments and social movements in the United States the Republic in the 1865-1940 period; The Second Empire and the modernisation of Acquire ability to reason and explain the causes and France consequences of key events in the period studied; Republican France: birth and development of Learn to analyse and comment on primary and the 3rd Republic secondary documents; Acquire oral and written skills in English.
LCE2/9b : BRITISH HISTORY: FROM THE ORIGINS TO THE END OF THE MIDDLE AGES COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester The course focuses on the history of the United States from the end of the Civil War to the Great Depression. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Course units are divided as follows: Reconstruction Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week African Americans under Reconstruction and Beyond ECTS credits: 3 Native American Indians Western Settlement COURSE PROGRAM: The Growth of Big Business - Roman conquest The Labor Movement - Anglo-Saxon era American Imperialism - Norman Conquest The Progressive Era - The Normans and the Civil War Prosperity and the Stock Market Crash - The Plantaganet era (creation of The Great Depression and the New Deal parliament, first civil liberties, etc.) - The 14th century: pre-reformation BIBLIOGRAPHY: movements, peasants’ revolt, etc. BUENKER John D. & Edward R. KANTOWICZ, eds., - The Wars of the Roses Historical Dictionary of the Progressive Era, 1890-1920 - Beginnings of the Renaissance (Greenwood Press, 1988) CHAMBERS, John Whiteclay. The Tyranny of Change: BIBLIOGRAPHY: America in the Progressive Era, 1890-1920 (Rutgers Kenneth O. MORGAN, The Oxford History of Britain; University Press, 2000) Oxford University Press NASH, Gary B. Atlas of American History (Facts on File, 2006) PARRISH, Michael E. Anxious Decades: America in Prosperity and Depression, 1920-1941 (W W Norton & LCE2/13b : RENAISSANCE, REFORMATION AND Co. Ltd., 1994) REVOLUTION IN BRITAIN (1485-1760) RODRIGUEZ, Junius P., ed. Slavery in the United Spring Semester States: A Social, Political, and Historical Encyclopedia
(ABC-CLIO Ltd, 2007) THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton)
Artaud, Denise. Le New Deal. Paris : Armand Colin, Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week « U2 », 1969. ECTS credits: 3
INTERNET WEBSITES: COURSE PROGRAM: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= - 16th and17th centuries milestone - Tudor concept of monarchy www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ - The Reformation www.uk-us.org/ - James I and the divine rights of Kings library.wisc.edu/etext/WIReader/Contents/Idea.html - The Civil War ______- The Commonwealth (early democratic
movements, Protestant pluralism, etc.) 96
H2/9a GREEK HISTORY: ANCIENT GREECE Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Moving from Ancient history into the Middle Ages is * Time and Space in the World of Ancient Greece one continuous process. Far from brutal, this transition * The Birth of the Greek City States is the culmination of a long period of change which * Crises in the archaic period and the rise of Sparta started in the third century with the barbarian * The golden age of the City States: Athens as a case invasions. The fall of Rome and the deposition of the study last Emperor in the West in 476 did not leave Gaul * Alliances and independence in the classical period feeling that a catatrophe had occurred and that they * The rise of Federalism and the Confederations were now in the Middle Ages ! Roman civilisation was never completely lost and the following European Bibliography: dynasties would take what they wanted from Roman - P. ARNAUD, Les sources de l'Histoire Ancienne, Paris culture and civilisation. 1995 (présente à la fois les auteurs grecs et romains de l'Antiquité). Contents : European society from the middle of the - J. De ROMILLY, Précis de littérature grecque, Paris 6th century to the end of the 9th century. 1980. - A. et F. QUEYREL, Lexique d'histoire et de civilisation BIBLIOGRAPHY: grecque, Paris 1996. Grégoire de Tours, Histoire des Francs - M. C. AMOURETTI et F. RUZE, Le monde grec Frédégaire et continuateurs, Chroniques antique, 1978. M Balard, J.Ph Genêt, M. Rouche :.Des Barbares à la - C. ORRIEUX et P. SCHMITT -PANTEL, Histoire Renaissance. Reed. 2010 grecque, Paris 1995. (Très utile) J. Le Goff, La civilisation de l’Occident médiéval. - E. SCHEID-TISSINIER, L’Homme grec aux origines de Karl Ferdinand Werner, Les Origines, avant l'an mil , la cité Paris 1999. Paris 1986 - E. LEVY, La Grèce au Ve siècle, de Clisthène à Laurence Charlotte Feffer et Patrick Périn, Les Francs, Socrate, Paris 1995 (NHA n° 2) Paris, 1987 - P. CARLIER, Le IVe siècle grec jusqu'à la mort Pierre Riché et Patrick Périn, Dictionnaire des Francs - d'Alexandre, 1995 (NHA n° 3) Les temps Mérovingiens, 1996, ______Michel Rouche, Clovis, Paris, 1996 Patrick J. Geary, Naissance de la France : le monde H2/9a ROMAN HISTORY: ANCIENT ROME mérovingien, Paris, 1989 Fall Semester ______
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 H2/9b : CLASSICAL & MEDIEVAL ARCHEOLOGY Fall Semester
Introduction :. Rome, location and history Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Chap. 1. Royal Rome, without myths : Etrusquian civilization’s influence COURSE PROGRAM: Chap. 2. Rome at the conquest of the Mediterranean This course aims at giving students a basic knowledge Sea: Samnite and Punic Wars. of archeological methods and the different kinds of Chap. 3. Agrarian crisis in the IInd century B.C., object found during excavations. Internships or other reforms by the Gracques brothers practical experience may be arranged on request. Chap. 4. Civil Wars of the 1st century: from Marius to Homes from prehistoric shelters to medieval Caesar, 40 years of trouble. farms Chap. 5. Reorganization of the State by Julius Towns and villages from prehistoric times to Caesar: caesarian dictatorship (48 à 44 before our then end of the Middle Ages era). Monuments and military structures
BIBLIOGRAPHY: BIBLIOGRAPHY: M. CHRISTOL et D. NONY, Des origines de Rome aux - RENFREW & BAHN, Archeology: Theories, invasions barbares, 1974. Methods & Practice, London, 1993 - J.-R. JANNOT, A la rencontre des Etrusques, 1987. RENFREW (C.), BAHN (P.), Archaeology : - J. HEURGON, La Vie Quotidienne chez les Etrusques, Theories, Methods and practice, Londres 1993 Paris 1961. (& rééd.) - D. BRIQUEL, Les Etrusques, peuple de la différence, Les mystères de l’archéologie : Les sciences à Paris 1993. la recherche du passé. Lyon : P.U.L. -CMNH , - F. HINARD, La République romaine, Paris 1992. 1990. - M. Le GLAY, Rome, grandeur et déclin de la La vie préhistorique, Dijon : S.P.F.-Faton, République, Paris 1990 1992 - B. COMBET -FARNOUX, Les Guerres puniques, Paris L’Europe au temps d’Ulysse, Dieux et héros 1960. de l’âge du Bronze. Paris : RMN., 1999. - S. LANCEL, Hannibal, Paris 1995. Les Mycéniens. Des Grecs du IIe millénaire, - J. HEURGON, Rome et la Méditerranée occidentale, Dijon : Faton, 1994. Paris, 1969. Les Grecs en Occident, Venise : Palazzo - R. ETIENNE, Jules César, Paris 1997. Grassi : 1996. ______THUILLIER (J.-P.), Les Etrusques. La fin d’un mystère, Paris, 1990 H2/10a : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: THE Les Etrusques et l’Europe, Paris : R.M.N., MEROVINGIAN DYNASTY 1992.
97
Ferdière, Les campagnes en Gaule Romaine, citizen. We shall be putting particular emphasis on the Errance, coll. Les Hespérides, 1988. city itself, Rome, one of the numerous Roman cities P. Perrin et L. Pfeffer, Les francs à l’origine de which grow up around the Mediterranean during this la France, coll. Civilisations, 1987. period, the beginning of the Christian era. Archéologie des villes du Nord Ouest de - Patricians and Plebeians : the l’Europe (VII-XIII siècle), actes du congrès de responsibilities of the citizen in Republican la Société d’Archéologie médiévale, 1994. Rome - The institutions : the Senate, comitea and main magistrates in Rome H2/11h & 15h : RESEARCH: A HISTORY OF - Traditional Roman religion : religious BOOKS AND LIBRARIES groups in Rome under the republic Fall & Spring Semesters - Roman citizens and war : the army and religion under Marius Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per - Rome and Roman cities : an urban semester) civilisation? - Everyday life and leisure : the monumental COURSE PROGRAM: This course aims at giving aspect of Roman cities. chronological references in the history of writing until our time. The students will study more particularly the BIBLIOGRAPHY: library’s tradition from the origins to the Middle-Ages. F.DUPONT, le citoyen romain sous la république (509-27 avant J.C), 1989-1994. BIBLIOGRAPHY: R.ADAM, Institutions et Citoyenneté de la Histoire des bibliothèques françaises, Paris 1988-1992 Rome républicains, Paris1996. A.Labarre, Histoire du livre, Que sais-je n° 620. C.NIVOLET, le métier de citoyen dans la Masson, D. Pallier, Les bibliothèques, Que sais-je n° Rome républicaine, Paris 1976. 944. J.GAUDEMET, le droit privé romain, Paris ______1974. P.GRIMAL, la civilisation romaine, Paris 1960. J.SCHEID, la religion romaine, Paris LCE2E/9a : SPANISH HISTORY 1971(recueil de textes) Fall Semester G.DUMEZIL, le religion romaine archaïque,
Paris 1987 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH J.P.BRISSON dir.,Problèmes de la guerre à
Rome, Paris –La Haye 1969. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 M.FEUGERE, les armes des Romains de la
république à l’Antiquité tardive, Paris 1993. OBJECTIVE: To learn the main historical events of Y.LE BOHEC, Histoire militaire des Guerres Spain throughout the 20th century. puniques, Paris 1996..
A.PELLETIER, L’urbanisme romain sous COURSE PROGRAM: l’empire, Paris 1982 - The Spanish Restoration P. CORBIER, Rome, ville et capitale de la fin - Primo de Rivera’s dictatorship during the de la république à la fin des Antonins, SEDES. 2nd Republic
- The Civil War : causes and consequences
BIBLIOGRAPHY: H2/13a : ANCIENT GREEK CIVILISATION - Emile Termine, historia de la Espãna Spring Semester contemporanea (desde 1808 hasta nuestros dias) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - Guy Hermet, la guerre d’Espagne - Javier Tusell, Historia de Espãna en el siglo COURSE PROGRAM: XX Introduction : Greek demography at Antiquity - Pedro Aguado Blaye, Historia de Espãna Chap. 1.Being a citizen, being privileged? - Bartolomé Benassar, la guerre civile Chap. 2. The city and strangers: Xenos and Metoikos espagnole et ses lendemains Chap. 3. Women and their place in the classic city - Ballesteros Arranz, Espãna desde la guerra de Chap. 4. Dependents and slaves in Greek cities. la independencia hasta la Restauraciõn Chap. 5. Religion in Greece: places, actors, rites of - Josep Pla, la 2° Repùblica espanõla (1931-36) Greek cults - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com Chap. 6. War in Greece, from Homer to Alexander. - http://www.historiasiglo20.org - http://es.wikipedia.org BIBLIOGRAPHY: F. CHAMOUX – La civilisation grecque – Paris, 1966 ______C. VATIN – Citoyens et non-citoyens dans le monde grec – Paris, 1976 H2/13a : ROMAN HISTORY: FROM THE REPUBLIC R. LONIS – L’étranger dans le monde grec – Nancy, TO THE BEGINNING OF THE EMPIRE 1988 Spring Semester J.P VERNANT – Problèmes de la guerre en Grèce ancienne – Paris, 1985 Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 J.N CORVISIER – Guerre et société dans les mondes grecs (490 – 322 av. J.C.) – Paris, 1999 COURSE PROGRAM: The city, the Roman citizen, the army and religion. We shall be looking at the material framework of the H2/13b : WORLD CIVILISATIONS : ISLAM Roman’s daily life. Politically divided between two Spring Semester vastly different systems, he continues his life as a
98
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/12b. ______COURSE PROGRAM:. The origins of Arab Muslim civilisation LCE3/17b : BRITISH SOCIAL AND POLITICAL The governmental system HISTORY 1945-1990 The reasons for the fragmentation of the Fall Semester muslim world from the formation of dynasties and from great political and religious THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH tendencies. Intellectual movements Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Domestic Politics and Social D. et J. SOURDEL, La civilisation de l'islam Issues in Great Britain 1945 – 1991 classique, Coll. Les Grandes Civilisations/ 1. Preparing for peace / reconstruction Arthaud, 1983. Nationalisation / centralisation Claude CAHEN, L'islam des origines au début The beginnings of the Welfare State de l'Empire ottoman, Bordas, 1970.Réédition Re-establishment of political Hachette 1997. identities (end of coalition, Miquel : L’Islam et sa civilisation VIIe-XXe persistence of two-party system, siècles, Paris 1977. decline of liberals / establishment J.C Garcin et alii ; Etats, sociétés et cultures and death of SDP) du monde musulman médiéval ( Xe-XVe 2. Economic questions siècles) 3 vol. Paris 1995-2000. J.M. Keynes & Co Sterling party / deflation / H2/14a : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: The Carolingian devaluation Dynasty From rationing to the affluent society Spring Semester and back to austerity The growth of an underclass Lectures: 4 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 3. Industrial relations The role of the TUC and its COURSE PROGRAM: relationship with the Labour party From 639 to 751, the Pippinide family increasingly Cooperation to conflict to decline of take more and more power from the Merovingians. In the unions 751, Pepin the Short finally takes power and starts a Questions of unemployment dynasty of his own. Take this class to learn all about Trade Unions them ! 4. The Arts The beginnings of a government Bibliography: cultural policy Pierre Riché, Les Carolingiens, une famille qui fit The swinging sixties and birth of pop l'Europe, Paris, 1983 music (réimpr. 1997), 490 p Creation of teen culture Pierre Riché, Dictionnaire des Francs, vol. 2. Les Culture & the regions / minorities Carolingiens, Paris, 1997 5. The decline of established religion and the liberalisation of public morals Britain as a pluralistic society o The “Honest to God” debate / rise of LM2/12b & 16b: GREEK HISTORY evangelicalism Fall and Spring Semesters o The media / scandal / the invasion of
privacy Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 o Homosexuality / abortion /
censorship, etc. COURSE PROGRAM:
Introduction to the Greek world and institutions: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Presentation of the Greek world, the concept of city- D. THOMSON – England in the Twentieth Century – state and its evolutions, federal states, and Penguin institutional foundations of relationships between K.O. MORGAN – The People’s Peace – Oxford cities. University Press
A. CAIRNCROSS – The British Economy since 1945 – BIBLIOGRAPHY : Oxford University Press - Le monde grec antique MC Amouretti et F M. SMITH – British Foreign Policy: Tradition, Change & Ruze (Paris 1991) Transformation - La cité dans le monde grec, R Lonis (Pari ______1994)
- La cité grecque à l' époque classique, P H2/12c: CIVILISATION OF THE FORMER LOW Brule (Rennes 1995) COUNTRIES - Cités et Royaumes du monde grec:espaces Fall Semester et politique, J M Bertrand ( Paris 1992) Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - ______
OBJECTIVE: LM2/16b: GREEK HISTORY The former Low Countries are what we would now call Fall and Spring Semesters the Euro-region. It is an astonishing region which has
developed along with France, Germany and England. It Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 has lots of waterways (the Meuse, the Escaut, the
99
Rhine and the North Sea) Its location enables lots of BIBLIOGRAPHY: economic and cultural wealth. At the end of the class, J. CORNETTE – Absolutisme et lumières, Hachette the student should be able to enlight and understand 2001 the importance of a region inside the Eurozone. J. DELUMEAU – Naissance et affirmation de la Réforme ______– Le catholicisme entre Luther et Voltaire – PUF, « Nouvelle Clio », n°30 H3/18b : EGYPTIAN HISTORY. H. DREVILON – Introduction à l’histoire culturelle de Fall Semester l’Ancien Régime – SEDES, Campus, 1997 H. DUCCINI – Histoire de la France au XVIIème siècle Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 – SEDES, Campus, 2000 A. JOUANNA – La France au XVIème siècle, 1483 – OBJECTIVE: After the dissapearance of Alexander the 1598 – Fayard, 1998 Great in 323 before our era, his immense empire will P. GOUBERT, D. ROCHE – Les Français et l’Ancien be redistributed to his generals.One of them, Régime – Armand Colin, 1984 Ptolemee, son of Lagos, will be reigning over the whole B. BENASSAR et J . JACQUART, le XVIè siècle, 2001 Southern part of Alexander’s conquests, from Cyprus up to Southern Egypt. His successors, from Ptolemee II to Clepopatra VI will H3/17a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY: THE create the lagid dynasty which will spread the Greek FRENCH REVOLUTION 1787-1799 culture along the Nile’s Valley. Fall Semester After having fought for long against their opponents implanted in the eastern part of Alexander’s conquest, Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 from Syria to Mesopotamia. In 30 B.C. , Octave is the last lagid Queen and Egypt becomes a Roman territory COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: All the upheavals of the French Revolution will be Chap. 1. Alexander and Eastern Conquest. revisited in the light of recent research. Two Chap. 2.The Ptolémées : History of Egypt under the approaches will be given priority: a chronological Lagid dynasty analysis first of all and then a thematic study. There is Chap. 3. The political system and institutions they obviously a lot to say and students will be required in put into motion their personal reading to complete the information Chap. 4. Its economy and fiscal policy : an efficient presented in class. system. We shall also look at some important documents from Chap. 5. Alexandrie, main city, economic and cultural the period in question. Chap. 6. Populations of Egypt : Relationships between Greeks and Strangers BIBLIOGRAPHY: Chap. 7. Rome, the fall of the last hellenistic dynasty Biard Michel et Dupuy Pascal, La Révolution française : Chap. 8. Cléopatra, Egyptian Queen, between dynamique et ruptures 1787-1804 Ceasar and Marc Anthony BIBLIOGRAPHY: - J. DELORME, Le monde hellénistique, (323-133 av. J.C.), H3/19a : MODERN PALEOGRAPHY & RESEARCH évènements et institutions, 1975. METHODOLOGY - C. GRANJEAN et alii., Le monde hellénistique, 2008. Fall Semester - J. M. BERTRAND, L’hellénisme (323-31 av. J.C.) ; rois, cités et peuples, 1992. Lectures: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: 1 - P. CABANES, Le monde hellénistique, de la mort d’Alexandre à la Paix d’Apamée, 1995. COURSE PROGRAM: Studying copies of texts from - C. VIAL, Les Grecs, de la Paix d’Apamée à la bataille d’Actium, the 16th and 17th centuries, from Belgian archives on 1995. the following themes : - C. PREAUX, Le monde hellénistique; la Grèce et l'Orient Population & demography under the Ancien (323-146 av. J.C.), 2 t., 1978. Régime - E. WILL, Histoire politique du monde hellénistique, History of marriage & family life 2 tomes, 1979-82. Attitudes to death - F. CHAMOUX, La civilisation hellénistique, 1981. Rural & urban societies - P. BALLET, La vie quotidienne à Alexandrie (331-30 av. J.C.), Poverty, social assistance, welfare 1999. - M. CHAUVEAU, L’Égypte au temps de Cléopâtre BIBLIOGRAPHY: (180-30 av. J.C.), 1997. P.Goubert et D.Roche, Les français et l’Ancien Régime, 2 volumes, une synthèse magistrale. Please read it before the First class !!! H3/18a : FRENCH HISTORY: La Société et l’Etat, 382 pages, THE 16TH AND 17TH CENTURIES essentiellement dû à P.Goubert, puis le tome Fall Semester 2, plutôt dû à D.Roche. Les petites synthèses de B. Garnot, collection Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Ophrys : La population française au XVIème- XVIIème-XVIIIème, Justice et société, Les COURSE PROGRAM: The 16th century started with campagnes en France, Les villes, etc... the Renaissance, which corresponded with the reign of J.Dupâquier, La population française aux Francis I, and ended with the Wars of religion. The XVIIème et XVIIIème siècles, Que sais-je, reigns of Henri IV and Louis XIII took place during the PUF. Counter Reformation. Audissio Gabriel : Lire le français hier; manuel Louis XIV imposed a “classical” system on the French de paléographie moderne XVème - XVIIIème, Kingdom, after solving the difficulties caused by the Paris, A. Colin, 1991. Fronde.
100
C.Dekker, R.Baetens, S.Maarschakerweerd- - Methods of historical research in the Dechamps, Album paleographicum, Brepols, following fields: history of society, of 4°, 400 p., 1992. mentalities, urban life and institutions
ASSESSMENT: Students will have a research paper to H3/19b2 : MEDIEVAL PALEOGRAPHY & give in at the end of the year. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: The same as the fall semester.
Tutorials: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: 1 H3/24c : URBAN HERITAGE & HISTORY COURSE PROGRAM: Students will have the Spring Semester opportunity to do a research project based on the manuscripts available in local archive collections. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Studying copies of texts from the 13th to 15th centuries COURSE PROGRAM: - Methods of historical research in the Lille is an excellent city to use as an example to following fields: history of society, of illustrate how the current urban environment is the mentalities, urban life and institutions fruit of several successive layers of civilisation which, slowly over time, have formed its visual and cultural ASSESSMENT: Students will have a research paper to atmosphere. Public buildings, private houses, squares give in at the end of the year. and streets, religious and secular buildings, statues and monuments all have a particular meaning in the BIBLIOGRAPHY: context of the history of the city. J. STIENNON – Paléographie du Moyen-Age – Armand The grammar of the ciry should therefore be analysed Colin, Paris, 1999 in the light of our knowledge of the past – we're J. STIENNON – L’écriture – Brépols, 1995 talking about specific local history here – which needs G. AUDISIO – Lire le français d’hier : manuel de to be discovered on the spot. We shall be doing a lot of paléographie moderne : XVème – XVIIIème siècles walking, round the city, looking, examining, observing, O. GUYOTJEANNIN – Diplomatique médiévale – analysing what we see, in order to interpret the urban Brépols environment and better understand the life of hte city, G. TESSIER – Diplomatique royale française – A. its urban policy ... and even its politics throughout the Picard, Paris, 1962 ages. J. FAVIER – Les Archives – Paris : Presses Students taking this class need good walking shoes, a Universitaires de France, 1965 raincoat, a notebook and lots of pencils! C. NOUGARET – Les instruments de recherche dans les archives – Paris, La Documentation française, 1999 P. MARECHAL – L’initiation à l’histoire par le H3/17b : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: SPAIN & THE document :expériences et suggestions – 1956 VISIGOTHS Fall Semester
H3/23b : MODERN PALEOGRAPHY & Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Medieval Spain was marked by political, military and Lectures: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: 1 religious confrontations between Romans, Goths, Berbers and Muslims. The Visigoth kingdom of Toledo COURSE PROGRAM: (507-711) represents an essential part in the history - Religious breaks and fractures : the of the Iberian Peninsula during the Middle-Ages. The synthesis between the vigour of the Roman heritage iconoclast crisis of the XVIth century. th - Wizardry and evil possessions. and the dynamism of the Visigoth people made the 7 - History of criminality. century a period of great cultural prosperity, while the - History of mentalities and behaviors. first signs of national awareness emerged.
ASSESSMENT: research in archives and redaction of a BIBLIOGRAPHY: report in common with „modern paleography and Bartolomé Bennassar, Histoire des Espagnols. Tome I, research methodology“ VIe-XVIIe siècle. 2005. C-Emmanuel Dufourcq, et J. Gautier Dalché, Histoire BIBLIOGRAPHY: The same as fall semester. économique et sociale de l'Espagne chrétienne au Moyen âge. 1976. J. Fontaine : Isidore de Séville et la culture Classique,
1983 H3/23b2 : MEDIEVAL PALEOGRAPHY & M.C Gerbet ; L’Espagne au Moyen Age, 2000 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Arié, Rachel, Aspects de l'Espagne musulmane : Spring Semester histoire et culture. De l'archéologie à l'histoire. Paris : De Boccard, 1997 Tutorials: 2 hours every 2 weeks ECTS credits: 1 Barkai, Ron, Chrétiens, musulmans et juifs dans l'Espagne médiévale : de la COURSE PROGRAM: Students will have the convergence à l'expulsion. Tôledôt-judaïsmes. Paris : opportunity to do a research project based on the les Ed. du Cerf, 1994. manuscripts available in local archive collections. Clot, André, L'Espagne musulmane : VIIIe-XVe siècle. - Studying copies of texts from the 13th to th Collection Tempus.Paris : 15 centuries Perrin, 2004.
101
H3/21b : MEDIEVAL HISTORY: MUSLIM SPAIN th Spring Semester H3/22a : EUROPE & THE WORLD FROM THE 16 th TO THE 18 CENTURY Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM AND OBJECTIVE : Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 The Berber Muslims led by Tariq ibn Ziyad conquered the country in 711. In 756, Muslim Spain became COURSE PROGRAM: At the beginning of the modern independent during Umayyad Caliphate of Cordoba’s period, Spain, Portugal, Italy and Great Britain started rule. During the 11th century, the caliphate divides colonizing, which coincided with the rise of marketing into microstates, the small Muslim, Berber and Slav theories. We shall examine in detail the European taifas. The caliphate disappears and the Christian king desire to discover the rest of the world. Alfonso VI of Leon and Castile enters Toledo in 1085. During the 12th century, the Almoravid and the BIBLIOGRAPHY: Almohad dynasties reunify momentarily Al-Andalus, F. BRAUDEL – Civilisation matérielle, Economie et which disappears in 1212 at the battle of Las Navas de Capitalisme, XVème – XVIIIème siècles – A. Colin, Tolosa. The encounter of the three monotheisms 1979 contributed to the birth of an original culture. P. LEON – Histoire économique et sociale du Monde – A. Colin, 1978 Bibliography : F. MAURO – L’expansion européenne (1600 – 1870) – Arié, Rachel, Aspects de l'Espagne musulmane : PUF, « Nouvelle Clio », n°27 histoire et culture. De l'archéologie P. VILLIERS, J.P. DUTEUIL – L’Europe, la mer et ses à l'histoire. Paris : De Boccard, 1997). colonies, XVIIème – XVIIIème siècles – Hachette, Barkai, Ron, Chrétiens, musulmans et juifs dans Carré Histoire, 1997 l'Espagne médiévale : de la convergence à l'expulsion. Tôledôt-judaïsmes. Paris : les Ed. du Cerf, 1994. H3/19b : CHINESE CIVILISATION Clot, André, L'Espagne musulmane : VIIIe-XVe siècle. Fall Semester Collection Tempus.Paris : Perrin, 2004. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 Conrad, Philippe, Histoire de la reconquista. Que sais- je? Paris : Presses universitaires COURSE PROGRAM: de France, 1999. Powerful destiny, dynastic succession, nowadays’ Guichard, Pierre, Al-Andalus : 711-1492 : une histoire archaeology. Unique civilisation, agriculture, de l'Espagne musulmane. Paris sedentarism : Hachette litteratures, 2001. Guichard, Pierre, De la conquête arabe à la reconquête BIBLIOGRAPHY: : grandeur et fragilité d'Al- D Ellisseed, Histoire de la Chine, 1997 Andalus. Grenade (Espagne) : Fondation El Legado D Ellisseed, La civilisation de la chine classique,1988 Andalusi, 2000. R Grousset, Histoire de la Chine, 1994 Guichard, Pierre et Bruna Soravia, Les royaumes de A Roux, La Chine du XX° siècle, 2006 Taifas : apogée culturel et Chen Yan, L’ éveil de la Chine,2003 déclin politique des émirats andalous du XIème siècle. Paris : Geuthner, 2007. Hüsler, Angelo, L' Espagne médiévale : chrétiens, juifs H3/24b : CONTEMPORARY ASIAN HISTORY et musulmans. Gollion (Suisse) Spring Semester : Infolio editions, 2008. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
H3/23a : ISLAMIC CIVILISATION OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester For several years now we have been seeing Asia
increase in economic and political power. Seen at first Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 as a kind of renaissance, we now realise that that hte
world situation has really changed on account of this COURSE PROGRAM: We shall study the arab-islamic rapid Asian development. This class aims to civilisation, political movements and doctrines, understand the current situation by looking at the religious and intellectual positions, with particular history of modern Asia, its common points and emphasis on the thinkers who have influenced the divisions as well as the basis of this Asian miracle. islamic movements of their own day and also subsequent generations. We shall also examine how COURSE PROGRAM: knowledge and ideas spread from one civilisation to Modernity and Asia's encounter with the West others. Different development strategies since 1945
Asia today BIBLIOGRAPHY:
IBN KHALDUN; Discours sur l’histoire universelle. Al- BIBLIOGRAPHY: Muqaddima, Sindbad, 1978 Marie-Claire BERGERE, Sun Yat-sen, Fayard, Paris, Claude CAHEN, Introduction à l’histoire du monde 1994. mususlman médiéval, Maisonneuve, 1982 __ , Capitalismes et capitalistes en Chine : des Abdessalam CHEDDADI, Les Arabes et l’appropriation origines à nos jours, Perrin, Paris, 2007. de l’histoire, Sindbad, 2004 Colin BROWN, A short History of Indonesia, Allen & Alfred-Louis de PRÉMARE, Les fondations de l’islam- Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. Entre écriture et histoire-.Coll.L’Univers Robert CALVET, Les Japonais, Armand Colin, Paris, historique,éd.du Seuil 2002. 2003.
102
David CAMROUX, Jean-Luc DOMENACH (dir.), L’Asie particular in the passage from each emperor to the retrouvée, Seuil, Paris, 1997. next ! We shall be concentrating on the development Rodolphe DE KONICK, L’Asie du Sud-Est, Armand Colin, of the system and the changes which occurred with Paris, 2005. regard to the republican period. Particular themes will Danielle ELISSEEFF, Histoire de la Chine, Editions du include : the institutions governing political life in Rocher, Paris, 1997. Rome and the provinces, how Roman society __ , Histoire du Japon, Editions du Rocher, Paris, developped after Julius Caesar and the organisation of 2001. the Roman army. Guy FAURE (dir.), Nouvelle Géopolitique de l’Asie, Ellipses, Paris, 2005. BIBLIOGRAPHY: LEE Kuan Yew, From third world to first, Harper Collins Paul PETIT, La paix romaine, Paris, 1967 Publishers, New-York, 2000. Y. LE BOHEC, Urbs, Rome de César à Commode, Paris, Kishore MAHBUBANI, The New Asian Emisphere, Public 2001 Affairs, New York, 2008, traduction française: Le défi P.LE ROUX, le haut empire romain en asiatique, Fayard, Paris, 2008. occident d’Auguste aux sévères Virginia MATHESON HOOKER, A short History of Malaysia, M.SARTRE, Le H-E les provinces de Allen & Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. méditerranée orientale d’Auguste aux Claude MEYER, Chine ou Japon quel leader pour sévères, Paris 1997. l’Asie ?, Presses Science Po, Paris, 2010. C.BRIAN,L’empire romain d’Auguste à OOI Keat Gin, Historical Dictionary of Malaysia, The Domitien, Paris 2001. scarecrow Press, Lanham, 2009. P.PETIT, Histoire générale de l’empire romain, Philippe PAPIN, Vietnam: parcours d’une nation, La tome le haut empire1974 Documentation française, Paris, 2003. J.CARCOPINO, la vie quotidienne à Rome à François RAILLON, Indonésie la réinvention d’un l’apogée de l’empire, Paris 1939 archipel, La Documentation française, 1999. R.ETIENNE, La vie quotidienne à Pompéi, Bernard STEVENS, Le nouveau capitalisme asiatique, Paris 1977. Academia Bruyllant, Louvain la Neuve, 2009. ______Fareed ZAKARIA, The post-American World, WW Norton & Company, New York, 2008. LCE3E/17a : SPAIN IN THE 20th CENTURY Fall Semester
H3/21a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY: THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH WORKING MEN & THEIR PLACE IN FRENCH HISTORY 1880-1960 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: To acquire an in-depth understanding of Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 the history of Spain from the beginning of the 20th Century to the present day and be able to present and COURSE PROGRAM: analyse both orally and in writing. During the second phase of industrialisation in France, working men started to play a more important role in COURSE PROGRAM: society. We shall study their origins, their history, their - The Age of Franco working life, their lifestyle and seek to identify the - The Transition main elements of working-class culture and the - The Socialist Era political commitments that went with it at the time. - The Popular Party governements From the promises of a social revolution to the concrete progress at the time of the Liberation, via the BIBLIOGRAPHY: convoluted history of the Popular Front, it's an exciting - Javier Tusell, Historia de España en el siglo story, full of hope, real achievements and some XX ( cuatro volúmenes ) disappointments. - Pedro Aguado Blaye, Historia de España This course will require students to acquire, via their - Miguel Ángel Ruiz Carnicer, La España de personal reading, a detailed knowledge of the political Franco (1939-1975). Cultura y vida and economic background of hte period. cotidiana - Marín, José María - Molinero, Carme - Ysás, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Will be distributed during the first Pere, Historia política de España 1939- class. 2000 - Victoria Prego, Así se hizo la Transición - Guy Hermet, L’Espagne au XXè siècle H3/22b : ROMAN HISTORY ______Spring Semester LCE3E/19a : LATIN AMERICAN CULTURE AND Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 5 HERITAGE Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: The Roman Empire from Augustus to Commodius. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH This programme has precise chronological limits : it starts with the establishment of the Empire by the first Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Emperor, Augustus, in 27 BC , and finishes when the dynasty of Septimus Severus takes power in 193 AD. OBJECTIVE: To give insight into some aspects and The first two centuries of the Christian era are problems concerning wealth, cultural events, generally considered as the high point of imperial rule architectural or intellectual heritage among Latin- and of Roman civilisation in general. The historian, American society. To encourage students to learn Paul Petit, christened this period the “Pax Romana”. about or continue their research on a country, its However, it is not without its difficult episodes – in
103
cultural events and other aspects of Latin-American Foreign domination and cultural influences heritage or culture. 3- Funeral sites in Ancient Egypt Saqqara, Gizeh, Abousir COURSE PROGRAM: 4- Thebes and its hundred gates - What "Latin" means and what it implies to Karnak et Luxor Europeans. 5- The Thebes Valley - The Caribbean The craft village in Deir el-Médineh - Mexico and Guatemala The funerary temples - The Andes Royal and private Necropolises - Brazil 6- The Great Temples of Late Antiquity - The Southern cone Edfu, Dendara, Philae ______7- Greek and Roman Influences Alexandria and its region, the Nile Delta LCE3E/21a : LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 8- Other Tourist Sites in Egypt (19th & 20th CENTURIES) Areas of natural beauty Spring Semester Byzantine and coptic sites Medieval islamic sites THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Contemporary Egyptian architecture 9- Issues in the heritage industry today Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Use and abuse of Egyptian artifacts today Museums and Egyptian cultural policy OBJECTIVE: To learn about the main political, The Supreme council for Antiquities and how economic and social developments in Latin America in it works the 19th and 20th centuries; to analyse original Temporary and permanent foreign input historical documents in Spanish. Art and business Selected bibliography: COURSE PROGRAM: J. BAINES, J. MALEK, Atlas de l’Égypte ancienne, Paris : - The evolution of politics Le Fanal, 1990 - Economic and social evolution F. DUNAND, R. LICHTENBERG, Des animaux et des - Case studies: Mexico, Cuba, Chile. hommes, une symbiose égyptienne, Paris, éditions du Rocher, 2005 BIBLIOGRAPHY: D. LABOURY, L’Égypte pharaonique (Idées reçues, Jean-Paul Duviols, Dictionnaire culturel Amrique Histoire et Civilisations), Paris : Le Cavalier Bleu, 2001 Latine, Ellipses, 2000. B. LEGRAS, L’Égypte grecque et romaine, Paris : A. Yves Lacoste, Dictionnaire de Gopolitique, Flammarion, Colin (collection U.), 2004 1993. G. POSENER et alii, Dictionnaire de la civilisation Eduardo Galeano, Las venas abiertas de Amrica Latina, égyptienne, Paris : Hazan, 1959 Siglo XXI de Espaa editores, 2002. P. VERNUS, Affaires et scandales sous les Ramsès, Tulio Halperin Donghi, Historia contempornea de Paris : Pygmalion, 1993 Amrica Latina, Alianza, 1998. ______R. Aracil, J. Oliver, A. Segura, El mundo actual, Universitat de Barcelona, 1995. LCE4/3b : TRADITION, MODERNITY AND POWER Mercedes Quintana, Historia de Amrica Latina, IN THE ENGLISH-SPEAKING WORLD Edinumen, 1999. Fall Semester ______Lectures: 24h total ECTS credits: 5
CTV4/7b : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: EGYPT THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Spring Semester
Prerequisite: Students must have some previous Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 knowledge of British and American History.
OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: This class is destined for students who To identify and situate the principal historical sites and already have a reasonable knowledge of British and tourist resorts in Egypt. To situate them American history and want to look at these in the light chronologically and know how the tourist industry in of particular themes, while at the same time extending Egypt works. their understanding of other parts of the English- The aim of this course is to learn about the different speaking world. It will be divided into six geographical aspects of the Egyptian heritage industry, especially teaching blocks. the popular resorts in the Nile valley (Alexandria,
Cairo, Luxor and Assuan), gaining reliable knowledge COURSE PROGRAM: about their history, culture and civilization. We shall a) Great Britain: Interaction between the three nations study in detail the chronological development of of Great Britain (England, Scotland and Wales), Egyptian civilization, the basic lifestyle in the ancient national identity and heritage issues. period, the funeral culture and ancient Egyptian b) South Africa: Colonisation/Decolonisation. The Boer religion. War. The Apartheid Era. The Rainbow Nation. The
Legacy of Nelson Mandela. Part of the Commonwealth? COURSE PROGRAM: c) The Jewel in the Crown. The Road to 1- Introduction : General Framework Independence. The role of Mahatma Gandhi. India Geography today: emerging economic and technological power, History : Discovering Egypt traditional society and ower structures ? The Pharoahs and their culture d) Australia and its Aborigines: Righting the Wrongs of 2- Historical timeline in Egypt History? Chronology (from prehistory to the end of antiquity)
104
e) Canada: Countering Americanization. Questions of national identity. Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 3 f) The United States: Settling in a Foreign Country. An Early Form of Manifest Destiny OBJECTIVES: To introduce students to those aspects of British culture which every British person knows, EVALUATION : but which are not usually studied in university. Students will be expected to analyse primary source documents and write analytical essays. Coursework COURSE PROGRAM: will include either an essay or a detailed textual From Marie Lloyd to Mr. Bean, the course will take a commentary. The final exam will be a timed essay or look at popular forms of entertainment in Britain. composition based on several original documents (5 - Sport/football songs hours). - Music halls and comic opera - Radio and television comedy ______- Different types of humour - Popular songs LCE4/6b : AMERICA IN THE 1950s - Comic verse Spring Semester - Pub culture/drinking songs
THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH EVALUTATION: Students will be expected to write a paper on a subject Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS credits: 3 of their own choice. There will be an oral exam at the end of the semester. OBJECTIVE: To acquire a n understanding of the key ______historical and cultural moments in the United States in the 1946-1960 period; to learn to analyse and LEA4/4ct : INTERCULTURAL APPROACH TO THE comment on primary and secondary documents, SLAVONIC WORLD including non-literary cultural artifacts and images; to Fall Semester perfect oral and written skills in English.
Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM:
The course focuses on the politics and culture in the OBJECTIVE: United States during the 1950s. Course units are At the end of the class, students should be able to divided as follows: recognise and understand the different historical and The Cold War and the Red Scare th - cultural periods in Russian history since the 14 The Growth of Consumer Culture - century and recognise the most important historical Hollywood - monuments and tourist attractions in the region. Youth Culture - The Beat Generation - COURSE PROGRAM: - - The Golden Ring tourist trail in Russia which EVALUATION: Students will be expected to write a includes most of the most famous towns, paper on a subject of their own choice. There will also works of art and monuments. be an oral exam at the end of the semester. - St Petersburg, from its original construction
to the present day BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The Hermitage museum and its contribution to the cultural treasures of Russia th - CHAFE, William H. The Unfinished Journey: - Moscow from the 14 century to the present America Since World War II (Oxford day. The history of the Kremlin and Red University Press, 2002) Square. - The best exhibition venues and museums in - CHAFE, William H. SITKOFF, Harvard, and Moscow BAILEY, Beth, eds. A History of Our Time: - The Transsiberian Express from Moscow to Readings in Postwar America (Oxford Vladivostock and the regions it crosses. University Press, 2007) - HALBERSTAM, David, The Fifties BIBLIOGRAPHY: - LAFEBER, Walter America, Russia, and the L’empire russe/Jannel Claude/Barthelemy (Editions Cold War 1945-2002 (New York: McGraw- Alain)/1995 Hill, 2002) Saint Petersburg/Jean Pierre Brossard, Ewa Berard, Olessia Tourkina, Victor Mazin/ Editions d’en - MARLING, Karal Ann As Seen On TV: the haut/1993 Visual Culture of Everyday Life in the 1950s (Cambrige, Mass: Harvard University Press, ______1994) - MAY, Elaine Tyler. Homeward Bound: LEA4/8dt : INTERCULTURAL APPROACH TO THE American Families in the Cold War Era MIDDLE EAST (Basic Books, Inc., 1990) Spring Semester - TINDALL & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ______OBJECTIVE: LCE4/6c: BRITISH POPULAR CULTURE General knowledge: the civilisation, history, geography Spring Semester etc. of the Middle East. Finding your way around. The main characteristics of Middle Eastern civilisation. THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH COURSE PROGRAM: 105
The geography of the Middle East ANONYME, Guide Bleu Nord-Pas-de-Calais, Paris, Religions and philosophies of the Middle East Hachette, Collection Guides Bleus, 2006 Tourist potential and interesting historical sites. ANONYME, Nord, Tournai, Renaissance du Livre, 1999, ______Collection Guides (Les régions) ANONYME, Guide d’architecture de la métropole CTV4/3b : OUR ARCHEOLOGICAL HERITAGE lilloise, Lille métropole, Courtrai, Tournai, Ypres, Paris, Fall Semester Le Passage, 2004 VOUTERS, Bruno and Rémi, Les peintres du Nord : le Lectures: 1½ hour per week ECTS credits: 1 feu sacré, Lille, La Voix du Nord, 2004 LANEYRIE-DAGEN, Nadeije, L’art pour guide, Paris, COURSE PROGRAM: We shall present the work of an Gallimard, 2006 archeologist in France, describing methods of work and Revue Vieilles Maisons Françaises 1995 n°155 Nord, the different types of site explored. 1997 n° ?, Pas-de-Calais The legal framework. Pays du Nord : magazine bimestriel consacré au Archeology in the region. Who does what. tourisme, au patrimoine et à l’art de vivre en Nord- Law since the 1970s. Pas-de-Calais, Picardie et Belgique frontalière, depuis From pre-history to the Gallo-Roman period 1994. The Middle Ages From the dig to the museum – presenting INTERNET WEBSITES: discoveries. www.musenor.fr Specific vocabulary, information. Museums, research organisations, clubs … different motivations and priorities CTV5/3c : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: GREECE Fall Semester We shall visit an archeological dig in Douai and analyse what we see there. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESSMENT: A two hour written exam and a two COURSE PROGRAM: hour written final exam.
1 : Geography of Greece and overview of the main H4/1a : CONTEMPORARY HISTORY historical periods Fall & Spring Semesters 2 : Civilisation of the pre-hellenic period: Troy, Homer,
the Cyclades, the Minoan and Mycaenean civilisations Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Transition : The dark ages : invasions and
migrations. COURSE PROGRAM: 3 : Athens: the cradle of Western civilisation Political and economic development in France 4 : Corinth: sculpture, painting, ceramics, the remains since 1958. of a sophisticated city European construction. 5 : Olympia: symbol of political and cultural unity. The International Relations, the Cold War, the fall Olympic games of Communism etc. 6 : Doric and Ionic art ______7 : Greek culture in Asia Minor: Ephesus, Miletus etc.
8 : Colonial expansion around the Mediterranean CTV5/3d : REGIONAL HERITAGE 9 : Classical Athens Fall Semester 10 : Greek architecture 11 : Delphi: the oracle etc. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 12 : Macedonian style 13 : Asia Minor in the Hellenist period COURSE PROGRAM: 14 : Alexandria: political and cultural centre Introduction to euro regional border. We shall focus on regional particularities, in a thematical, a historical and a geographical point of view. CTV5/3b : INTERNATIONAL HERITAGE: LATIN- - Rural and Urban Heritage AMERICA - Outstanding housing. - Civil heritage Fall Semester - Religious heritage - Military heritage Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Industrial time - Patronage, artists, museums OBJECTIVE: - Give an overview on a few aspects, problems, ASSESSMENT: Assessments to give in and oral wealth, cultural events, material or immaterial presentations. heritage of Latin-American societies. Final ASSESSMENT: group practical work and oral - Encourage students to know and go on searching presentation by each student. information about a country, a cultural event or another aspect of their interest, in relation with Latin- BIBLIOGRAPHY: American culture and heritage. MARSEILLE, Jarcques (dir.); Dictionnaire du Nord-Pas- de-Calais, Paris, Larousse, 2001 COURSE PROGRAM: PLATELLE, Henri (dir.), Nord-Pas-de-Calais, Paris, - Session 1 – Introduction: What is Latin-America ? Bonneton, 2002n collection encyclopédies - Session 2 – The Caribbean: Cultural contacts. Birth LOTTIN, Alain (dir.), 2000 ans d’histoire du Nord-Pas- of cities and cultural events during the colonial period. de-Calais, Lille, La Voix du Nord, 2002 Oral presentation: San Juan de Puerto Rico or Havana ANONYME, Le patrimoine des communes du Nord, - Session 3 – The Caribbean 2: Cultural events, music, Paris, Flohic, 2001, 2 volumes literature, food. Rhythm and history of the societies.
106
Oral presentation: the Salsa LEA2/12b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 2 - Session 4 – Mexico and Guatemala 1: Pre-hispanic Fall Semester worlds. The Maya and Aztecs. Oral presentation: Tenichtitlan or Yucatan Prerequisites: Students must have completed at - Session 5 – Mexico 2: The muralism movement in least one year of Italian relation with the Mexican Revolution. The great muralist painters and the creation of a new state. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Oral presentation: Frida Khalo or another painter. - Session 6 – The Andes 1: Heritage from the pre- COURSE PROGRAM: hispanic cultures. The material world and the current Language : grammar, translation (from Italian to claims. The land as heritage. French and vice versa), composition, written Oral presentation: Machu Picchu or popular celebration expression - Session 7 – The Andes 2: Cultural events and Civilisation : Current political, social, economic modern reinventions. The big cities through their and cultural issues in Italy history in the Andean space. Oral presentation: Choice of a city or a nature park from an Andean country (e.g. Galapagos islands) LEA2/16b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 2 - Session 8 – Brazil 1: Miscegenation and history. Spring Semester Explorers, mission churches and immigrants. Oral presentation: Dom Helder Camara COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA2/12b - Session 9 – Brazil 2: The Amazonian universe. The vertigo of space. The natural heritage, the economic ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). stakes, the aboriginal societies in danger. ______Oral presentation: The Amazonas river or an Amazonian ethnic group. LEA3/20b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 3 - Session 10 – The Southern Cone 1: The various Fall Semester southern societies. The European immigration and the material construction. Prerequisites: Students must have completed at Oral presentation: The Jesuit reductions or the least two years of Italian background of big sites of the natural or urban heritage. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Session 11 – The Southern Cone 2 :The big country and the society. The pampa, the “gaucho” and the COURSE PROGRAM: cities and cultural productions. Language : special attention will be paid to the Oral presentation: the Tango spoken language - Session 12 – Conclusion Discussions and debates about topical subjects
Civilisation : students will discuss and prepare
presentations on issues in modern Italy
Italian LEA3/24b : ITALIAN - LEVEL 3 Spring Semester IMPORTANT: ALL OUR ITALIAN COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA3/20b STATED)
LCE1/3c & LEA1/4b : BEGINNERS ITALIAN Fall Semester Latin Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 IMPORTANT: ALL OUR LATIN COURSES ARE TAUGHT OBJECTIVE: To obtain a basic knowledge of Italian IN FRENCH
COURSE PROGRAM: H1/3g & LM1/3d : BEGINNERS LATIN Introduction to the language from texts, introduction Fall Semester to current affairs and interesting subjects in Italy. Lectures: 1½ hours per week ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). ECTS credits: 2 (3 credits for LM1)
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Students will need an Italian OBJECTIVE: To enable students to read and dictionary, an Italian grammar book and understand historical texts in Latin. Basic grammar R.J. PRATELLI, Chiarissimo. and vocabulary will be studied along with the basic knowledge of how to use GAFFIOT.
LEA1/8b : BEGINNERS ITALIAN 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Students will read texts from Spring Semester Roman historians like Tacitus and Suetonius. Students will also practice translation from Latin to French. PREREQUISITES: Students must have completed at least one semester of Italian BIBLIOGRAPHY: Méthode de langue latine (Nathan Université) COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LEA1/4b Initiation à la langue latine (Sédes) ______Initiation à la langue latine et à son système, manuel pour grands débutants, S.Deléani et J-M.vermander,
107
éd.sedes COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/19e. le Gaffiot de poche, Hachette
H1/7g & LM1/7d : BEGINNERS LATIN 2 Law Spring Semester
IMPORTANT: ALL OUR LAW COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 FRENCH (3 for LM)
LEA1/2d : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LAW COURSE PROGRAM: To enable students to read, Fall Semester understand and translate literary texts in Latin. The lessons will be linked to extracts of Roman history. Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per
week BIBLIOGRAPHY: ECTS credits: 2 Initiation à la langue latine et à son système (Sédes) le Gaffiot de poche, Hachette OBJECTIVE: French law is a social phenomenon. It
arises from life in society and the relationships between individuals. Without society, law would be H2/11c1 & LM/11d : LATIN LEVEL 2 unnecessary. Without law, the harmonious Fall Semester development of society is impossible.
Prerequisites: Students should have already One must have a wide vision of the notion of French completed at least one semester of Latin law. It’s not limited to regulations nor to the decisions of policymakers nor to those of any jurisdiction. French Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: law exists because men live in society and their life 2(3 for LM) must be regulated, bordered with clear definitions of what can or cannot be done, for any individual but also COURSE PROGRAM: for the whole society (the Government in particular). 5 Nominal declinations This rather large subject has many different aspects; Declension of the two types of adjectives the judicial power is closely linked to the social but Conjugation also economic, political and indeed scientific Syntax phenomena.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: The objective of this course is to enable students to Initiation à la langue latine, DELEANI VERMANDER understand the French law system and to analyse it (Sédes) according to its own principles. This suggests not only to know what French law means but also, beyond that, to understand its specific logic and mechanisms. H2/15c1 & LM2/15d : LATIN LEVEL 2 Spring Semester Tutorials aim at learning about French law and its enforcement. Studying, solving study cases and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: exercises specific to French law must be 2(3 for LM) complemented by reading the press in order to get more a critical eye and to improve one’s vision of COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of H2/11c1 political, social phenomena related to French law.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Towards a Definition of French Initiation à la langue latine (Sédes) Law Title1: Creation of the right law ______Chapter 1: The different texts about right Chapter 2: The different sources LM3/19e : ADVANCED LATIN Fall Semester Title 2: Judicial System Chapter1: Presentation Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Chapter 2: How does it work in front of a court
OBJECTIVE: To enable students to do a translation at Title 3: People as beings with obligation a level close to that of the CAPES, or close to the level Chapter 1: the concept of “personality” in law of the “Agregation de Lettres Modernes”. Chapter 2 : attributes of a personality
Chapter 3 : rights and liberties of a person COURSE PROGRAM: Translation of texts selected in the work of prose writers (Cicero, Suetonius, Titus) or poets (Virgil, Ovid, Lucain). Oral commentary. PERSONAL WORK: Students will have to do ASSESSMENT: A 4-hour written translation of a text. homework every week (a document study, a commentary on a text, personal reflection). Therefore, it is necessary to: LM3/23e : ADVANCED LATIN - Look up unknown or unfamiliar vocabulary - Complement your knowledge with research Spring Semester
ASSESSEMENT: The exam will be under the form of: Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS Credits: 3 - A written essay on a given subject
108
- A commentary on a text COURSE PROGRAM: Towards the Enforcement of - A series of questions (10 at the most in a 2- French Law hour exam) Part 1 : The notion of contract - A case study -1: Definition and essential principles -2 : Conditions of creation of the contract BIBLIOGRAPHY: Many books of introduction to -3 : Effects French law are available. It is impossible to Part 2 : Half-Contracts recommend one book rather than another for the -1 : Dealing with a case content of some is closer to that of the course and the -2 : Payment of the undue method used by teachers. -3 : Becoming rich with no cause Part 3 : Restraints Owning one of the books below is not necessary during -1 : Fundment of liability insurance the first weeks, but students are advised to get used -2 : Its conditions to the French legal vocabulary and method before -3 : How it works buying a difficult book which they don’t understand. LEA2/10d : FRENCH BUSINESS LAW JEAN CARBONNIER, Droit civil, Introduction, Thémis, Fall Semester PUF JEAN- LUC AUBERT, Introduction au droit et thèmes Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour fondamentaux du droit civil, Armand Colin per week PHILIPPE MALINVAUD, Droit des obligations, LITEC ECTS credits: 3 www.legifrance.gouv.fr OBJECTIVE: French business law can be defined as the branch of private French law that can be applied to H1/4a : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LAW companies and commercial practice. Fall Semester The teaching of French business law aims at getting Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 students to discover the particularities of this aspect of French law. It deals with the knowledge of the actors COURSE PROGRAM: This course will enable students of French law (shopkeepers, companies), commercial to take French civil service examinations, for municipal deeds and business. The syllabus also covers economic authorities or a company. No branch of French law is activity, rules of competitiveness and consumption. taught more than an other. Students will learn about French law in general, in order to get as many keys to The classes will enable students to get basic comprehending the characteristics of French law as knowledge of the main concepts and mechanisms of possible. French business law. Tutorials provide an opportunity to consider the different concepts studied in class from 1- General introduction to French law a practical point of view: analyse the rules of French 2- French civil law, French constitutional law, French business law and discuss legal cases. administrative law and French business law COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction BIBLIOGRAPHY: Section 1: Definition and development of B. STARCK, HENRI ROLAND, LAURENT BOYER – French business law Introduction au droit – Litec Section 2: French business law and its J.L. SOURIOUX – Introduction au droit, Dalloz applications J.P HUE – Droit – volume 1, Seuil (Mémo) Section 3: The sources of French business law M. FONTAINE, R. CAVALERIE, J.A. HASSENFORDER – Section 4: The competent institutions of Dictionnaire du droit – Foucher French business law ______Part 1: Commercial Companies P1/12d LAW FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Title 1: The Stakeholders in a Commercial Spring Semester Company Chapter 1: Private companies Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Chapter 2: Commercial groupings
COURSE PROGRAM: Understanding why the law is PERSONAL WORK: Like during the freshman year, useful and how to apply it students will have some work to prepare for every The various types of law and where they tutorial. This may be a document study, a commentary apply on a legal text or decision… The law of the land and how it is applied. Who needs to obey and theconsequences if they ASSESSEMENT: In addition, in order to evaluate their don’t. knowledge, students will take one of the following exams: a written essay, a commentary on a text or a BIBLIOGRAPHY: Will be confirmed at the beginning judgement, a case study or a series of questions… of the year
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Documentation on French business
law is mainly composed of essays and manuals, LEA1/6d : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LAW 2 specialized magazines, codes… Students are Spring Semester recommended to consult these to prepare tutorials. A full description will be given during tutorials. Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
109
As French business law is constantly changing, In addition, a two-week work placement is compulsory students should choose a recent book, among the during the Fall Semester, in a professional context. following: The objective is to assess students’ knowledge and orientate them in accordance with their career plans. Manuel de droit des affaires – JB BLAISE – LGDJ, 2è There is a particular procedure for applying for a work édition, 2000,585 placement, which will be taught. A report on the work Droit des affaires tome 1 Droit commercial général et placement and a viva voce exam are compulsory. sociétés – Y. GUYON – éd. Economica, 1998, 10è éd., 1024p BIBLIOGRAPHY: No specific recommendations can Droit des Affaires – M. Jorge – éd. Armand Colin, be made. Students are responsible for gathering Compacts Droit, 2001n 328p. information about their chosen career. Droit Commercial des affaires – D. Legeais – éd. ______Armand Colin, Coll. U Droit, 12è éd., 2001, 504p. Droit des affaires en France – éd.Francis Lefebvre LEA4/2bt : LAW FOR CONTRACTS IN TOURISM (nouvelle édition septembre 2002) Fall Semester Droit commercial – J.MESTRE, M.E. PANCRAZI – LGDJ, Coll. Manuel, 25è éd. 2001, 917p. Lectures: 20 hours total ECTS credits: 2 Actes de commerce, commerçants, fonds de commerce – A et St. Piedelièvre – éd. Dalloz, Coll. OBJECTIVE: Cours, 2001, 3è éd., 196 p. To give students a basic knowledge of contract law, particularly where relevant to those working in tourism. H2/12b : FRENCH CONSTITUTIONAL LAW COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester PART 1 : Common Law and Contracts
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Chapter 1 : What is a contract? Chapter 2 : How to draw up a contract. COURSE PROGRAM: To make students aware of and Chapter 3 : Applying a contract train them to understand French political institutions and decentralization. This course is recommended for PART 2 : CONTRACTS AND THE INTERNET those who plan to take French civil service examinations. Chapter 1 : Regulations applied to e-commerce Chapter 2 : Characteristics of contracts agreed BIBLIOGRAPHY: electronically. PH. ARDANT – Institutions politiques et droit constitutionnel – Paris PART 3 : CONTRACTS IN TOURISM B. CHANTEBOUT – Droit constitutionnel et science politique – Paris Chapter 1 : Contracts for hotels J.L GUERMONNE, D. CHAGNOLLAUD – le Chapter 2 : Selling package holidays, trips and Gouvernement de la France sous la Vème République, excursions Dalloz Chapter 3 : Contracts for travel and transportation ______
LEA3/19b : FRENCH EMPLOYMENT LAW LEA5/11bc : LAW FOR COMMUNICATION AND Fall Semester ADVERTISING Fall Semester Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour every 2 weeks Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 1 ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: At the end of the class, the student Understanding the basic principles of should be familiar with the evolution of employment communication law laws, the different people it involves, the structure of a Know the most important case studies in the contract, the rules on the workplace… area Avoid legal problems when advertising or COURSE PROGRAM: communicating information in public Introduction, working agreements, work itself, wages, length, breaking off one’s contract, be fired, staff COURSE PROGRAM: representatives, group discontentment Introduction : defining key terms Module 1 : written communication, rules to follow
Module 2 : audiovisual communication, H3/19a : LEGAL METHODOLOGY remaining legal Fall Semester Module 3 : internet communciation, keeping
out of trouble Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Module 4 : who is liable when and for what?
COURSE PROGRAM: This course is recommended for ______students who want an alternative to teaching while still using their degree in History or Political science. Legal LEA5/1bt : LAW FOR INTERNATIONAL TOURISM methodology trains students to the specificities of Fall Semester judicial presentations, ruled by very precise, rigorous canons. Lectures: 15 hours total ECTS credits: 2
110
Lapaeyre’s method COURSE PROGRAM: 1. Organisation of tourism on a local level Chapter 2: Interest 2. International structures (WTO, UNESCO etc.); Simple interest European and international law. World Heritage sites Compound interest 3....) Contracts, accidents, lost baggage, delays, who is liable for what? 4. Relationships between professional bodies. Division Chapter 3: Annual instalments of responsibilities 1. Variable annual instalments 5. Organisation and sale of tourism trips. Regulations. 2. Fixed annual instalments 6. Guidelines for guides and couriers. Qualifications. 7. Accommodation (variety and classifications) Chapter 4: Loans 8. Customer protection Introduction ______Different types of loan
Fixed annual instalments Fixed repayments Mathematics & Finance
IMPORTANT: ALL OUR MATHEMATICS AND FINANCE ASSESSMENT: a two hour exam. COURSES ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH ______
LEA1/7b : STATISTICS P1/4a STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Spring Semester Fall Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week Tutorials: 2 hours per week OBJECTIVE: Students must be able to analyse ECTS credits: 5 statistics by consulting the range and position of data. Moreover, they must be able to define the margin of OBJECTIVE: This course is recommended for students error between interdependent variables to make who are taking a Social Science or, more precisely, a estimates. Psychology degree course. You will study the theoretical basis and foundations of statistics, and COURSE PROGRAM: consider their application to psychology. It is essential Chapter 1: Introduction to Statistics for students to understand that statistics allow us to A) Methods of Presentation set up powerful, rigorous methods of analysis, in every 1. Tables field of Psychology. 2. Graphs This course will cover: B) Parameters elements which enable you to choose workable 1. Position parameters statistical methods, according to the nature of 2. Dispersion parameters the variables at stake Explanatory formal principles on how to set up a Chapter 2: Margins of Error statistical analysis A) Correlations Ways of interpreting results and drawing conclusions: modes, medians, mean, B) Adjustments standard deviation, etc. The use of statistical analysis and the scientific ASSESSMENT: a 2 hour exam: exercises concerning rigour necessary in psychology theoretical demonstrations. COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Introduction Lind, Méthodes Statistiques pour les sciences de la Statistics and psychology gestion, Chenelière Mc Graw-Hill History and definition of statistics Tribout, Statistiques pour économistes et Basic concepts (methods of research, procedures, gestionnaires, Pearson variables and protocols) Berenson, Basic Business Statistics, Concepts and Nominal structure Applications, Pearson Ordinal structure Metric and interval method Numerical structure Links between 2 variables LEA1/3b : BASIC BOOKKEEPING Contingency variables Fall Semester Correlation and simple linear regression
Relations between 2 variables Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Relations between 2 ordinal variables (Spearman’s
variable coefficients) OBJECTIVE: Students must be able to master the Relations between numerical and nominal main concepts in order to solve concrete problems variables (investments, borrowings, etc.) Partial correlation and multiple regression
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Chapter 1: Indices H. ROUANET, B. LE ROUX, M.C. BERT – Statistiques et Simple indexes Sciences Humaines : procédures naturelles – Dunod Synthetic indexes Paasche’s method
111
B. BEAUFILS – Statistiques appliquées à la 5. Purchasing and selling operations psychologie. Statistiques descriptives – coll. Lexifac, 6. Immobilizations Réal 7. Immobilization transfers 8. Stock variations 9. Reserves P2/22a INFERENTIAL STATISTICS 10. Regulating expenses and products Spring Semester
Lectures: 20 hours total Lab: 20 hours total LM3/20b & 24b : MATHEMATICS FOR FUTURE ECTS credits: 4 TEACHERS Fall & Spring Semesters OBJECTIVE: This probability and statistics course is essential for a competent and efficient analysis of Students may join the class in January numerical data (inferential statistics and non- parametrical tests) Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: This course will prepare Probability theory students for examinations to become primary school Real random variable probability law teachers. Discrete, continuous usual probability law (bio
nominal and nominal law)
Sampling Studying parametrical tests P3/31a ADVANCED STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS ASSESSMENT: Questions and exercises Fall Semester
BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 2 hours per week Lab: 2 hours per week BOISSONADE FREDON, Mathématiques financières en ECTS credits: 2 22 fiches, Dunod LEGROS, Mini Manuel de Mathématiques financières, COURSE PROGRAM: Dunod Measuring central dispersion trends Studying Gauss’s curve Principles of hypothesis testing
Conformity tests: comparing parameters with LEA3/22a : INTRODUCTION TO norms BANKING AND INSURANCE Homogeneity tests: comparing 2 parameters with Fall Semester each other
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ASSESSMENT: Questions and exercises
COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction to careers in banking and insurance. How banks and insurance companies function. Loans, investments, risk CTV5/1c PUBLIC FINANCES & CULTURE management, the currency markets. Fall Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
LEA3/23b : FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVE: Spring Semester First of all students should learn how public finances in
France are managed on the national and local levels Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per and be able to identify both who spends what and how week they gain access to it. A second aim is to present as ECTS credits: 3 fully as possible the different actors on the regional
level whose support is essential for those working in COURSE PROGRAM: the cultural domain. We shall see how cultural policy Introduction: The importance of Financial and the grants available combine with private financial Management in companies investment in order to realize large projects. Students Chapter 1: Introduction to financial analysis should therefore gain awareness of how to find the Chapter 2: Studying balance sheets money for any project they may wish to set up. Chapter 3: Studying an annual financial statement
Chapter 4: Budgeting COURSE PROGRAM:
Part 1 : Public money Chapter 1 : The Budget LEA2/11b : INTRO TO ACCOUNTANCY Chapter 2 : Local finances Fall Semester Part 2 : Regional grants and culture Chapter 1 : Basic principles of cultural policy Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 1 hour per Chapter 2 : The money available and who decides how week to spend it ECTS credits: 3 Chapter 3 : Art and tax. Financial problems for the heritage industry. COURSE PROGRAM: ______1. General introduction: accountancy logic 2. Analysing and book-keeping your cash flow P4/1b STATISTICS & IT 3. Organising your accounting Spring Semester 4. VAT
112
Lectures: 1 hour lecture and 2h seminar per week ECTS credits: 3 COURSE PROGRAM: INTRODUCTION COURSE PROGRAM: Discovering the Statview - Difference between state sponsorship and software and learning to use it in a professional private patronage context. - Various forms of state sponsorship ______- Grants WHO CAN SPONSOR YOUR PROJECT LEA4/6bt : MANAGEMENT COSTS ANALYSIS THE STATE Spring Semester - On the national level - How to apply Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 - Attracting support REGIONAL OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES OBJECTIVE: Define the costs and use statistics tools - Who do we mean exactly ? - How the regional authorities work COURSE PROGRAM: - How the departmental authorities work The statistics variable - How the municipal authorites work The projected calculations methods - The Arts Council and its influence The “direct costing” and full cost models GRANTS - What are these ? ASSESSMENT: Two case studies in pairs and a final - Grants for specific projects or investments written exam - Money grants or other forms of assistance - Legal context of grants BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Inspections – keeping on the right side of the Gestion des entreprises touristiques, éditions bréal law - Tax issues WEBSITES: HOW TO APPLY FOR A GRANT www.minefi.gouv.fr - Contents of your application - What happens to it once you’ve sent it off - How long does it take ? CTV4/5c : ACCOUNTANCY & MANAGEMENT FOR EUROPE Sponsorship programs CULTURAL PROJECTS - - Structural funds Spring Semester PATRONAGE
- What is it ? Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 - Relationship between the sponsor and the
event organisers OBJECTIVE: This course will provide the basic - Patronage and tax accountancy and management knowledge by studying ______cultural, touristic and heritage examples.
When you create a project, you need to do, follow and close a budget. The course will give students the keys AS5/3b: SEMINAR: RESEARCH REPORT to understand the things at stake and the risks of METHODOLOGIES budget management. Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 12 hours total ECTS Credits: 1 Accountancy: definition, double-entry accounting, financial accounting, cost accounting, chart of OBJECTIVE: To learn the methods necessary not only accounts, compulsory files, balance sheet, profit and for success in university, but to also understand what loss statement, cash-flow… writing is and how to do it properly for a senior Management: a definition research paper. Budget management: production and operating budgets… COURSE PROGRAM: The management tools for creating a project - Introduction of the writing requirements for (fundraising, cost assessment). documents of a scientific nature - Learn the ropes of writing and editing ASSESSMENT: A two hour written exam, and a two scientific papers hour written final exam. ______
LEA5/3dt : MANAGEMENT COSTS ANALYSIS AS5/2d : SPONSORSHIP OF CULTURAL PROJECTS Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 OBJECTIVE: Master the cost components of a tourist
product and evaluate the performance in analytical OBJECTIVE: To give the student the most detailed terms. vision possible of the various financial partnerships which can found when organising a cultural event. In COURSE PROGRAM: order to do this, the course will look at the specifics of Variable costs calculation the cultural scene in France and start with the Full costs calculation possibility of sponsorship by the state, the different Price fixing types of grants and subsidies available, and how to Profit analysis apply for them. Students will also learn how funding is available in the private sector and the area of patronage and sponsorship by companies. 113
ASSESSMENT: Two case studies in pairs and a final D) When the IMF gets it wrong written exam II. Money Laundering A) How they do it BIBLIOGRAPHY: B) How to fight against it Gestion des entreprises touristiques, éditions bréal ______WEBSITES: www.minefi.gouv.fr LEA5/3bt : FINANCE AND TOURISM Fall Semester
LEA5/9f : INTERNATIONAL FINANCE & RISK Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 MANAGEMENT Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Understanding the financial side of managing a THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY tourism company.
Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: How to set up the initial finance plan for a tourism COURSE PROGRAM: project using capital, loans, grants and investments. Chapter 1. International Operations The medium-term plan: from 3 to 7 years. I. The Theory Provisional accounts. A) Market-based theory Budget and cash flow. B) Company-based theories Feasibility studies. C) Eclectic theory for international production Financing a business plan for export. II. Practice Feasibility and tourism. A) Exports Negociating with a financial structure or company. B) International patents ______C) International franchising D) Direct investment E) Strategic alliances Political Science F) Risk to Capital III. International Financial Markets ALL OUR POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES ARE A) Eurocredits TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE B) The essential international markets STATED) C) The effects of the Euro D) Euro-shares E3/1c : INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH INSTITUTIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Chapter 2. Risks in International Business & Insuring Fall Semester against them I. Risks concerning changes in the exchange rate Lecture: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 3 A) Internal means of insurance B) External means of insurance OBJECTIVE : This course is specifically intended for II. Risks concerning the interest rate international students who have never studied French A) The futures market politics and institutions in detail before. B) Insurance by varying interest options III. Political risks COURSE PROGRAM: A) Comparative techniques - The institutions of the 5th Republic : B) Analytical techniques executive, legislative and judicial C) Econometric techniques - The French overseas departments and
territories, and their regimes Chapitre 3. Financing international projects - French political parties and the electoral I. What you need system A) Pre-operational credit - The political elite. B) Short-term credit - France’s role in Europe and the world. C) Middle to longterm credit - Education in France D) Others means of finding finance
EVALUATION : Students will take a test in class II. Insuring exports halfway through the semester and a final written A) COFACE insurance policies exam. B) Insurance policies from international banks
BIBLIOGRAPHY: III. How to finance your project - ARDANT (P.) : Institutions politiques et droit A) Different types of finance e constitutionnel, 13 édition, Paris ; L.G.D.J., B) People and organisations involved in international 2001 financing - CHANTEBOUT (B.) : Droit constitutionnel et C) Interest on international financing e science politique, 18 édition, A. Colin, 2001. D) The example of Eurotunnel - FRANCOIS (B.) : Le régime politique de la Chapitre 4. Problems connected to the globalisation of France, Paris , La Découverte, 1998. finance Site Internet I. Macroeconomic examples www. Legifrance. gouv. Fr A) The crisis in Europe in 1992
B) The dollar crisis in 1995 C) The Barings Bank crisis
114
LEA1/2a : INTRODUCTION TO BRITISH Aristote, Les politiques ou La politique, dans INSTITUTIONS une multitude d'éditions diverses et variées Fall Semester Bodin, Les six livres de la République, dont une excellente version abrégée est disponible THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH en livre de poche Hérodote, Thucydide, dont un recueil intégral Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 des deux auteurs est disponible en Pléiade Hobbes, Le Léviathan, entre autre dans sa OBJECTIVE: We will study British institutions and traduction de F. Tricaud publiée chez L.G.D.J. society structure in the four countries making up the Machiavel, Le prince, disponible dans United Kingdom. plusieurs versions de poche Platon, notamment La République, disponible COURSE PROGRAM: en livre de poche - Political geography Rousseau, Le contrat social, disponible chez - Parliament plusieurs éditeurs de poche - Constitution ______- Government - Electoral system H2/16b : POLITICAL SCIENCE 2 - Political parties Spring Semester - Devolution - Trade Unions Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 - The Welfare State OBJECTIVE: PERSONAL WORK: students will learn to understand To provide the basic knowledge of politics and the and analyse British press articles and political leaders’ methodology of political science studies from many speeches. points of view. By giving a potted history of this discipline, we hope to enable students to graps the BIBLIOGRAPHY: main concepts and developments. B. COTTRET, M. HEARN, A. MIOCHE – Manuel de civilisation britannique – Bréal COURSE PROGRAM: D. SCHOLES – La Grande-Bretagne contemporaine - Political science in the ancient world: fromt he pre- Bréal socratic thinkers to Aristotle. Other classics including G. BLAMONT – Les clés de la civilisation britannique - Confucius and Kautyla. Modern political science: from Ellipse Machiavelli to Hobbes. Pre-curseurs of contemporary Suzy HALIMI – La Grande-Bretagne : Histoire & thought: Locke, Montesquieu, Toqueville, Marx, civilisation (2nd part : « Britain today ») – Presses Pareto, Bryce. Founders of contemporary political Universitaires de Nancy science: Weber and Durkheim. A brief history of Websites : political science in the 20th century. Three specialities: http://portal.telegraph.co.uk political ideas, political sociology, analysis of public http://www.times.co.uk policy. Elections – why do people win or lose them? ______Public opinion. Power and domination. Political regimes.
H1/8a : HISTORY OF POLITICAL IDEAS BIBLIOGRAPHY: e Spring Semester Philippe Braud, Sociologie politique, LGDJ, 9 édition, 2008 Jean Baudouin, Introduction à la science politique, Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 e Dalloz-Sirey, 9 édition, 2009 COURSE PROGRAM: This class attempts to give an Jean-Marie Donegani et Marc Sadoun, Qu’est-ce que la overview of the history of political ideas. We shall look politique ? Folio Essais, Gallimard, 2007 at issues connected with the organisation of society, from the city to the empire, state or federation of ______states, starting with Hippodamos in ancient Greece and finishing with the European Union today. Although LEA2/10a : BRITISH POLITICS, ECONOMICS AND the approach will not be entirely chronological, we SOCIETY, 1815-1945 shall aim to cover all the most influential thinkers to Fall Semester be found in this domaine throughout the ages. Extracts from the writings of Herodutus, Socrates, THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH Plato, Aristotle, St Augustine, Justinian, Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, William of Occam, Hobbes, Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Locke, Montesquieu, Rousseau, Proudhon, Brunner etc. will be examined in some detail in class. OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course, the student should be able BIBLIOGRAPHY: to: understand and comment on the essential aspects Lavroff, Les grandes étapes de la pensée of the social, political, economic and ideological politique, Dalloz Prélot, Lescuyer, Histoire des structures of the British industrial society from the Idées politiques, Dalloz, plusieurs éditions. beginnings of the industrial revolution. Lavroff, Les grandes étapes de la pensée politique, Dalloz, 2 éditions COURSE PROGRAM: Il peut être pertinent de se procurer ou de The industrial revolution and the industrial consulter les éditions récentes de certaines developments up to World War I œuvres. A titre d'exemple et parmi une The economic and social conditions during the littérature abondante : Victorian era The political evolution to the universal suffrage
115
The interwar period Understand the role and the structure of the European Institutions. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Describe the main European policies. Norman LOWE, Mastering Modern British History, Know the rights of the European citizen. London, Macmillan, 2009. Grasp the basic principles of European law. A larger bibliography will be suggested and commented during the first class. COURSE PROGRAM: FIRST PART : Europe and her institutions CHAPTER 1 : The political institutions LCE2/9a : AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND SECTION 1 : The governing institutions INSTITUTIONS 1) The European Council and the Council of Fall Semester Europe 2) The European Commission THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH 3) The European Parliament SECTION 2 : The legal institutions Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per week 1) The European Court of Justice and the ECTS credits: 2 Court of First Instance 2) The European Court of Auditors OBJECTIVE: CHAPTER 2 : European law Acquire an understanding of important questions SECTION 1 : The powers of the European Union regarding the theory and practice of state and federal SECTION 2 : The sources of European law government in the United States; 1) The main sources Acquire ability to reason and explain the causes and a) The treaties consequences of government decisions; b) Derived law : regulations and directives Learn to analyse and comment on primary and 2) Unwritten sources secondary documents; SECTION 3 : European law and national law : effects Acquire oral and written skills in English. and primacy
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SECOND PART : Europe and her citizens The course focuses on the workings of the U.S. CHAPTER 1 : THE IDEA OF CITIZENSHIP Constitution and government, with lectures on: SECTION 1 : EUROPEAN CITIZENSHIP AND Origins and Principles of The Constitution NATIONALITY The Bill of Rights and Amendments SECTION 2 : CITIZENSHIP AND FUNDAMENTAL The Executive Branch RIGHTS The Legislative Branch CHAPTER 2 : THE STATUS OF THE EUROPEAN CITIZEN The Judicial Branch SECTION 1 : AN ACTOR ON THE POLITICAL STAGE Federalism 1) European elections Lobby Groups 2) Municipal elections Political Parties SECTION 2 : PROTECTING THE EUROPEAN CITIZEN Feminism 1) Diplomatic and consular protection 2) The right of petiition BIBLIOGRAPHY: 3) The European Ombudsman Mauk & Oakland American Civilization : An 4) Le right of communication with the Introduction (Routledge) European institutions Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton) Vile, John R. A Companion to the United States BIBLIOGRAPHY: Constitution and Its Amendments (Praeger Publishers, Moreau-Defarges P., les institutions européennes, 2006) armand colin , 2007 Fraser, Steve & Gary Gerstle, eds. The Rise and Fall of Gaudron J.C., droit européen, dalloz 2007, 308p the New Deal Order, 1930-1980 (Princeton University Dollat P. Droit européen et droit de l'Union Press, 1999) européenne, Sirey 2007 Sicard, Pierre and Frédérique Spill, eds. Regards sur Jacqué J.P., Droit institutionnel de l’Union européenne, l'Amérique , Approche documentaire des Etats-Unis. dalloz, 2007 Paris : A. Colin, 2011. Carrez, Stéphanie and Sandrine Ferré-Rode. Panorama LEA2/14a : AMERICAN POLITICAL de l'histoire des Etats-Unis. Studyrama, 2013. INSTITUTIONS & SOCIETY Spring Semester INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH milestone www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 www.uk-us.org/ OBJECTIVE: Acquire an understanding of important questions LEA1/3c EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS regarding U.S. history and society; Fall Semester Learn to analyse and comment on primary and secondary documents; Classes: 1.5 hours per week ECTS credits: Acquire oral and written skills in English. 2 COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: The course is divided into 4 thematic units, which in At the end of the course the student should be able each case will be approached from a historical to : perspective:
116
Unit I The United States Government and the CHAFE, William H. SITKOFF, Harvard, and BAILEY, Constitution Beth, eds. A History of Our Time: Readings in Postwar Unit II Education in America America (Oxford University Press, 2007) Unit III The Media FRASER, Steve & Gary GERSTLE, eds. The Rise and Unit IV The Economy Fall of the New Deal Order, 1930-1980 (Princeton University Press, 1999) ASSESSMENT: LAFEBER, Walter America, Russia, and the Cold War One oral presentation and a final written exam. 1945-2002 (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2002) TINDALL & Shi, America: A Narrative History (Norton) BIBLIOGRAPHY: Mauk & Oakland, American Civilization: An INTERNET WEBSITES: Introduction, Routledge www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= Nash, Gary B., Atlas of American History, Facts on milestone File, 2006 www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ Tindall & Shi, America: A Narrative History, Norton www.uk-us.org/
INTERNET WEBSITES: www.ourdocuments.gov/content.php?flash=old&page= LCE3/21a : ESSENTIAL THEMES IN 19th CENTURY milestone BRITISH CIVILISATION www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/ Spring Semester www.uk-us.org/ ______THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH
LCE3/17a : Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 U.S. DOMESTIC POLICY SINCE 1945 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM:
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH « Britain in the 19th century : important issues » I- Emancipation : from the abolition of slavery to the Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Suffragette Movement II- The Irish question OBJECTIVE: This course will present some of the key III- The Reforming spirit and the Social question moments in U.S. domestic policy since World War II, IV- The Imperial predicament with specific focus on the economic, national security, V- Cultural and ideological transformations immigration and social welfare strategies and ______approaches of the Eisenhower, Johnson, Nixon and Reagan administrations. LEA3/18e : Economic History of the United States COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester 1. Introduction - Domestic policy institutions and decision- THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH makers 2. Truman into Eisenhower Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Cold War backdrop - National Security Agency COURSE PROGRAM: - G.I. Bill 1 – The pre-colonial period 3. Eisenhower: Policing the Home Front 2 – The colonial period - McCarthyism / HUAC 3 – The new nation 4. Eisenhower: The affluent society 4 – Civil War and Reconstruction: the 1860s 5. LBJ 5 – The Gilded Age: 1865-1900 - Kennedy inheritance 6 – The Progressive era: 1890-1920 - The Great Society 7 – The Roaring Twenties: 1920-1929 6. LBJ 8 – The Great Depression and the New Deal: 1929- - The New Left 1945 - Counterculture 9 – Post-War economy: 1945-1960 7. Nixon 10 – Stagflation in the 1970s - The Cauldron Bubbles 11 – The economy in the 1980s - Energy crisis / economic decline 12 – The economy in the 1990s 8. Nixon 13 – Sept. 11, 2001 and the U.S. economy - Plastering the cracks 14 – From 2002 to 2008 - Watergate and its legacy 9. Reagan BIBLIOGRAPHY: - The rise of conservatism - - Michael French, U.S. Economic History since - Reaganomics 1945, Manchester University Press, 1997. 10. Reagan - Ronald Seavoy, An Economic History of the - Consequences of Reaganomics U.S.: From 1607 to the Present, Routledge, - The Republican Age 2006. J. Malsberger & J. N. Marshall, The Americzn Economic ASSESSMENT: History Reader : Documents & Readings, Routledge, A research paper and a final written exam. 2008. ______BIBLIOGRAPHY: CHAFE, William H. The Unfinished Journey: America LEA3/18d : FROM WELFARE TO WORKFARE: Since World War II (Oxford University Press, 2002) BRITAIN IN THE 20th CENTURY
117
Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: This class aims to study the main economic and social THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH phenomena from the 19th century to the present. We hope to give students the tools they need to analyse Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS Credits: 2 and understand contemporary societies.
OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course the student COURSE PROGRAM: should be able to: know the moments, the themes and Theme 1: The Birth and Development of the overall logic of the United Kingdom’s social and Capitalism economic policy, from the construction of the Welfare * The Indistrial Revolution State and the development of a consensual policy from * The Birth of Economic Thought World War II to the refocusing on work (Workfare) and * The Industrial Age : 1873-1941 the emphasis on the competitiveness of Blairism. Theme 2: The Great Transformation * Financing the Economy and Crisis Theory COURSE PROGRAM: * The 30 Glorious Years The origins of the Keynesian Welfare State * Economic Analysis of the Role and Purpose of the The economic and social evolution during the State “consensus” period Theme 3: Towards a Global Economy? The Thatcher era * Development Strategies The rise of the Shumpetarian Workfare State * Globalisation * The Post-Industrial Society BIBLIOGRAPHY: Norman LOWE, Mastering Modern British History, BIBLIOGRAPHY: London, Macmillan, 2009. _ Raymond ARON, Le marxisme de Marx, Editions de A larger bibliography will be suggested and Fallois, Paris, 2002. commented during the first class. __ , Dix-huit leçons sur la société industrielle, ______Gallimard Poche, Paris, 1986. Régis BENICHI, Histoire de la mondialisation, Vuibert, H3/20a : CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL & SOCIAL Paris, 2008. PROBLEMS Laurent CARROUE, Didier COLLET, Claude RUIZ, Les Fall Semester mutations de l’économie mondiale de la Révolution Industrielle à nos jours, Bréal, Paris, 2009. Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Daniel COHEN, Trois leçons sur la société post- industrielle, Seuil-La République des Idées, Paris, COURSE PROGRAM: 2006. We shall learn how to analyse current affairs, placing Jean-Pierre DELAS, Economie contemporaine : faits, particular emphasis on the following themes: concepts, théories, Ellipses, Paris, 2008. - Globalisation and civilisations, Ghislain DELEPLACE, Histoire de la pensée économique, - What is a crisis ?, Dunod, Paris, 1999. - Natural disasters and their management, Henri DENIS, Histoire de la pensée économique, PUF, - Prudence and responsibility, Paris, 1966 pour la première édition, 2008 pour - Public opinion, l’édition quadrige. - Religion and society, François ETNER, Les historiens de la pensée - Art, économique, Economica, Paris, 2006. - Emotions in public life. __ , Histoire de la pensée économique, Economica, Paris, 2000. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Pascal GAUCHON, Le monde, PUF, Paris, 2008. Youssef Courbage et Emmanuel Todd, Le rendez-vous Charles GIDE, Charles RIST, Histoire des doctrines des civilisations, Seuil, 2007 économiques, Dalloz, Paris, 2000. Régis Debray, Un mythe contemporain : le dialogue Gérard Marie HENRY, Histoire de la pensée économique, des civilisations, CNRS éditions, 2007. Armand Colin, Paris, 2009. Larry McDonald & Patrick Robinson, A colossal failure : Marc MONTOUSSE (dir.), AEHSC, Bréal, Paris, 2010. the inside story of the collapse of Lehman Brothers, __ , Histoire de la pensée économique, Bréal, Paris, Ebury Press, 2009 2000. Fondation Jean Jaurès, Agir face aux crises : Katrina, __ , L’indispensable en analyse économique et grippe aviaire, tsunami..., Plon, 2006 historique des sociétés contemporaines, Bréal, Paris, François Ewald & al., Le principe de précaution, PUF, 2009. 2001 Robert REICh, L’économie mondialisée, Dalloz, Paris, Hans Jonas, Le principe responsabilité, Cerf, 1990 1997. Loic Blondiaux , La fabrique de l'opinion, Seuil, 1998 Guy SORMAN, L’économie ne ment pas, Fayard, Paris, Pierre Bourdieu, "L'opinion publique n'existe pas" 2008. Natalie La Balme, Partir en guerre, Autrement, 2002 ______Camille froideveaux, Politique et religion aux Etats- Unis, La Découverte, 2009 H3/20b : INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Jean-François Colosimo, Dieu est Américain : de la Fall Semester théodémocratie aux Etats-Unis, Fayard, 2006 ______Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
H3/19c : ECONOMIC AND HISTORICAL ANALYSIS OBJECTIVE: OF CONTEMPORARY SOCIETIES Understanding the specificities of International Fall Semester Relations from a political point of view, by 1) acquiring knowledge and 2) learning how to interpret what we Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 know in an international context and 3) learning the particular methods used in this speciality. We shall
118
learn how to express our analysis of international - Micro-ethnicity affairs both orally and in written documents. - The Romany peoples and their European identity COURSE PROGRAM: ______Students will make oral presentations and give in analystical files about themes which they have studied. LCE3/21a : The West: Reality and Myth in the These themes will then be analysed in more detail in Making of an American Region class. Spring Semester Each class will examine a different theme. The list of these will be distributed in the first class and students THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH will chose which one they would like to work on in more detail. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Some possible themes : - Three ways of approaching international relations: OBJECTIVE: theory, history, sociology In the American imagination, the West has always - three ways of understanding the international order: been perceived as a land of possibilities both politics, systems, society challenging and rewarding for the one who might tame - Classic texts on international relations: Thucydides, its wilderness. In the 19th Century, newspapers Hobbes, Rousseau, Kant, etc. promoted the West by urging Americans to “Go - Realism and idealism today west…and grow up with the country”, suggesting that - international organisations – world government? the emergence of a specifically American identity was - Civil society, law and humanitarian work intimately connected with its expansionist ideals. The - War idea of Manifest Destiny that was formulated as late as - International crises 1845 had been a central feature from the early years of the republic: the Pilgrim Fathers, who had initially BIBLIOGRAPHY : colonized the northern part of the country soon moved Guillaume Devin, Sociologie des relations southward to conquer the Carolinas and Georgia, internationales, Repères, La Découverte, 2006 eventually going west into territories that would, in Gilbert Guillaume, Les grandes crises internationales et turn, become states. The Transcendentalists le droit, Points Essais, Le Seuil, 1994 formulated conflicting ideas about the meaning of the Dario Battistella, Théorie des relations internationales, conquest seeing potential or danger for the people— e Presses de Sciences Po, 3 édition, 2009 Thoreau defined the West as a “country for the François-Charles Mougel et Séverine Pacteau, Histoire mindless” while writing elsewhere that it was “a des relations internationales, XIXe et XXe siècles, Que country of the mind”. The pioneers kept moving west e sais-je ?, PUF, 10 édition, 2010 while the government was working on land acquisition ______from other countries. The Louisiana Purchase (1803) doubled the size of the country and led Thomas H3/23c : CONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN PROBLEMS Jefferson to commission an expedition to explore its Spring Semester riches, eventually opening the way for settlement. Focusing on the ideology of expansionism, this class is Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 intended to introduce students to the idea of American exceptionalism.
OBJECTIVE: COURSE PROGRAM: This course is aimed at students who already have 1. Early Phases in American Territorial Expansion some knowledge of the history of Europe since 1945 2. A People and More than one Nation? and who are capable of analysing primary political 3. The Lewis and Clark Expedition sources. 4. The West in American Politics: Bringing on the
COURSE PROGRAM: Heartbreak… The last 20 years, since the fall of Communism, have 5. The West as American History been chaotic for the countries of Central and Eastern 6. Representing the West in a Looking-Glass: Europe. The themes chosen for this class will illustate Reality v. Myth/Myth v. Reality the contradictions and upheavals in these societies since the reunification of Germany and the conflicts BIBLIOGRAPHY: and difficulties to be overcome on the road to full Compulsory reading: Willa Cather, My Antonia, 1918, integration in Europe. The class will be on personal New York, Vintage, 1994. [Preferably this edition, testimony from journalists and diplomats working in Oxford’s World Classics or Signet]. the field. Here are some indications of the subjects we shall Ambrose, Stephen E. Undaunted Courage: Meriwether study, mainly from of cross-border perspective: Lewis, Thomas Jefferson and the Opening of the population movements, divisions, conflicts, tensions, American West. 1996. New York: Simon & Schuster, local wars, politics and current affairs in the region. 2003.
Calloway, Colin G. One Vast Winter Count: The Native Intro: after the wall, the war; issues in the - American West before Lewis and Clark. Lincoln: Balkans University of Nebraska Press, 2003. Kosovo - is it really a country ? - Lagayette, Pierre. L’Ouest américain: Réalités et Bosnia-Herzegovina, a European protectorte - mythes. Paris : Ellipses, « Les essentiels de civilisation Croatia, the model student of European - anglo-saxonne », 1997. values ______Serbia - un unfinished story - - Romania, fragile integration H4/1aRI : GLOBAL POLITICS - Macedonia, a conflict zone Fall Semester - Hungary, active minorities...
119
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY OBJECTIVE: Thomas OATLEY [2008], International Political This introductory course is about the theory and Economy: Pearson, New York. sociology of global politics from an international George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The Theorical Evolution relations perspective (e.g. the nature of leadership; of International Political Economy: a reader, internationale politics, power and decision making; Robert GILPIN [2001], Global Political Economy: causes of war and conditions for peace; new threats Understanding the International Economic Order: like terrorism or piracy, and new challenges like Princeton University Press. international justice and economic regulation; etc.). Harry .Y. Jr WAN [2006] Harnessing Globalization: A This course is designed to be an introduction to the Review of East Asian Case Histories, World Scientific, field of international politics, so it will be very “reading Singapore intensive” and the vast majority of student’s readings Steve SMITH, Amelia HADFIELD & Tim DUNNE [2007], will become the basis for class discussions. Foreign Policies: theories, actors, cases, Oxford University Press, Oxford. COURSE PROGRAM: Tim DUNNE, Milja KURKI & Steve SMITH [2010], 1. Introduction to International Relations International Relations Theories: discipline and 2. International Relations Theories diversity, Oxford University Press, Oxford. 3. History of International Relations John W. YOUNG & John KENT [2003], International 4. Sociology of International Relations Relations since 1945: a global history, Oxford 5. International System and International Order University Press, Oxford 6. The State ______7. International Organizations, Intergovernmental Organizations, Nongovernmental Organizations H4/1bRI : 8. Individuals and Companies GEOPOLITICS OF RELIGION 9. Diplomacy: War and Peace Fall Semester 10. Military: victory or defeat 11. Intelligence: knowing the unknown 12. Conclusion: Globalizing international politics Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: H4/1cRI : This class will look at the role played by religion on the PRINCIPLES OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS international stage from the point of view of political Fall Semester science, law and sociology. There will be three aims:
Lectures: 2 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 - Analysing the now global religious field with regard to the different dynamics present in Catholicism, OBJECTIVE: Protestantism, Orthodoxy, Buddhism and Islam. Who rules the world? Who is sufficiently powerful to - Understanding the legal principles in different use the global economy for his personal interest ? Was political cultures which deal with questions of religious Russia or Japan the more powerful during the Cold freedom and human rights. this will include a survey of War ? The class in political economy seeks to answer historical changes in the place of religion in political such questions and o explain the international power constitutions and foreign policy. struggle. "Political Economy means the recirocal and - Studying the place of religious representatives in the dynamic interaction in international relations between geopolics of contemporary international relations. the search fo wealth and seach for power" (Gilpin, 1975). COURSE PROGRAM: 1 : Analysis of religious and professional aims: the COURSE PROGRAM: areas we will study. Part One: Framework of analysis and approaches Defining religion in current affairs: what is a religion ? to the study of International Relations Anthropological and sociological approaches. Session #1: Theories and intellectual framework of International Relations (1/2) 2 : Analysis of the place of religion in politics - the Session #2 : Theories and intellectual framework of example of France. Contemporary problems since International Relations (2/2) 1979: Iran, Poland, 9/11. Session #3 : New definitions of power Contemporary international rules and regulations: the Session #4: Test #1 USA, France, the UN. Part Two: Nation-States, Non-state Actors and International Institutions 3 : The geopolitics of Catholicism in the world. Session #5: Nation-States in Global Politics Session #6: Non-State actors and international 4 : The geopolitics of Islam in the world. regimes Session #7: Civil society, Religions and International 5 : Geopolitics of Orthodoxy in the Balkans. Is Russia Relations an Orthodox power ? Session #8: Test #2 6 : European geopolitical religious policy: Arab Part Three: Security, Conflict and Diplomacy revolutions, Iran, Turkey, Tibet etc. Session #9: War, economy and international 7 : Religious NGOs organizations Session #10: Is there a new diplomacy? 8; What analysis if the religious situation is used for Session #11: Issues in international governance: the (early warnings, country indicators of foreign policy), rise of the East. And the new world governance countries at risk, foreign policy and religious freedom: Session #12: Practical case the religious department of the French Foreign Office.
120
BIBLIOGRAPHY: In an effort to gain further proficiency in both oral and Jean-Pierre Bastian, Françoise Champion et Kathy written skills, students will actively engage in class Rousselet. La globalisation du religieux. Paris : discussions by presenting the documents they will l’harmattan, 2001 have read from a critical perspective. Jean-Benoît D’Onorio, (sous la direction de ). Le Saint- Siège dans les relations internationales, Paris : Cerf, COURSE PROGRAM: 1989. Bruno Duriez, François Mabille et Kathy Rousselet Topic 1: International Exchange Theories (sous la direction de). Les ONG confessionnelles - Session 1 : Reasons for internationalization Religions et action internationale. Paris : l’Harmattan, Session 2: Standard Theories on International Trade 2007. Session 3 : New Theories to Approach International François Mabille. Les troupes du Vatican, Paris : Le Trade Manuscrit, 2007. Olivier Roy. Généalogie de l’islamisme, Paris : Session 4 : Assessment n°1 Hachette, 2001. Francois Thual. La passion des autres, Paris : CNRS Topic 2: A History of International Exchange Editions, 2011 Session 5 : The Evolution of International Trade since ______the First Industrial Revolution Session 6 : The Organization of Global Exchange and H4/6b RI : EUROPEAN BALANCE DURING THE the Construction of Regional Economic Centers since CLASSICAL ERA 1945 Spring Semester Session 7 : The Role of Multinational Firm in Global Economy Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Session 8 : Assessment n°2 COURSE PROGRAM: 1 : The wars of independence 1810-1820 Topic 3: Current Issues Session 9 : International Payments 2 : Caudilism 19th and 20th centuries. Session 10 : Unbalance, Economic and Social Policies in Open Economy 3 : 20th century dictatorships Session 11 : Development Strategies
4: Liberal Democracies Session 12 : Assessment n°3
5 : The conflict between Venezuela and Columbia BIBLIOGRAPHY: (current) Philippe HUGON, Economie Politique Internationale et Mondialisation, Economica, Paris, 1997. 6 : Influence of the super-powers: USA, China, Brazil Thomas OATLEY, International Political Economy, Pearson, New York, 2008. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Pierre DE SENARCLENS, La Mondialisation, Armand Colin, François Chevalier, L’Amérique latine, de Paris, 2002. l’Indépendance à nos jours, PUF, 1993 (2e édition). George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The theoretical Stephen Launay, Chavez-Uribe, duex voies pour evolution of International Political Economy, a Reader. l’Amérique latine ?, Buchet-Chastel, 2010. Régis BENICHI, Histoire de la Mondialisation, Vuibert, Carlos Rangel, Du bon sauvage eu bon révolutionnaire, Paris, 2008. Robert Laffont, 1976. Stéphane PAQUIN, La nouvelle économie politique Alain Rouquié, Amérique latine. Introduction à internationale, Armand Colin, Paris, 2008. l’Extrême-Occident, Points-Seuil, 1998 (édition revue __, Economie Politique Internationale, Montchrestien, et augmentée). Paris, 2005. ______Robert GILPIN, Global Political Economy: Understanding the International Economic Order, Princeton University H4/5cRI : Press, 2001. Economic Aspects of International Relations Gérard KEBABDJIAN (dir.), La question politique en économie international, La découverte, Paris, 2006. Spring Semester Gérard KEBADJIAN, Les théories de l’économie politique internationale, Seuil, Paris, 1999. Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Frank BAUMGARTNER, Basic Interests: The Importance of Groups in Politics and in Political Science, Princeton OBJECTIVE: University Press, 1998. The development of international relations together Phillip O’hara, Encyclopedia of Political Economy, with globalization makes it necessary to find new ways Taylor & Francis, 2003. of analyzing the current situation on the international Dani Rodrick, One economics, many recipes: scene. This class means to look at major international Globalization, Institutions and Economic Growth, economic issues in a broader context by analyzing the Princeton University Press, 2007. interrelationship between international policy and ______international economics so as to see understand how power relations have changed through the years. H5/10cRI : This class is based on an interdisciplinary approach to International Political Economy international economic issues. We will thus resort to economic sciences, history, international relations and Fall Semester international economic policies. Such an approach will make it possible for students to acquire an THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH understanding of complex issues and take their own stand when discussing them. Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 4
121
Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: Who rules the world? Who _ or what _ is powerful THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN ENGLISH enough to design globalization according to its own interest? Was the USSR _ a military power _ more Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 powerful than Japan _ an economic power _ in the cold war era? This International Political Economy (IPE) COURSE PROGRAM: class tries to provide answers to these questions. The general purpose of this course is to provide the This module is designed to introduce students to the students with the intellectual tools and knowledge to prevailing theories of IPE, and how they are used and assess the 'inevitably difficult challenge', faced by misused in the analysis of contemporary policy issues. democratic societies and especially by their leaders, 'of The aim of the course is to provide students with a balancing intelligence and security needs against broad overview of the frameworks of analysis, actors, fundamental commitments to constitutional institutions, issues and processes responsible for government and human liberty' (Russel A. Miller, US international relations, the causes of war, inter-state National Security, Intelligence and Democracy, economic competition, and the structural configuration Routledge, 2008). of power in the international system. It also aims at Intelligence (or ‘strategic intelligence’ or ‘secret providing both academic skills and applying these skills intelligence’) plays a critical role in everything related for professional outcomes. to foreign affairs, diplomacy and defense policies. ‘In short, intelligence is the processing of information. COURSE PROGRAM: Functionally, intelligence is similar to journalism and academic research. Unlike the media, think tanks and Part One: Framework of analysis and approaches other information producers, however, intelligence to the study of International Relations deals only in foreign information, providing it to a Session #1: Theories and intellectual framework of IPE restricted government clientele, and often tailors its (1/2) products (briefings, maps, reports, digitized data, etc) Session #2 : Theories and intellectual framework of to specific policymakers. Moreover, intelligence has its IPE (2/2) own dedicated and sometimes exotic information Session #3 : New definitions of power sources, including secret agents and elaborate systems Session #4: Test #1 of high tech sensors’ (John Macartney, ‘Teaching Intelligence: Getting Started’, American University & Part Two: Nation-States, Non-state Actors and AFIO 28 March 1999). International Institutions This course is specifically devoted to intelligence, but it Session #5: Nation-States in Global Politics regards the study of intelligence issues as a Session #6: Non-State actors and international counterpart of other international relations, foreign regimes and defense policies courses. It focuses on three Session #7: Civil society, Religions and International things: 1/ on concepts, paradigms, schools of thought Relations and national perceptions, 2/ on some specific Session #8: Test #2 contemporary and operational issues such as state secrecy, intelligence in the policy-making process and Part Three: Security, Conflict and Diplomacy the question of politicization, and 3/ some ethical Session #9: War, economy and international paradoxes regarding covert action and more generally organizations the political challenges democratic societies are facing Session #10: Is there a new diplomacy? regarding intelligence activities. Session #11: Issues in international governance: the rise of the East. And the new world governance Achievements expected by the end of the Session #12: Practical case module: - to assess the competing conceptions of strategic intelligence; BIBLIOGRAPHY: - to understand the developments of intelligence _ Thomas OATLEY [2008], International Political organizations; Economy: Pearson, New York. - to discuss the main theoretical approaches to George T. CRANE & Abla AMAWI, The Theorical Evolution intelligence; of International Political Economy: a reader, - to evaluate the key theoretical debates concerning Robert GILPIN [2001], Global Political Economy: the intelligence cycle; Understanding the International Economic Order: - to understand the problems encountered by states Princeton University Press. regarding major strategic surprise and intelligence failure; Harry .Y. Jr WAN [2006] Harnessing Globalization: A Review of East Asian Case Histories, World Scientific, BIBLIOGRAPHY: Singapore - Loch K. Johson, Handbook of Intelligence Studies, Steve SMITH, Amelia HADFIELD & Tim DUNNE [2007], Routledge, 2009; Foreign Policies: theories, actors, cases, Oxford - Christopher Andrew, Richard J. Aldrich and Wesley K. University Press, Oxford. Wark (eds.), Secret Intelligence: A Reader, Routledge, Tim DUNNE, Milja KURKI & Steve SMITH [2010], 2009; International Relations Theories: discipline and - Bruce D. Berkowitz and Allen E. Goodman, Best diversity, Oxford University Press, Oxford. Truth: Intelligence in the Information Age, New Haven, John W. YOUNG & John KENT [2003], International Yale University Press, 2000; Relations since 1945: a global history, Oxford - Michael Herman, Intelligence Power in Peace and University Press, Oxford War, Cambridge University Press, 1996; ______- Mark M. Lowenthal, Intelligence: From Secrets to Policy, Fourth edition, CQ Press, 2009. H4/5aRI : ______STRATEGIC INTELLIGENCE H5/13cRI : ASIA: THE NEW CENTER OF
122
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OOI Keat Gin, Historical Dictionary of Malaysia, The Spring Semester scarecrow Press, Lanham, 2009. Philippe PAPIN, Vietnam: parcours d’une nation, La Lectures: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Documentation française, Paris, 2003. Philippe PELLETIER, L'Extrême-Orient. L'invention d'une OBJECTIVE : Over the last few years, Asia has histoire et d'une géographie, Folio, Paris, 2011 become more and more influential. Initially perceived François RAILLON, Indonésie la réinvention d’un as a mere awakening, the development that Asia has archipel, La Documentation française, 1999. undergone makes it impossible to ignore its presence Bernard STEVENS, Le nouveau capitalisme asiatique, in the landscape of world affairs. As a consequence, Academia Bruyllant, Louvain la Neuve, 2009. some scholars do not hesitate to say that the earth’s Fareed ZAKARIA, The post-American World, WW Norton center of gravity has changed places [Mahbubani]. & Company, New York, 2008. The aim of this class is to help students better understand the contemporary period by tracing Modern Asia’s genealogy, taking into account the fault H5/13aRI: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN lines and the reasons for the now celebrated « Asian ASIAN POLITICS miracle ». Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM : Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Topic 1 : Inventing Asia Session 1 : Meeting the West OBJECTIVE: Session 2 : The Westphalia Moment The emergence of Asia is a challenge for all theories Session 3 : Stages in the Development of Asia: 1950- of international relations: realism, liberalism or 1970 constructivism. This class aims to examine the connections between these theories and the Session 4 : Assessment n°1 peformance of this region in the areas of diplomacy, energy and the environment. In particular, the class Topic 2 : The « Asian Miracle » will review the growth of China as a world power and Session 5 : Rethinking the State its influence on the diplomatic balance of the region, Session 6 : The Japanese Paradigm on the flow of enery and raw materials, on Session 7 : Understanding Reform in China technological and sustainable development. On both the regional and the global levels, we see a Session 8 : Assessment n°2 certain imbalance. Bilateral relations with the USA, Korea and Japan and multilateral negociations in the Topic 3 : The New Asian Century ? areas of energy and the environment are particularly Session 9 : The 1997 Financial crisis and the Wave of revealing when it comes to China's specific cultural Democratization strategy. Session 10 : Geopolitical Emergence Session 11 : Challenges to Come H5/14cRI: DEALING WITH INTERNATIONAL Session 12 : Assessment n°3 CRISIS Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY : Marie-Claire BERGERE, Sun Yat-sen, Fayard, Paris, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 1994. __ , Capitalismes et capitalistes en Chine : des OBJECTIVE : origines à nos jours, Perrin, Paris, 2007. Make the students aware that we are part of a Colin BROWN, A short History of Indonesia, Allen & globalized world in the field of dealing with crisis. Lead Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. to an understanding that new communication tools ( Robert CALVET, Les Japonais, Armand Colin, Paris, such as Web 2.0) enable information to be spread 2003. worldwide. This course contains case studies to make David CAMROUX, Jean-Luc DOMENACH (dir.), L’Asie them react about financial, economical, market, retrouvée, Seuil, Paris, 1997. environment, medical or human crisis. Rodolphe DE KONICK, L’Asie du Sud-Est, Armand Colin, Paris, 2005. COURSE PROGRAM: Danielle ELISSEEFF, Histoire de la Chine, Editions du Description of crisis ( those mentioned above) Rocher, Paris, 1997. preceded by a three-hour seminar and a group work __ , Histoire du Japon, Editions du Rocher, Paris, during another three hours. Communication strategies 2001. to be set into motion and find solutions. Guy FAURE (dir.), Nouvelle Géopolitique de l’Asie, Ellipses, Paris, 2005. ASSESSMENT: Sébastien LECHEVALIER, La grande transformation du 4 case studies, 4 group works, 4 collective marks for capitalisme japonais (1980-2010), Presses de Sciences solutions found, 4 individual marks for oral Po, 2011 participation LEE Kuan Yew, From third world to first, Harper Collins
Publishers, New-York, 2000. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Kishore MAHBUBANI, The New Asian Emisphere, Public Gestion de crise, Marie-Thérèse Reuilly, l’harmattan, Affairs, New York, 2008, traduction française: Le défi 1996 asiatique, Fayard, Paris, 2008. Crises, de 1 à 150, T. Libaert, Collection 360°, 2007 Virginia MATHESON HOOKER, A short History of Malaysia, International Handbook of Organizational Crisis Allen & Unwin, Crows Nest, 2003. Management, C. Roux-Dufort, J. Clair, C. M. Pearson, Claude MEYER, Chine ou Japon quel leader pour Sage Publications, 2007 l’Asie ?, Presses Science Po, Paris, 2010. La communication de crise, T. Libaert, Dunod, 2010 Plan de gestion de crise, D. Heiderich, Dunod, 2010
123
Réussir ma première gestion de crise, F. Carlier, POLITICS Vocatis, 2011 Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 H5/9bRI DEFENCE POLICY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM : 1 : The primacy of politics from Aristotle to Carl Schmitt and Raymond Aron. Politics in extreme and Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 routine situations.
OBJECTIVE: This class aims to study defence policy 2 : The risk of war, from Thucydides to Clausewitz, from the beginning of the Cold War to the present, Raymond Aron, Benjamin Constant. based of several essential themes.
3: Ancient and modern theories of the just war from St COURSE PROGRAM: Augustine to modern American practice in the early 1 – Introduction : risks and threats 21st century. 2 –History of changes in defence policy since the beginning of the Cold War 4 : Can peace last ? Kant and the theory of democratic 3 –European Defence Policy peace. 4 – NATO and France
5 –Defence strategies, in particular dissuasion 5 : The current international system and contemporary 6 – La France and the world (OPEX) theories of international relations and their 7 –National Security philosophical significance. 8 – Conclusion
6 : International law and international politics. Other points will be raised if we have time, including:
- The arms industry BIBLIOGRAPHY: - How national defence is organised (budget, decision making, management etc.) Raymond Aron, Paix et guerre entre les nations, Calmann-Lévy, 1984 (8e édition). Dario Battistella, Théories des relations H5/14aRI: INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION internationales, Presses de Sciences Po, 2009 (3e AND CONFLICTS édition). Spring Semester Stephen Launay, La Guerre sans la guerre. Essai sur une querelle occidentale, Descartes et Cie, 2003. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Frédéric Ramel, Philosophie des relations internationales, Presses de Sciences Po, 2002. OBJECTIVE : ______To reveal the issues at stake in international communication strategy in global organisations like the UN and similar bodies, large NGOs and multinational companies. Psychology COURSE PROGRAM: Different aspects of international communication will IMPORTANT: ALL OUR PSYCHOLOGY COURSES be tackled. First of all, we shall remind ourselves of ARE TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE the constraints and specificités of communicating in an STATED) intercultural setting. We shall then examine the organsiational, managerial and strategic issues at P1/1a : INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY stake in comminicating internationally whether in Fall Semester business, advertising or diplomacy. We shall also look at how governments and non-governmental Classes: 2h30 per week ECTS credits: 6 organisations multinational companies or use communciation expertise and information as levers to OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the history of obtain influence in the world. psychology and the main themes studied
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Devin, Guillaume. Sociologie des relations What is psychology ? internationales. Paris : La Découverte, 2009. Social Psychology Huault, Isabelle. Le management Different specialities : clinical, social etc. international. Paris : La Découverte, 1997. Mattelart, Armand. La mondialisation de la BIBLIOGRAPHY: communication. Paris : La Découverte, 2008. Benedetto, P. (2004). Introduction à la psychologie. Nye, Joseph. Soft Power : the Means to Paris : Hachette, collection Hachette Supérieur. Success in World Politics. New York : Public Huteau, M. (2001). Les figures de l’intelligence. Paris : Affairs, 2004. EAP. Nye, Joseph. Cyberpower. Cambridge : Lemaine, G., et Matalon, B. (1985). Hommes Harvard University Press, 2010. supérieurs, hommes inférieurs : la controverse sur Numéro 54 de la revue Critique l’hérédité de l’intelligence. Paris : Armand Colin internationale, « L’anthropologie des relations internationales », 2012. P1/2a : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 1 Fall Semester H5/13bRI: PHILOSOPHY OF INTERNATIONAL
124
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS Credits: 6 OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the history of clinical pathology and to learn the vocabulary needed OBJECTIVE: The basic theories behind general to describe psychotic and anxiety problems psychology. How does the human psyche work ? COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: A brief history of clinical psychology Perception How to analyse a psychological case Memory Psychoses Learning Anxiety Concentration Intelligence Problem Solving P1/9a : INTRODUCTION TO DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester
P1/3a : BIOLOGY FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Fall Semester ECTS Credits: 6
Classes: 2h30 per week ECTS credits: 6 OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the different basic concepts and theories commonly used in OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to human and developmental psychology and to help students animal physiology understand the transformations which every hman being ndergoes during the first two years of life COURSE PROGRAM: Why sould psychologists study biology ? COURSE PROGRAM: Human life from 0 – 3 years of Biochemistry & cellular biology age Reproduction physical changes Elementary genetics perception Basic physiological functions the affections and emotions Evolution & the origins of life recognition Primitive life forms social context The origins of Man psychoanalytical, biological, cognitive and social approaches to this period BIBLIOGRAPHY: JOLY & BOUJARD, Manuel de biologie pour psychologues, DUNOD P1/10a : INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH Spring Semester P1/8a : INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Classes: 3h class & 2h lab per week Spring Semester ECTS credits: 6
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to the different ECTS credits: 6 research methods used in psychological research. Basic research procedures & ethics. OBJECTIVE: To give an introduction to different themes studied in social psychology. To teach students COURSE PROGRAM: to analyse a situation according to psychological What is psychological research ? principles. What are a hypothesis ? a theory ? Understanding variable factors COURSE PROGRAM: Basic psychometry Gregariousness and sociability Research procedures and standards Imitation and norms Conformity and obedience Changes of attitude P2/13a : GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 Resistance and innovation Fall Semester Attraction and altrusim
Cause & effect Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Relationships and conflicts in a given group
How impressions are formed COURSE PROGRAM: Aggression A detailed examination of the concept of
memory BIBLIOGRAPHY: Introduction to chrono-psychologie and its LEYENS & YZERBYT, Psychologie sociale application to health, work and education
BIBLIOGRAPHY: P1/7a : INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL J.L. ROULIN, Psychologie cognitive (Bréal) PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester P2/16a : METHODOLOGY FOR CLINICAL Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week PSYCHOLOGY ECTS credits: 6 Fall Semester
125
Neuroanatomy Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Neurophysiologie ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: J-M ROBERT, Le cerveau (Flammarion) What is clinical methodology ? J. POIRIER, Le système nerveux (Flammarion) Epistemological value and limits of the clinical method Interview technique for adults & children P2/20a : SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 Demand – need – desire Spring Semester Uses and abuses of clinical practice Lectures: 2h30 per week Seminar: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 6 P2/16a : METHODOLOGY FOR SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OBJECTIVE: To examine psychosocial phenomena Fall Semester connected to the perception of other people
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week COURSE PROGRAM: ECTS credits: 3 group structure : history and definition, how groups form, leadership COURSE PROGRAM: Social perception and epistemology of Why do research in social psychology ? common sense : attributing causality, What is at stake ? Why the researcher is theories of personality never completely objective. Relationships between groups : How to construct a research project ethnocentricity & hostility, competition & Tools for research : statistics, interviews, cooperation, minimal groups, social identity questionaires etc. Stereotypes Interpreting results BIBLIOGRAPHY: D. ANRIEU & J.Y. MARTIN, La dynamique des groupes P2/21a : DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 restreints (PUF) Spring Semester V. AEBISCHER & D. OBERLE, Le groupe en psychologie sociale (Dunod) Classes: 3h30 per week ECTS credits: 6
COURSE PROGRAM: From childhood to old age P2/19a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 2 The child & the adolescent Spring Semester The adult Problems of old age Lectures: 2h30 per week Seminar: 1h30 per week These themes will be treated from a social, cultural, ECTS credits: 6 emotional and cognitive point of view. COURSE PROGRAM: Nevroses P2/21b : PSYCHOMETRY 1 Psychoses Spring Semester Manic depression Freudian theories Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: BERGERET, Psychologie pathologique (Masson) What is psychometry ? RAZOUET, De Freud à Lacan (De Boeck) Criteria for a valid test The place of mental testing in psychological diagnosis P2/15a : EPISTEMOLOGY Different types of testing : instrumental tests, Fall Semester development tests, level fixing etc. Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3
P2/14a : NEUROSCIENCE 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Relationship between epistemology and psychology Classes: 3 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Brief history of epistemology Basic principles of epistemology as applied to OBJECTIVE: The brain and the nervous system at psychology different ages from the embryo to old age. A detail study of the structure of the adult human brain and how it works. P2/15b : ETHICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Neurogenesis Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Phylogenesis – from cells to primates Ontogenesis – morphological aspects of the OBJECTIVE: the student should be aware of the basic nervous system, cellular development, ethical principles governing a psychologists work development of the brain
126
COURSE PROGRAM: Ethics : a definition Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Codes of practice in psychology ECTS credits: 6 The basic texts governing psychological practice COURSE PROGRAM: the course is divided into two The psychologist and the law parts Professional confidentiality Part 1 : ______Social psychology of complex systems Leadership & power P3/25a : PRINCIPAL SCHOOLS The family OF THOUGHT IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY Institutions Fall Semester Part 2 : Methodology for research social psychology Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week How to organise a survey ECTS credits: 6 Interviewing people Using questionaires OBJECTIVE: A comparison of the two mains schools Bias of thought in clinical psychology at present Analysing data
COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: Epistemological basis and specificities of F. BACHER, Les enquêtes en psychologie (PUF) cognitive (behavioural) psychology and systematic psychology. Can these two seemingly contradictory schools be reconciled P3/29a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY at all ? APPLIED TO ADOLESCENTS Fall Semester
P3/35a : NEUROCOGNITION Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week Spring Semester ECTS credits: 6
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Communication in psychotic or other OBJECTIVE: To learn how the nervous system abmormal states influences human behaviour Psychopathology of deliquents Criminal psychopathology COURSE PROGRAM: How behaviour can modify the Understanding juvenile deliquence way the brain works Therapies for deliquents
BIBLIOGRAPHY: P3/26a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY D. MARCELLI, Psychopathologie de l’enfant (Masson) APPLIED TO CHILDREN C. BLATIER, La délinquance des mineurs (PUG) Fall Semester
Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week P3/33a : FAMILY PSYCHOLOGY ECTS credits: 6 Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Psychiatric semiology and psychopathologie Psychopathology in children COURSE PROGRAM: Psychoses common in children the couple and the family Mentally handicapped children psychanalysing the family Behaviour problems in children different stages in the life of a couple Psychic traumas in children the family as a social system
BIBLIOGRAPHY: D. MARCELLI, Psychopathologie de l’enfant (Masson) P3/33c : INTRODUCTION TO ERGONOMY Fall Semester
P3/30a : PSYCHOLOGY OF WORK Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week To give the student an introduction to the theories of ECTS credits: 6 ergonomy used in the creation and design of everyday objects. When is an object "user-friendly" ? What do COURSE PROGRAM: we mean by affordability, usefulness, usages etc. ? Introduction to the work of psychologists in How do we evaluate whether something is fit for the work place and the different theories of purpose ? work. P3/33b : PSYCHOBIOLOGY & HEALTH Fall Semester P3/25b : SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (complex systems) Classes: 1h30 per week ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
127
COURSE PROGRAM: Basic theories in the psychology of health Physical causes of aggresivity Clinical models Psychosomatic illnesses Determining factors in health and sickness Biological factors influencing our consciences The work of the clinical psychologist in the Neurophysiology and sexuality health sector Puberty, the andropause and the menopause Causes of sexual excitement Hormonal influences on sexual behaviour P3/36c : PSYCHOSOCIOLOGICAL APPROACH TO TRAINING AND LIFELONG EDUCATION BIBLIOGRAPHY: Spring Semester B. GERMAIN & P. LANGIS, La sexualité, approche biologique, Laval, Editions Etudes Vivantes Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 J-D VINCENT, Biologie des passions (Odile Jacob) COURSE PROGRAM: Social, political and economic issues in P3/28b : PSYCHOMETRY 2 education in the western world Fall Semester Lifelong learning and professional in-service training in France – a historical and legal Lectures: 2 hours per week perspective ECTS credits: 2 Differences between education, training and teaching COURSE PROGRAM: Training needs and how to discern them Psychometry for children and adolescents The different actors in a training situation Rohrsach’s Test The teaching process and how to create a The Thematic Aperception Test learning environment Wechsler’s Adult Intelligence Scale Evaluating training courses
P3/34a : COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY P3/35b : PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY Spring Semester Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: Learning cognitive processes and their COURSE PROGRAM: implications in the treatment of information (language, Memory and psychopharmacology intelligence, emotions). Treatments for cerebral palsy and related disease COURSE PROGRAM: ______Language acquisition and mechanisms, understanding languge, use of lexical P3/35c : TREATING NERVE RELATED MOTOR elements PROBLEMS Intelligence – what is IQ ? Different Spring Semester approaches to intelligence (from Spearman to Guilford to Piaget’s genetic approach or Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Sternberg’s cognitive approach) Emotions : definitions and classifications. COURSE PROGRAM: Various cognitive models from James to Beck Introduction to the theory and practice of the The influence of anxiety on the treatment of treatment of problems of movement and information coordination Occupational therapy ______P3/36a : PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION & LEARNING P3/28a : ISSUES IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Spring Semester Fall Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Lectures: 2h per week Seminar: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 6 COURSE PROGRAM: What does it mean to understand ? COURSE PROGRAM: What does it mean to learn ? An in-depth look at Moscovici’s approach to social Types of knowledge psychology and the tools available to the psychologist Acquiring knowledge in his analysis of social situations. Cognitive learning strategies Personal identity : stability and change Education & intelligence Violence : causes and solutions Learning difficulties Communication, defence mechanisms & learning strategies : an introduction to the work of Chris Argyris P3/36b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY & HEALTH ______Spring Semester P4/1a : PSYCHOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 6 Fall Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Classes & Lab : 3 hours ECTS credits: 6
128
OBJECTIVE: Enabling students to master the suffering and pleasure. We shall examine several techniques of psychological diagnosis work-related problems: alcoholism, stress, burn- out and depression. We shall look at these from COURSE PROGRAM: the point of view of cognitive theory, psychology The course provides a theoretical and practical of groups and also psychoanalysis. approach to psychological diagnosis, in particular as it relates to the work of clinical and social P4/7b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY psychologists in the context of their work. FOR CHILDREN & ADOLESCENTS Spring Semester
P4/5a : PSYCHOSOCIOLOGY OF THE WORKPLACE Classes: 2h class, 2h lab ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: Developping the student’s ability in Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab treating juveniles ECTS credits: 6 COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: We shall adopt a historical Reminder of the main ways of treating approach to the different ways of thinking about work children & adolescents in companies or other structures, attempting to Narcissism identify the issues which face the psychologist whose Fixing limits practice is mainly in the world of work. We shall look Case studies at how companies and administrative services are organised, and how work in perceived in different contexts. Themes covered will include: rationality, the P4/8a : MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY importance of the group, atamosphere at work, Fall Semester motivation, power, company sub-culture and professional identity. Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: Students will learn how to use their P4/6a : PROJECTION psychological skills in a hospital context Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab Infectious diseases (hepatitis, viral complaints ECTS credits: 6 etc.) Heart disease OBJECTIVE: To understand the concept of ‘projection’ Cancer in a clinical context Working with the dying (the elderly and children suffering from a fatal disease) COURSE PROGRAM: The course provides an approach to the concept of projection and how this applies to the analysis of P4/8b : ERGONOMY & WORK so-called ‘projective’ techniques as they occur in Spring Semester various social and group phenomena. This course is esential for future clinical psychologists and for Classes: 2 hours class, 2½ hours lab those intending to workas psychologists in the ECTS credits: 3 workplace. OBJECTIVE: Aquiring theoretical and practical skills in the basics of ergonomy in order to understand the P4/4a : PSYCHOPATHOLOGY IN ADULTS nature of work and how to make it more congenial Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Classes: 4 hours per week (class & lab) What is ergonomy ? ECTS credits: 6 The psychology of work How to use ergonomy in the workplace COURSE PROGRAM: Psychodynamic concepts Narcissism P4/12a : PSYCHOLOGY OF SYSTEMS Psychosomatic equilibrium Fall Semester Imagination and trauma All the above will help us stdy various forms of Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3 depression, psychosomatic disorders, addictions and post-traumatic stress. OBJECTIVE: Understanding psychology as applied to systems
P4/7a : WORK-RELATED PATHOLOGIES COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Theory and practice of psychology as applied to systems Classes: 2½ hours class, 1½ hours lab The family ECTS credits: 6 The company or business
COURSE PROGRAM: Taking into account various approaches, this class P4/13a : NEUROPSYCHOLOGY will attempt to study work as a source of both Fall Semester
129
LEA1/4c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN Classes: 1h30 class, 1h lab ECTS credits: 3 Fall Semester
OBJECTIVE: Understanding the basic principles of Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 neuropsychology as applied to both children and adults OBJECTIVE: To get a basic knowledge of Russian
P4/6b : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY: TRANSFER COURSE PROGRAM: Theory, comprehension Spring Semester exercises, translation, etc.
Classes: 2 hours class, 2 hours lab ASSESSMENT: a written exam (several exercises). ECTS credits: 3
OBJECTIVE: Using Freud and Lacan's theories as a LEA1/8c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN 2 starting point, we shall look at the question of transfer. Spring Semester We intend to examine the issue of subjectivity in clinical practice which goes beyond the knowledge Prerequisites: Students must have already acquired in academic study. completed one semester of Russian
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 P4/2a : CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY OF GROUPS Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: To get a basic knowledge of Russian
Classes: 1½ hours class, 2 hours lab COURSE PROGRAM: Theory, comprehension ECTS credits: 3 exercises, translation, etc.
OBJECTIVE: Identifying and understanding factors affecting group behaviour & identity LCE1E/4d & H1/3c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Group dynamics – Lewin’s theories Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Assuming roles in groups Membership & leadership COURSE PROGRAM: weekly linguistics practice Influence in groups / conformism enables to learn essential writing codes, key of Communication in groups contemporary Russian phonetics and phonology. Constructing group identity Students will learn Russian through concrete scenes, Expectations within a given group without any restrictive theorical course. At first, students will use and reproduce elementary structures of the simple sentence and will have to manipulate a P4/9a : PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY lexical base of 500 words. The principles of declination Fall Semester and of verbal use will be systematically used and learnt. Classes: 1½ hours class, 1 hour lab ECTS credits: 3 The following themes will be seen : - Culture and civilisation : Russia from 988 to COURSE PROGRAM: 1917. We shall look at the link between who we are and what - Question, think and put current events into we do as a job and how far the latter influences the the Russian context. former. Several specific professional cases will be examined. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - TETERINA T. M, Cours intensif de la langue russe pour débutants, Centre de la langue P4/11a : PSYCOLOGY OF THE ELDERLY & OF russe de l’Université d’Etat de Saint AGEING Pétersbourg (RUSSIE) Fall Semester - Guide de civilisation russe - ed. Ellipses, Anne-Marie OLIVE Classes: 1½ hours class, 1 hour lab - Histoire de la Russie de N. Riazanovski - ECTS credits: 3 Bouquins, Robert Laffont - Courrier International (in French) - website OBJECTIVE: Understanding the ageing process and its « Anedoctes » (via Internet) effect on human psychology Films « Strana Gloukhikh » and/or « Lioubov » by V. COURSE PROGRAM: To be communicated later Todorovski, « Okraïna » by Piotr Loutsik. ______
LCE1E/8d & H1/7c : BEGINNERS RUSSIAN 2 Russian Spring Semester
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 IMPORTANT: ALL OUR RUSSIAN COURSES ARE
TAUGHT THROUGH THE MEDIUM OF FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/4d
130
LEA2/12b & 16b : RUSSIAN - LEVEL 2 Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian Fall & Spring Semesters for at least 2 years
Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 (per for at least a year semester)
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Translation from Russian to French, grammar, comprehension exercises, Russian OBJECTIVE: To get a global knowledge of spoken culture and society. Russian grammar and learn up to 1200 words
COURSE PROGRAM: The St Petersburg École LCE3/24e : INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN Polytechnique teaching method for Russian (level 2) Fall & Spring Semesters
Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian H2/11d : RUSSIAN LANGUAGE – LEVEL 2 for at least 2 years Fall Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian for at least a year COURSE PROGRAM: Theoretical approach and practice Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Characteristics of the Cyrillic alphabet Oppositions between written and spoken Russian COURSE PROGRAM: Phonetics and phonology 2nd year students have to master the basic writing Simple sentence structure codes, key elements of contemporary Russian Comparative linguistics phonetics and phonology. They will have to use and Theoretical approach to learning an Indo- reproduce elementary structures of the simple European language sentence. The principles of declination and of verbal The main differences between the language use will be systematically used and learnt. taught and the language of native-speakers - Linguistics and grammar Declension - Culture and history: Russia, the USSR, Russia in Possessives the 20th century Oppositions between motionless and moving - Current affairs: questioning, thinking and subjects replacing information in the Russian context Communication situations Generalities BIBLIOGRAPHY: Objective of linguistics communication Magazine « Autrement » - Atlas historique de la Russie Grammar F. CONTE – Les grandes dates de la Russie et de Intonation, accents, memorizing l’URSS Larousse Ethnolinguistics
H2/15d : RUSSIAN – LEVEL 2 ASSESSMENT: Spring Semester Theory and practice questions Explaining your point of view on a given subject COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of H2/11d Talking to a Russian native-speaker
LCE2/12b-16b RUSSIAN – LEVEL 2
Fall & Spring Semesters
Prerequisites: Students should have studied Russian for at least a year Sociology &
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Anthropology
COURSE PROGRAM: P1/12a BASIC THEMES IN SOCIOLOGY : Linguistics and grammar (simple sentences, THE FAMILY, SCHOOL & DAILY LIFE IN SOCIETY difficulties of verbal system, substantives, Spring Semester adjectives and pronouns) Lexicon: 750 words Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 Culture and history: Russia, the USSR, Russia in the 20th century OBJECTIVE: To provide an introduction to Sociology via some essential themes. To help the student to BIBLIOGRAPHY: analyse these issues. T.M. TETERINA – Cours intensif de la langue russe pour débutants COURSE PROGRAM: Modern society perceived in its historical context LEA3/20b & 24b : INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN Max Weber’s theories of modern western Fall & Spring Semesters society & points of view adopted by sociologists today Norms & values, conformity, deviance and adaptation (Merton’s & Durkheim’s theories)
131
What is social action ? Theodor W. Adorno Théorie esthétique 1970 (Traduit The family – stability and change in the 20th de l'allemand par Marc Jimenez) Editions Klincksieck century Paris 1995 The school as a social institution Theodor W. Adorno Le caractère fétiche de la ______musique et la régression de l'écoute 1973 (Traduit de l'allemand par Christophe David) Editions Allia Paris, P1/12c ANTHROPOLOGY & ETHNOLOGY 2001 FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Jacques Attali Bruits, essai d'économie politique de la Spring Semester musique Presses Universitaires de France Paris 1977 Joël Augros et Kira Kitsopanidou L'économie du Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 cinéma américain. Histoire d'une industrie culturelle et de ses stratégies, Armand Colin, Paris 2009 OBJECTIVE: To understand the work of ethnologists Howard Becker Les mondes de l’art 1982 (Traduit de and anthroplogists and their interaction/collaboration l'anglais par Jeanne Bouniort) Flammarion Paris 1988 with psychologists Jean-Pierre Benghozi Le cinéma, entre l'art et l'argent, Lharmattan, Paris 1989 COURSE PROGRAM: Walter Benjamin Œuvres II et III (Traduit de The basic themes and classic authors in l’allemand par Maurice Gandillac, Rainer Rochlitz et anthroplogy and ethnology (Mead, Bateson, Pierre Rush) Éditions Gallimard Paris 2000 Levy-Strauss, the structural functionalist David Bordwell et alii, The Classical Hollywood school etc.) Cinema. Film Style and Mode de Production to 1960, Application of anthopological principles to Routledge, 1985 current issues in psychology Pierre Bourdieu La distinction, critique sociale du Case studies : the global approach to jugement Éditions de Minuit Paris 1979 education and health Michel de Certeau La culture au pluriel Éditions du ______Seuil 1993 Paris Guy Debord La société du spectacle Éditions Champ AS2/18c: SCENOGRAPHY Libre Paris 1971 Spring Semester John Dewey Art as experience 1934 Capricorn Books New York 1958 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS Credits: 1.5 AS2/18d SOCIOLOGY OF CULTURE OBJECTIVE: To identify and comment on theatrical Fall Semester space and envision it as an essential component in the articulation of a script. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1.5
COURSE PROGRAM: OBJECTIVE: To deepen the students’ knowledge of Prior to creation of a mock/model set based on a text the way we perceive, understand and appreciate identified by the teacher, students will, in theory, learn things and, as a result how we behave in the cultural about the challenges facing set design. field. Through defined examples such as cultural activities, school, family, work, music, and sport, EVALUATION: Students will present a mock set, as students will see how knowledge and skills are well as comment on a text based on the perspective of transmitted. a director or scenographer. ______COURSE PROGRAM: AS2/18d CULTURE AS AN INDUSTRY: A To gain an interdisciplinary knowledge of that which SOCIOLOGICAL APPROACH organises perceptions, understandings, appreciations Spring Semester and action in the cultural sector of the main areas in sociology: education, culture, family, public arena, Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 which are all defined as areas of enquiry rather than as epistemological problems. Students will also gain OBJECTIVE: some knowledge of the sociology of cultural practices This class is devoted to culture as an industry and, and production. inparticular, to record companies, cinema and radio. We shall look at issues related to technological BIBLIOGRAPHY: innovations, the consumer society, the industrialisation - Debroux J., « La dynamique complexe des of culural production and the place of culture in public migrations d’actifs vers l’espace “rural and private life. isolé” », Espaces et Sociétés, n° 113-114, COURSE PROGRAM: décembre 2003, p. 215-232. Sociology and history of sound recording - Détrez C., La Construction sociale du corps, Sociology and history of radio Paris, Points-Seuil, 2002. Sociology and history of cinema - Lahire B., Portraits sociologiques. Cultural studies in the English-speaking world Dispositions et variations individuelles, American pragmatic philosophy Paris, Nathan, Collection Essais & Sociology of culture (mediation, interaction, the Recherches, 2002. legitimacy and reception of culture) - Lahire B., La Culture des individus. Debates on the value of art Dissonances culturelles et distinction de soi, Music in daily life Paris, Éditions la Découverte, Coll. « BIBLIOGRAPHY: Laboratoire des sciences sociales », 2004. Theodor W. Adorno Introduction à la sociologie de la ______musique 1968-74 (Traduit de l'allemand par Vincent Barras et Carlo Russi) Editions Contrechamps Genève MCC2/9a SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNICATION 1994 Fall Semester 132
Using statistics, interviews, testimonies and case Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 studies, students will learn about important cultural issues in sociology today and how studies of the OBJECTIVE: sociology of culture have developed since the time of This course deals with the impact of communication and pioneers like Simmel and Weber. advertising. We shall first study the various forms of behaviour. Then we shall study the benefits of BIBLIOGRAPHY: communication theories on the advertising discourse. We - Laurent Fleury et François de Singly, will also address the tools used to analyse those forms of Sociologie de la culture et des pratiques social behaviour. culturelles, éd. Armand Colin, 2006 - Matthieu Béra et Yvon Lamy, Sociologie de COURSE PROGRAM: la culture, éd. Armand Colin, 2008 - The various theoretical approaches - Pierre Bourdieu, La Distinction (1979), éd. - Decision making, behaviour and processes Minuit - Psychology and semiology, the perfect couple. ______- Lifestyles and social dynamics AS3/22c : SOCIOLOGY OF THE AUDIENCE ASSESSMENT: One team oral presentation and one Fall Semester final written exam. Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY: Compulsory: OBJECTIVE: To have the students understand that Don juan ou Pavlov, Claude Bonnange et Chantal cultural phenomenons are not only a matter of taste Thomas. Points. nor subjectivity; to determine a cultural field; to use Ainsi parle la publicité, D Serre-Floersheim. social sciences to debate about cultural practices and Francoscopie de l’année en cours, Gérard Mermet, policies. Larousse. Recommended: COURSE PROGRAM: Communication et publicité, Michèle Jouve, Bréal. - Ambiguity behind the word “audience”. Publicité et société, Bernard Cathelat, Petite - Social factors for a variety of cultural Bibliothèque Payot. practices. Tous ces ouvrages sont disponibles chez TEKNE- - Each culture has its own audience. L’Harmattan, rue des Carmes, 75005 - Live shows and festivals. - Television and cinema. - Recorded music vs live music. - Use of sociology within cultural policies. CTV4/2b : SOCIOLOGY OF ART AND CULTURE - Urgency of democratisation. Fall Semester - Identification of the cultural demand.
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY:
- DONNAT, Olivier, Les pratiques culturelles COURSE PROGRAM: des français à l’ère numérique, La This seminar will deal with the study of social Découverte, 2009 production of art and with the status of artist. We shall - DONNAT, Olivier, TOLILA, Paul, Le(s) focus on how the recognition of artistic production can public(s) de la culture, Politiques publiques be accomplished in a developed society. What are the et équipements culturels, Presses de recognition factors and what is the balance of power Sciences PO, 2003 betwee, the different actors… - ESQUENAZI, Jean-Pierre, Sociologie des
Publics, Coll. Repère, La Découverte, 2009 ASSESSMENT: Oral Final ASSESSMENT: answer a - ETHIS, Emmanuel, Sociologie du cinéma et question. de ses publics, Coll.128, Armand Colin,
2009 BIBLIOGRAPHY: Extracts of books dealing with the - LAHIRE, Bernard, La Culture des Individus. social production of art. A bibliography will be given Dissonances culturelles et distinction de soi, during the first class. La Découverte, 2004
AS3/27a: MASS CULTURE Spring Semester
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: To understand the problems related to Spanish cultural hierarchies, by examining Adorno and the Frankfurt School's theory of cultural industries and IMPORTANT: ALL OUR SPANISH COURSES ARE English/American research in Cultural studies; to learn TAUGHT VIA THE MEDIUM OF FRENCH (UNLESS about the ground-breaking surveys made in the 1960s OTHERWISE STATED) concerning cultural audiences and the democratisation of culture; to obtain knowledge of new research PREREQUISITES: With the exception of regarding cultural omnivores and the impact of the beginners courses, courses at level 1 presuppose mass media on culture, in order to fully grasp the way that students have previously studied Spanish culture is perceived in social sciences today. for at least two years either at university or in high school. Level 2 courses presuppose 5 COURSE PROGRAM: semesters of Spanish, level 3 three years of Spanish etc. Native speakers of Spanish may not take Spanish language classes, except 133
translation. They may however take history, ______literature or civilisation classes. LEA1/1f : TRANSLATION FROM SPANISH INTO FRENCH LEA1/1d : SPANISH GRAMMAR Fall Semester Fall Semester Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: To learn how to translate into correct OBJECTIVE: A complete and definitive acquisition of French a text written in Spanish and remain close to Spanish syntax and conjugation the author’s style.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: Translation of press articles, - Verbs and conjugation novels preface (Vocable, Espace Latino, El Pais). - Nouns and adjectives - Adverbs PERSONAL WORK : - Articles - Preparation of the following lesson and - Prepositions translation of a part of the text studied - To review the translations done in class PERSONAL WORK: Not less than half an hour a day. - To read press documents in order to improve understanding of the written language. ASSESSMENT: Written exercises concerning - Learn times, indicative/subjunctive, grammar grammar, tenses… rules in Spanish and in French.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESSMENT: A 1½ hours test: to translate a text. Grammaire espagnole contemporaine - Desvigne Español avanzado - Colegio España BIBLIOGRAPHY: Gramática comunicativa del español - Edelsa Dictionary Maria Moliner Ejercicios gramaticales – SGEL Fort en version espagnole – Méthode et lecture - Bréal Pierre Gerboin et Christine Leroy, Grammaire d’usage ______de l’espagnol contemporain Beatriz Job, Grammaire de l’espagnol LCE1E/2b & 6b : TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH Fall & Spring Semesters LCE1E/2a & 6a : SPANISH GRAMMAR Fall & Spring Semesters Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 OBJECTIVE: To translate a literary text or press article from Spanish into French. OBJECTIVE: To acquire a complete knowledge of Spanish grammar and verb conjugation. COURSE PROGRAM: Students will learn to translate the given texts into COURSE PROGRAM: French while respecting grammar and syntax rules of - Verbs and their conjugation both the source and target languages. - Nouns and adjectives - Adverbs BIBLIOGRAPHY : - Articles - Real Academia Española, Diccionario de la - Prepositions lengua española, Espasa - Numbers - Grévisse, Maurice, Nouvelle grammaire - subjunctive française, Duculot, 1994 - Le Robert ed. , Le Nouveau Petit Robert ASSESSMENT: Written exercises relating to grammar, - Maraval, Maxime, Dictionnaire espagnol verb tenses, etc. français et français espagnol, Hachette, 1976 - http://www.rae.es/rae.html BIBLIOGRAPHY: LCE1E/6b : TRANSLATION - Pierre Gerboin et Christine Leroy, Grammaire SPANISH - FRENCH d’usage de l’espagnol contemporain Spring Semesters - Béatrice Job, Grammaire de l’espagnol - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 moderne - Enrique Pastor et Gisèlle Prost, Grammaire COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2b. active de l’espagnol - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com LCE1E/2d & 6d ORAL COMPREHENSION & - http://www.indiana.edu EXPRESSION - http://cajondesastre.juegos.free.fr Fall & Spring Semesters - http://www.auladiez.com
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 LCE1E/6a SPANISH GRAMMAR Spring Semester OBJECTIVE: To practice oral expression allowing students to easily express themselves in various Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 situations ( to order something in a restaurant, to solve a luggage problem in an airport, to complain…). COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2a 134
COURSE PROGRAM: Students will listen to - Dictionnaire Moderne français-espagnol et conversational soundtracks, then complete espagnol-français, Ramón Gracía Pelayo et J ; comprehension questionnaires. Testas, Larousse - Grammaire espagnole, Jean Bouzet, Belin BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Grammaire explicative de l’espagnol, B. - Grammaire active de l’espagnol Enrique Darbord, B. Pottier et P. Charaudeau Pastor et Gisèle Prost (édition LM) - Traducir. Iniciation à la pratique de la - La grammaire espagnole a través de los traduction, Virginie RAJAUD et M. Brunetti ejercicios José Alvaro (Edition Spratbrow) - Uso de la gramatica espanola. Nivel LCE1E/6c LITERARY TRANSLATION Intermedio Francisca Castro (Edition Edelsa) FRENCH - SPANISH Fall & Spring Semesters
LCE1E/6d : ORAL COMPREHENSION AND Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 EXPRESSION Spring Semester COURSE WORK: Continuation of LCE1E/2c. ______Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 LEA1/5e : SPANISH GRAMMAR COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/2d. Spring Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 for French students. 2 for foreign students LEA1/1e : ORAL COMPREHENSION AND
EXPRESSION COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester - Pronouns - Accents Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 - Using “ser” and “estar” for French students. 2 for foreign students - Numbers - Subjunctive OBJECTIVE: Understanding, listening and speaking - Using the infinitive, gerundive and past practice. participle
COURSE PROGRAM: exercices of oral comprehension BIBLIOGRAPHY: Go to semester 1 through listening to audio and audiovisual documents about meetings, every day life conversations, reports…
PERSONAL WORK : To read the Spanish press, listen LEA1/5g : TRANSLATION FROM to the radio, watch films in Original Version, read FRENCH INTO SPANISH Spanish novels. Spring semester
ASSESSMENT: oral presentation of a subject in the Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Spanish and Latin culture. Students will be graded on their fluency, their pronunciation and their spontaneity OBJECTIVE: To translate non-specialist texts, like in their explanations and the absence of notes. press articles, etc.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: ASSESSMENT: a 1½ hours test: to translate a text - Grammaire active de l’espagnol Enrique (about 20 lines). Pastor et Gisèle Prost (édition LM) - La grammaire espagnole a través de los ejercicios José Alvaro (Edition Spratbrow) LEA1/2b FROM THE WAR OF INDEPENDENCE TO - Uso de la gramatica espanola. Nivel THE FIRST REPUBLIC Intermedio Francisca Castro (Edition Edelsa) Fall Semester - Press : El mundo, el pais, cambio 16, vocable THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
LCE1E/2c & 6c LITERARY TRANSLATION Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 FRENCH - SPANISH Fall & Spring Semesters COURSE PROGRAM: - Introduction Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - The first half of the XIX° century - The War of independence . OBJECTIVE: To translate literary texts into Spanish - 1812 The Spanish Constitution and learn the grammatical and syntaxical structures - Monarchist Absolutism which distinguish the Spanish and French languages. - Cartist Wars - Maria Christina’s Reign ASSESSMENT: A 1½ hour translation test (approx. 20 - 1868’s Revolution lines). - social, demographic, economic, industrial issues
BIBLIOGRAPHY: SET BOOK: - Diccionario de uso del español, María Moliner, - ARTOLA, Miguel. Antiguo Régimen y Gredos revolución liberal, Madrid, 1983. - CANAL, Jordi (dir). Histoire de l’Espagne contemporaine de 1808 à nos jours, Paris, Armand Colin, coll. U, 2009,
135
- CANAL, Jordi (dir). Histoire de l’Espagne LCE1E/1d & 5d : WRITTEN EXPRESSION contemporaine de 1808 à nos jours, Paris, Fall & Spring Semesters Armand Colin, coll. U, 2009, - CARR, Raymond. España 1808-1975. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Barcelona. Ariel, 2000. - DELAMARRE-SALLARD, Catherine. Civilisation OBJECTIVE: To develop an understanding of written espagnole et latino-américaine. Paris, Bréal, expression and the ability to analyse written texts . 2004 - ZUILI, Marc, Société et économie de COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study a number of l’Espagne du XVe siècle, sans lieux, Les files composed of extracts from Spanish press articles. Editions de l’Ecole Polytechnique, 2008. ASSESSMENT: A 90 min. test containing comprehension questions, vocabulary and LEA1/6b : HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA paraphrasing exercises, personal expression. Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Diccionario de uso del español, María Moliner - Dictionnaire Moderne français-espagnol et Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 espagnol-français, Ramón Gracía Pelayo et J ; Testas, Larousse COURSE PROGRAM: - Grammaire explicative de l’espagnol, B. - Discovery ( Discovery and significance, Spanish and Darbord, B. Pottier et P. Charaudeau Portuguese atlantism, Colomb and Catholic kings, exploration and its effects, The Indian question) - Conquest (Controversy, occupation in America- Aztec LCE1E/1a : HISPANIC AMERICAN HISTORY and Inca Empires) Fall Semester - Colonisation (Political organization, demography, building a new economy, Property of lands, The role of THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH the Church, Colonial Art
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 SET BOOK:
. COURSE PROGRAM: -BEAUJEU-GARNIER, Jacqueline & LEFORT, Catherine Discovery L’économie de l’Amérique latine, Paris, PUF,coll. Que Conquest sais-je ? (dernière édition mise à jour). Conquistadors -CHAUNU, Pierre Histoire de l’Amérique latine, Paris Institutions PUF, Coll.Que sais-je ? (dernière édition de Golden Age préférence).
-COVO Jacqueline Introduction aux civilisations latino- BIBLIOGRAPHY: américaines, Paris, Nathan Universités, coll. 128. - Lavallé, Bernard, L’ Amérique espagnole de -GALEANO, Eduardo, Las venas abiertas de América Colomb à Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002 latina, Madrid, siglo XXI, 1996 (cet ouvrage existe - Zaragoza, Gonzalo,Rumbo a las Indias, dans de nombreuses éditions ainsi qu’en traduction Anaya, 1995 française).
-MASSARDO, Jaime & SUAREZ-ROJAS, Alberto,
Civilisation latino-américaine, Paris
Ellipses, 200. - THUAL, François, Géopolitique de l’Amérique LCE1E/5a : SPANISH HISTORY latine, Paris, Economica, 1996. FROM THE 18TH CENTURY TO THE RESTORATION OF THE BOURBONS
Spring Semester LEA1/5f : WRITTEN COMPREHENSION AND
EXPRESSION THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Spring Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 3 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Tutorials: 1 hour per week
COURSE PROGRAM: Working on files composed of OBJECTIVE: To acquire a historical knowledge of extracts from Spanish or Latin-American novels and modern Spain and understand the principles of press articles. The aim is to develop understanding of contemporary history. written texts and written expression.
COURSE PROGRAM: PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers (El The Catholic Kings’ policies País Semanal, Cambio 16, Actualidad Económica, The Hapsburgs’ Spain Cinco días) and magazines, revising of the lessons. The Bourbons: politics
Society in the 18th century ASSESSMENT: A 1 hour test : comprehension From the War of Independence to the 1st Republic questions, vocabulary and reformulation exercises, personal expression. ASSESSMENT: An oral exam with 15 mins to prepare,
followed by a 15 min. presentation. BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bilingual dictionary and an unilingual dictionary such as : Diccionario de Uso del BIBLIOGRAPHY: Español, María Moliner. - J.H. Elliot, La España Imperial 1469-1716
136
- Emile Términe, Historia de la España contemporánea (desde 1808 hasta nuestros BIBLIOGRAPHY: días) - VILLAGRA, Veronica, Diccionario de literatura - Jose Luis Comellas Historia de España (1474- española. Madrid: Revista de Occidente, 1975) 1964, (3.ª ed.). - Articles de journaux espagnols (El pais, El - ARCIPRESTE DE HITA, El libro de buen amor, mundo, Cambio 16, ABC etc...) concernant Ed. de G. B. GYBON-MONYPENNY, Madrid, l'Espagne. Clásicos Castalia, 2003. - CERVANTES SAAVEDRA, Miguel de, Don Quijote de la Mancha, peu importe l’édition (souhaité celui du IV centenaire de la Royale LCE1E/5b CONTEMPORARY SPANISH Académie, ou Cátedra. LITERATURE - Anónimo, La vida de Lazarillo de Tormes y de sus fortunas y adversidades, Burgos, Ed. Juan Spring Semester de Junta, 1554. [exemplaire conseillé celui de
Bernard Sesé; Marcel Bataillon, éd. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Flammarion, Gf bilingue, n°646, 1994].
- MONTERO REGUERA, José, El Quijote y la Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 crítica contemporánea, Alacalá de Henares,
Centro de Estudios Cervantinos, 1997. OBJECTIVE: To learn and understand the different - BERASAIN, Ambrosio, Góngora y Quevedo political and social changes of the 19th and 20th Poesía del siglo XVII, San Sebastián, Ed. centuries, as well as the main literary movements. Haranburu, 1983.
- http://buscon.rae.es/draeI/ COURSE PROGRAM: - http://www.cervantesvirtual.com An introduction to contemporary Spanish literature. Students will work on various texts of different literary genres. LCE1E/1b : CONTEMPORARY LATIN-AMERICAN ASSESSMENT: Coursework plus written exam. LITERATURE Fall Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Historia de la literatura española, Vol. 5, El THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH siglo XIX, D.L. Shaw, Barcelona, Ariel, 2000 - Historia de la literatura española, Vol. 6, El Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 siglo XX, G.G. Brown, Barcelona, Ariel, 2002 - Historia de la literatura española, J. L. Alborg, COURSE PROGRAM: An introduction to Madrid, 1980 contemporary Latin-American literature with a focus - Historia social de la literatura española (en on the different figures and literary movements of lengua castellana), VVAA, Madrid, Akal, 2000 20th century Latin-America. Students will study a - Cómo se comenta un texto literario, Fernando variety of texts in order to better understand the Lázaro Carreter, Evaristo Correa Calderón, subject. Madrid, Cátedra, 2006 ASSESSMENT: A text commentary The collection of texts to read will be ready for the students in September. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - L’analyse littéraire : notions et repères / Eric BORDAS, Claire BAREL-MOISAN, Gilles BONNET LCE1E/5d : WRITTEN EXPRESSION [et. al]. (Paris) : Armand Colin, 2006 Spring Semester - Figures III / Gérard GENETTE. (Paris) : Editions du Seuil, 2003 Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Histoire de la littérature hispano-américaine de 1940 à nos jours/ sous la dir. de Claude COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/1d. CYMERMAN, Claude FELL. (Paris) : Nathan, 1997 - Anthologie de la littérature hispano- américaine du XXème siècle / Jean FRANCO,
Jean Marie LEMOGODEUC. Presses LCE1E/1c & 5c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE Universitaires de France (PUF), 1993. LITERATURE - http://literart.com/antologia Fall & Spring Semester - http://www.bibliotecasvirtuales.com/bibliotec
a/literaturalatinoamericana/index.asp THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - http://www.juliocortazar.com.ar/
Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5
COURSE PROGRAM: An introduction to Spanish Golden Age literature. LCE1E/5c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE LITERATURE Students will read, analyse and understand literary Spring Semester texts from the time period and relate their social, historical and political similarities and differences to COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE1E/1c other authors. The students will also develop an overall vision of the literature of the Spanish Golden Age. LCE1/3e : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE Fall Semester ASSESSMENT: Coursework plus written exam.
137
Prerequisites: Students must have studied at least 2 years of Spanish COURSE PROGRAM: Comprehension Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 - Collection of texts Translation (some of the texts studied) COURSE PROGRAM: - From French into Spanish - Translating contemporary literary texts from - From Spanish into French Spanish into French (authors: Sender, Ayala, J. Cela Santos Delibes, Laforet, Fuentes, De Unamuno, Baroja, Garcia Lorca, Marias MCC1/3b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE Marse) Fall Semester
- Grammar: indicative present, the past tense, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 the future tense, conditional, indirect speech, imperative, subjunctive, “ser” and “estar”, OBJECTIVE: Improve your linguistic skills to reach the pronouns, prepositions B level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: - Introduction to Spanish history: geographic - Be able to understand most of the and cultural diversity, self-governing newspapers, TV programmes and films in communities, Catalonia, Euskadi and Galicia standard language; - Be able to read articles and reports about ASSESSMENT: Translation from Spanish into French, current issues; grammatical questions on the text and questions on - Be able to communicate in an informal Spanish history situation or to debate about specialized topics; - Be able to speak clearly and profusely about LCE1/3b & LEA1/4d & 8d : BEGINNERS SPANISH your hobbies. Be able to put forth your point Fall & Spring Semesters of view on a current event; - Be able to write a minutes, an article or a Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 report in proper language. Acquire cultural and lexical knowledge: COURSE PROGRAM: Students will study verb tenses, - Master the terms used in the press, on the identity, greetings, location, tastes. radio, on the television and in the cinema; - Master some cultural references (history, BIBLIOGRAPHY: society, arts); - « Para Empezar » Livre de l’étudiant et livre Master linguistic tools to express yourself properly. d’exercices niveau A ( Edelsa ) COURSE PROGRAM: The press, the radio and documentaries LCE1/7d : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE - Read the press and write articles and/or Spring Semester reports. Make an oral presentation of a press article; COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of fall semester - Debate and discuss on radio programmes; - Analyse TV documentaries and reports. Spanish cinema - Study Spanish and Latin-American films; P1/5a: INERMEDIATE SPANISH - Write analyses and summaries. Fall Semester
ASSESSMENT: You will have to hand out written OBJECTIVE : Devellop linguistic abilities, written reports or give oral presentations. The final exam will comprehension, grammar, vocabulary consist in listening or reading comprehension and a two-hour written exam. COURSE PROGRAM: revise grammar (verbs,link words,indirect speech, passive voice, comparisons) BIBLIOGRAPHY: understanding of texts. Le grand dictionnaire bilingue Larousse espagnol- français A grammar handbook of post-secondary education H1/3b : SPANISH FOR HISTORIANS A level (any edition will be fine). Fall Semester Los verbos españoles – Bescherelle (ou autre)
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 MCC1/7b : SPANISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Comprehension - Collection of texts COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC1/3c Translation (some of the texts studied) - From French into Spanish - From Spanish into French LCE2E/10a & 14a : SPANISH GRAMMAR
Fall & Spring Semesters
H1/7b : SPANISH FOR HISTORIANS B Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Spring Semester
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3
138
OBJECTIVE: To broaden student’s knowledge of the - Multimedia projects which will touch on fundamental structures of the language. subjects such as history, art, literature or the news PROGRAM : ______- Relative and indefinite pronouns - Direct and indirect speech LCE2E/15a : WRITTEN EXPRESSION - The idea of “becoming” Spring Semester - Verbal periphrasis - Passive speech Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 - Complex sentences COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/11a. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______- Pierre Gerboin and Christine Leroy, Grammaire d’usage de l’espagnol LCE2E/10b : TRANSLATION contemporain FRENCH - SPANISH - Béatrice Job, grammaire de l’espagnol - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol Fall & Spring Semesters moderne - Bernard Pottier, Grammaire explicative de Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 l’espagnol - Enrique Pastor et Gisèlle Prost, Grammaire OBJECTIVE: To reinforce translation techniques active de l’espagnol acquired in beginners class.
COURSE PROGRAM: Translating literary texts and cultural articles from the LCE2E/14a : SPANISH GRAMMAR press. Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - García Pelayo y Testas, Grand dictionnaire Français-Espagnol, Espagnol-Français, COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10a. Paris, Larousse. - María Moliner, Diccionario de uso del español, Gredos. LCE2E/9d & 13d : ORAL EXPRESSION - Jean Marc Bedel, Grammaire de l’espagnol Fall and Spring Semesters moderne, PUF, 1997 - P. Gerboin & Leroy, Grammaire d’usage de Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2 l’espagnol contemporain, Hachette
OBJECTIVE: To develop Spanish writing as well the level of understanding and expression. LCE2E/10c & LCE2E/14c : TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM: Fall and Spring Semesters The course content will be based on everyday and specialised Spanish (literature, tourism terminology, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 business, media, etc). Comprehension and expression skills will be applied and the written documents OBJECTIVE: To improve the student’s contemporary employed with the goal of broadening the students’ Spanish literary translation skills. knozledge of Spanish society and culture. Students will also perform analyses and syntheses and equally COURSE PROGRAM: engage in vocabulary and writing. - Translation methodology - The Spanish novel - The Latin-American novel LCE2E/13d : ORAL EXPRESSION - Spanish theatre Fall and Spring Semesters BIBLIOGRAPHY: Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2 Unilingual dictionaries: - Diccionario de la lengua española, Real OBJECTIVE: Continuation of LCE2E/9d. Academia. - Diccionario de uso del español, Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2volumes) LCE2E/11a & 15a : WRITTEN EXPRESSION Bilingual dictionaries : Fall and Spring Semesters - Dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2 - Gran diccionario espagnol/francés-español, Garcia Pelayo, editions Larousse. OBJECTIVE: To improve oral expression and French dictionary : Le nouveau Petit Robert. understanding of the Spanish language. Internet resources : - http://www.les- COURSE PROGRAM: dictionnaires.com/francais.html The course will be taught in two parts: - http://atilf.atilf.fr/dendien/scripts/tlfiv4/show - Oral practice where students will participate ps.exe?p=combi.htm;java=no; in dialogue with other students
LCE2E/14c : TRANSLATION
139
SPANISH - FRENCH COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester - Biographical study of Pablo Neruda - The poet and nature Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - The poet and society - The poet and poetry COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10c. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - NERUDA, Pablo. Obras completas. Vol. I-II-
II-IV-V. Editorial Circulo de Lectores –
Galaxia/Gutenberg, Barcelona, 2002 LCE2E/10d : SPANISH LINGUISTICS - FERNANDEZ MORENO, Cesar. América Latina Fall Semester en su literatura. Siglo XXI editores, México, 1974. Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2.5 - SANTI, Enrico Mario. Neruda, el comienzo y la cima. En ‘Obras Completas’ vol. I pp. 81 a OBJECTIVE: To introduce students to a theoretical 104. knowledge of general and Spanish linguistics - YURKIEVICH, Saul. Pablo Neruda: persona, (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and palabra y , mundo. En ‘Obras Completas’ vol. semantics).. I pp. 9 a 79 - Fundadores de la nueva poesia COURSE PROGRAM: latinoamericana. Editorial Ariel, Barcelona, - Communication vs language 1984 - Linguistics and its variations - Linguistics developments - Phonetics and Phonology LCE2E/9c & 13c : SPANISH LITERATURE : - Morphology THE GOLDEN AGE - Syntax - Semantics Fall & Spring Semesters - Pragmatics and enunciation theories THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Akmajian, Adrian et al., 1984, « Linguística : Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 una introducción al lenguaje y la comunicación », Madrid : Alianza Universidad OBJECTIVE: Literary and cultural analysis of a text. Textos. - Martínez Celdrán, Eugenio, 1995, « Bases COURSE PROGRAM: para el estudio del lenguaje », Barcelona : A study of the intitial text as well as a literary and Octaedro. cultural analysis of the following: - Jesús-Antonio Collado, 1974, « Fundamentos - El Quijote, Miguel de Cervantes de lingüística general », Editorial Gredos : - La Celestina, Fernando de Rojas Madrid. - Antología del Siglo de Oro
ASSESSMENT:
One written exam and one final written exam (3 hours LCE2E/14b : TRANSLATION each). FRENCH - SPANISH Spring Semester BIBLIOGRAPHY: Texts will be announced at the beginning of the Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 semester.
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10b.
LCE2E/13b : CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE LCE2E/14d : SPANISH LINGUISTICS Spring Semester Spring Semester THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Lectures: 1 hour per week ETCS credits : 2.5 Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/10d. ______OBJECTIVE: To broaden the students’ views on contemporary Spanish narration, and in particular LCE2E/9b : LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE female authors of the second half of the 20th Century. Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Contemporary Spanish literature - Introduction to the social and political context Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 of Spain, postwar transition, and the transition to the 21st Century. OBJECTIVE: To deepen the students’ knowledge of - Analysis of female literary productions in the the life and works of 20th Century Latin-American second half of the 20th century; origin, author Pablo Neruda who left his mark on Spanish and evolution and literary horizons. global literature and to study his creative thinking - Adelaida García Morales: A study of the novel process through literary analysis. El Sur.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: 140
Basic bibliography: ASSESSMENT: grammatical translation from French - GARCÍA MORALES, Adelaida:(1985) El Sur to Spanish, exercises with blanks to fill, tense seguido de Bene. Anagrama, Barcelona, exercises and multiple-choice questionnaires. 2003.(1985) El silencio de las sirenas. Idem, 2001. BIBLIOGRAPHY: - ERICE, Víctor (Dir) (1983): El sur.(DVD) -Concha Moreno. Temas de Gramática con ejercicios. Producido por Elías Quejereta. Distribuido por Nivel Superior. Sgel. S.A Manga Films, Barcelona, 2002. -Francisca Castro Viúdez, Pilar Díaz Vallesteros. Aprende Gramática y vocabulario ele, SGEL ; S.A Critical bibliography: - Francisca Castro.Uso de la gramática española. Nivel - GLENN, Kathleen M: “Gothic Vision in García Avanzado. Grupo edelsa Morales and Eric’s El Sur”, in Letras -J. Fernández ; R.Fente. J.Siles. Curso intensivo de peninsulares (spring 1994) 239-50. español. Nivel avanzado. Sgel, S.A - NAVAL, MARÍA ÁNGELES, "Las casas de la memoria. Acerca de los relatos de Adelaida García Morales", en El texto iluminado. LEA2/9e : TRANSLATION FROM Escritoras españolas en el cine, Zaragoza, SPANISH INTO FRENCH Ibercaja, Obra Social y Cultural, 2001, pp. Fall Semester 23-28 - NIMMO, Clare: “García Morales’s and Erice’s Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 El Sur: Viewpoint and Closure”, in Romance Studies, 26 (autumn 1995), 41-49. OBJECTIVE: To train students to translate documents - RUBIO, José Luis: “Los males de El sur”, and press articles about current socio-economic issues Cambio 16, Agosto 6 (1983): 128-132. in Spanish-speaking countries. - THOMPSON, Currie K.: “Adelaida García Morales’s Bene and That No-so-obscure BIBLIOGRAPHY: Object of Desire”, in Revista de Estudios Spanish dictionary & French/Spanish dictionary Hispánicos, 22 (1988): 99-106. ______- MALAXECHEVERRÍA, Coro. "Mito y realidad en la narrativa de García Morales." Letras LEA2/13a : SPANISH-AMERICAN CIVILISATION Femeninas 17: 1-2 (1991): 43-49. - ARENZANA, José Mª: “Adelaida García Spring Semester Morales. Escritora: «La mística se alzcanza por muchas vías, incluso bailando Lecture: 1 hour per week Tutorial: 1 hour per sevillanas»”, in ABC 27/03/2005. - week ECTS credits: 2 FERNÁNDEZ RUBIO, Andrés: Adelaida García Morales plantea en su nueva obra la OBJECTIVE: complejidad de un triángulo amoroso, in El The student should be able to deal with the different País, 23/01/1996. FERNÁNDEZ SANTOS, American independences, the birth of new nations and Ángel: “33 preguntas eruditas sobre El sur”, historical dissertation in Papeles de Cine Casablanca, 31-31 (1983): 55-8. COURSE PROGRAM : - SÁNCHEZ ARNOSI, Milagros: “Adelaida García The Enlightenment Morales: La soledad gozosa”, in Insula, 472 The Bourbons (1980): 4. Revolutions Independences ______Libertadors
LCE2E/13c : SPANISH LITERATURE : BIBLIOGRAPHY: THE GOLDEN AGE Lavallé, Bernard, L’ Amérique espagnole de Colomb à Spring Semester Bolivar, Paris, Nathan, 2002___
THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH LEA2/9f : WRITTEN EXPRESSION Fall Semester Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE2E/9c OBJECTIVE: To express oneself in writing, to LEA2/9d : SPANISH GRAMMAR understand written documents. Fall Semester PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers and Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 socio-economic magazines regularly.
OBJECTIVE: To revise knowledge of Spanish grammar ASSESSMENT: questions concerning students’ general and apply it. and specific comprehension, their comprehension of written documents, personal expression. COURSE PROGRAM: Estilo indirecto, Preposiciones, Los relativos, La voz BIBLIOGRAPHY: pasiva, recursos para evitarla, Las perífrasis verbales, Spanish magazines (Vocable, El País Semanal, La El estilo indirecto, La concordancia de los tiempos, Las Vanguardia, etc.) expresiones idiomáticas, Las subordinadas : finales, temporales, concesivas, consecutivas, condicionales, La traducción de c’est qui c’est que. LEA2/10b : SPANISH HISTORY: 141
FROM PRIMO DE RIVERA’S DICTATORSHIP Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 TO THE TRANSITION TOWARDS DEMOCRACY Fall Semester OBJECTIVE: to improve students’ abilities to understand and to express themselves in economic THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH and commercial Spanish. To give students more vocabulary. Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: to listen to soundtracks (audio COURSE PROGRAM: and video tapes, extracts from radio or TV), to take Spain from Primo de Rivera’s dictatorship to the part in oral presentations, role plays. 2nd Republic The Civil War: causes and consequences PERSONAL WORK: Franco’s dictatorship - to listen to Spanish radio and TV, to read Transition: back to democracy books, Spanish newspapers in order to improve your linguistic and cultural abilities PERSONAL WORK: Preparing presentations but also to give you more vocabulary. - as soon as possible to go to Spain to use the BIBLIOGRAPHY: language. P. AGUADO – Historia de España – Blaye C. CLOUTIER – Horizons hispaniques - Ellipses ASSESSMENT: a 1 hour oral comprehension written Guide de civilisation hispanique – Hachette exam. La España actual – Casteilla Le monde hispanique contemporain – Bréal BIBLIOGRAPHY: Radio: RNE (Radio Nacional de Espana), Onda Cero Television : TVE (Television Espanola), Galavision LEA2/12b 16b : SPANISH 2 Press : El Pais, Cambio 16, El Mundo, etc… Fall & Spring Semesters ______
Prerequisites: Students should have studied 1 year LEA2/14b : SPANISH HISTORY: FROM THE of Spanish RETURN TO DEMOCRACY TO SPAIN TODAY Spring Semester Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH COURSE PROGRAM: Translation, grammar, Spanish history, oral expression and comprehension Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2
COURSE PROGRAM: Socialist Spain LEA2/13d : SPANISH GRAMMAR The Restoration Spring Semester The governments of the popular party
Spain today Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESSMENT: an oral exam. COURSE PROGRAM: ______- Complex sentences
- Complementary clauses LCE2/12h : INTERMEDIATE SPANISH - Relative clauses LANGUAGE & CULTURE - Subordinate clauses Fall Semester - Consequential clauses, concessions,
comparisons Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LEA2/13e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM COURSE PROGRAM: FRENCH INTO SPANISH - Spanish history: Spain in the 20th century: Spring Semester political, social and cultural aspects - Studying texts: Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Extract from Beatus Ille – A. Muñoz Molina COURSE PROGRAM: Translating journalistic and Extract from Muertes de perro – F. Ayala business texts into Spanish. Acquiring business Extract from Romancero Gitano – F. vocabulary. Garcia Lorca Extract de Contes – I. Aldecoa ASSESSMENT: the translation of a text (about 25/30 Extract from Comedias Barbaras – R. del lines). Valle Inclan Extract from El amante bilingüe – J. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Marsé Entraînement à la traduction – Desvigne Extracts from press articles – M. Vincent Grammaire et thèmes d’espagnol – Bréal Extracts from press articles – J. Espagnol par le thème – Ellipses Llamazares ___ Extract from Bajarse al moro – J. L. Alonso de Santos LEA2/13f : ORAL EXPRESSION Extract from Cuentos completos – J. Spring Semester Benet
142
Extract from Cinco horas con Mario – M. L'étudiant pourra se procurer les livres suivants : Delibes Grammaire : l’Espagnol de A à Z - Hatier. - Grammar: Comunicar activamente en Español, I. Bardio Valles, Translating the above texts from Ed. Spratbrow Spanish El arte de conjugar en Español, Hatier into French Dictionnaire unilingue Diccionario Manual Vox Ilustrado Translating from French into Spanish de la lengua española Presentations ______MCC2/15c : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR LCE2/16h : INTERMEDIATE SPANISH COMMUNICATION MAJORS LANGUAGE & CULTURE Spring Semester Spring Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of MCC2/11c COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of FALL SEMESTER ______ASSESSMENT: study of a Spanish or Latin-American film? Presentation about it. LM2/11c : SPANISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE Final exam (2 hours) : text analysis with questions, Fall Semester grammar exercises, translation. ______Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 H2/11b : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR HISTORIANS COURSE PROGRAM: Fall Semester Spain in the XXth century: political, social and cultural aspects. Study of texts, grammatical translation, Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 presentations. COURSE PROGRAM: BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Civilisation Extract from Beatus Ille - Antonio Muñoz - Text studies Molina - Grammar (translation) Extract from Muertes de perro – Francisco - Presentations Ayala Extract from Romancero Gitano – Federico BIBLIOGRAPHY: Garcia Lorca La grammaire de l’espagnol moderne, Jean- Extracts from Contes – Ignacio Aldecoa Marc BEDEL. Extract from Comedias Barbaras – Ramon del Valle Inclan Extract from El amante bilingüe – Juan H2/15b : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR HISTORIANS Marsé Spring Semester
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of H2/11b LM2/15c : SPANISH LANGUAGE & LITERATURE ______Spring Semester LCE3E/17c & 21c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM2/11c LITERATURE ______Fall & Spring Semesters
MCC2/11c : SPANISH LANGUAGE FOR THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH COMMUNICATION MAJORS Fall Semester Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 OBJECTIVE: To develop a classical literature overview referencing all genres; to be able to read, analyse and OBJECTIVE: Oral, written and audio comprehension understand the texts written in this era and place and expression. them in relation to their social and historic moments in Grammar rules time; to underline the differences in the era’s authors. Oral and written translation techniques. COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: document analysis (artistic, Major works borrowed from different genres (theatre, literary, journalistic, economic, commercial document) novels, poetry) make up the supporting documents Students will learn to have a better oral expression, needed in order for students to complete essays, they will study specific vocabulary and do analysis and explanations and commentary. synthesis, they will acquire precise knowledge related to the subjects studied in class and translate texts with BIBLIOGRAPHY: precision. - VILLAGRA, Veronica, Diccionario de literatura española, Madrid: Revista de Occidente, ASSESSMENT: presentations, orals. Final 1964, (3.ª ed.). ASSESSMENT: Grammar exercises and written - CERVANTES SAAVEDRA, Miguel de, Don composition. First semester : Study of a book. Quijote de la Mancha, peu importe l’édition (souhaité celui du IV centenaire de la Royale Académie, ou Cátedra.) BIBLIOGRAPHY: - MONTERO REGUERA, José, El Quijote y la Divers extraits de journaux et revues : El País, Cambio crítica contemporánea, Alcalá de Henares, 16, Actualidad Económica, Temas… Centro de Estudios Cervantinos, 1997.
143
- - BERASAIN, Ambrosio, Poesía del siglo XVII : - AMADO, Ana y DOMINGUEZ, Nora : Lazos de Góngora y Quevedo, San Sebastián, Ed. familia. Herencias, cuerpos, ficciones. Paidós, Haranburu, Col. Pedagógica, 1983. Buenos Aires, 2004. - - BLECUA PERDICES, José Manuel, Atlas de la - BURIN, Mabel y MELER, Irene: Género y literatura española, Barcelona, Ediciones familia. Poder, amor y sexualidad en la Jover, 1989. construcción de la subjetividad. Ed. Paidós, - - Anónimo, La vida de Lazarillo de Tormes y Buenos Aires, 1998. de sus fortunas y adversidades, Burgos, Ed. - CALVEIRO, Pilar: Política y/o violencia. Una Juan de Junta, 1554. [exemplaire conseillé aproximación a la guerrilla de los años 70. celui de Bernard Sesé; Marcel Bataillon, éd. Grupo Ed. Norma, Buenos Aires, 2005. Flammarion, Gf bilingue, n°646, 1994] . - CONTURSI, Mª Eugenia y FERRO, Fabiola: La - - GRACIÁN, Baltasar, El arte de la prudencia, narración. Usos y teorías. Grupo Ed. Norma, Madrid, Ed. Temas de Hoy, 2007. Buenos Aires, 2000. - - QUEVEDO Y VILLEGAS, Francisco de, La - MUCCI, Cristina: La señora Lynch. Biografía vida del Buscón, Madrid, Clásicos Fraile, de una escritora controvertida. Grupo Ed. 1981. Norma, Buenos Aires, 2000. - - CALDERÓN DE LA BARCA, Pedro, La vida es - La gran burguesa. Ibidem. 2003 sueño, trad. de B. Sesé, Edition bilingue Gf, ______Paris, Flammarion, 1992. LCE3E/17d : CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY LCE3E/21c : SPANISH GOLDEN AGE LITERATURE Fall Semester Spring Semester
THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2½ Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5
OBJECTIVE: To obtain an overview of contemporary COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17c. Spanish poetry; to understand and analyse works ______written after the 1940s and place them in relation to
their literary, social and historical context. LCE3E/21d :
CONTEMPORARY ARGENTINIAN LITERATURE COURSE PROGRAM: Spring Semester Social Poetry and Poetry from the mid-20th Century: - Realistic and Imperial Poetry THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Leopolo de Luis: Social Poetry - Blas de Otero: Expression and reunión Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2.5 - Gabriel Celaya: A Poetic Journey - José Agustín Goytisolo: Contemporary psalms OBJECTIVE: To gain an indepth understanding of - Introduction tot he poetry of the 1950s. modern literature in Spanish, in particular, the works - Carlos Barral: Traditions and symbolism. of contemporary Argentinian women. The student - Jaime Gil de Biedma: the people of the word. should able to place the texts in their literary and - New rhythms in poetry social context and effectively analyse them. BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: - BARRAL, Carlos: Poesía. Madrid, Cátedra, - An introduction into the social and political 1991. backgroun of the second half of the 20th - CELAYA, Gabriel (1973): Itinerario poético. century in Argentina. Madrid, Cátedra, 2004 - Literature, women and power. - Poesía y Verdad. Ed. Planeta, Barcelona, - An introduction, analysis and commentary on 1079. Marta Lynch and Beatriz Guido - DE LUIS, Leopoldo: Poesía social española contemporánea. Madrid, Biblioteca Nueva, BIBLIOGRAPHY: 2000. GUIDO, Beatriz: - DE OTERO, Blas (1969): Antología poética. - La casa del ángel. Ed. Emecé, Buenos Aires, Expresión y reunión. Madrid, Alianza, 2007. 1954. - GIL DE BIEDMA, Jaime (1982): Las personas - La caída. Ed. Losada, Buenos Aires, 1956. del verbo. Barcelona, Seix Barral, 2005. - Fin de fiesta. Idem. 1958 - GOYTISOLO, José Agustín: Salmos al viento. - La mano en la trampa. Ibidem, 1961. Barcelona, Ed. Lumen, 1980 - Los insomnes. Ed. Corregidor, Buenos Aires, - CASTELLET, José María: Veinte años de 1973. poesía española. Barcelona, Seix Barral, - ¿Quién le teme a mis temas? Ed. Fraterna, 1960. Buenos Aires, 1977. - GARCÍA HORTELANO, Juan: El grupo poético de los años 50. Madrid, Taurus, 1978. LYNH, Marta - ROVIRA, Pere (1986): La poesía de Jaime Gil - (1962) La alfombra roja. Ed. Losada, Buenos de Biedma. Granada, Atrio, 2005. Aires, 1983. - Los poemas necesarios. Ed. Universitat de les - (1967) La Señora Ordóñez. Ed. Illes Balears. 1996. Sudamericana. Buenos Aires, 1982. - TRAPIELLO, Andrés: Las armas y las letras. - (1970) Cuentos de Colores. Idem, 1980. Ed. Planeta. Barcelona. 1995 - Informe bajo llave. Ibidem, 1983. ______- No te duermas, no me dejes. Ibidem, 1985.
LCE3E/18c & 22c : ADVANCED SPANISH
144
ORAL COMPREHENSION & EXPRESSION LCE3E/18b & 22b : ADVANCED LITERARY Fall & Spring Semesters TRANSLATION FRENCH - SPANISH Fall & Spring Semesters Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course students should be speaking OBJECTIVE: To translate French texts into Spanish Spanish more or less fluently, making very few while paying gre at attention to the original document mistakes. The students should also understand spoken and without sacrificing the authenticity of the target Spanish in nearly all situations. language.
COURSE PROGRAM: COURSE PROGRAM: The course will be based on oral expression in both Linguistic immersion: understand how to grasp and everyday and professional situations (tourism, the memorise new idioms and expressions; neologisms: press, business etc.) Audio and video documents will understanding the development of the contemporary be used to improve comprehension and to widen the language; translation tools and methods; proofing a students’ knowledge of Spanish culture. translation; avoiding common errors in translation into ______Spanish.
LCE3E/18c : ADVANCED SPANISH BIBLIOGRAPHY: ORAL COMPREHENSION & EXPRESSION - Diccionario del Uso del Español, Maria Spring Semesters moliner, Gredos. - Diccionario de la Real Academia Española, Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 Real Academia española, Espasa. - Diccionario del Español de América, Marcos COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/18c. A.Morinigo, Anaya y Mario Muchnik - Dictionnare d’usage d’espagnol contemporain Français-Espagnol,Albert Belot,ed.Ellipses LCE3E/18a & 22a : ADVANCED - Grammaire de l’espagnol moderne, Jean-Marc LITERARY TRANSLATION Bedel, Puf, 1997 SPANISH - FRENCH - Syntaxe de l’espagnol moderne, Coste, Jean Fall & Spring Semesters et Redondo, Augustin, Sedes, 1965 - Curso superior de sintaxis española, Manuel Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Seco, Vox, Bibliograf - Esbozo de una nueva gramática de la lengua OBJECTIVE: To translate Spanish literary texts from española, RAE, Espasa-Calpe the 16th and 17th centuries into proper and accurate - Le Bon Usage.Grammaire Française, Maurice French. Grevisse, ed.J.Duculot - L’Art de conjuguer, Bescherelle, Hatier COURSE PROGRAM: - La Grammaire pour tous, Bescherelle,Hatier A wide variety of texts from the best-known authors of the period. - L’espagnol mode d’emploi, Albert Belot, ed. du Castillet BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Dupont, Pierre, La langue du Siècle d'Or, ______Paris, Presses de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, 1991. - Molinié Bertrand, Annie, Vocabulaire LCE3E/22b : ADVANCED historique de l'Espagne classique, Paris, LITERARY TRANSLATION Nathan, col 128, 1993. FRENCH - SPANISH - Sésé, Bernard; Zuili, Marc, Vocabulaire de la Spring Semesters langue espagnole classique, Paris, Armand Colin, 2005. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Correas, Gonzalo, Vocabulario de refranes y frases proverbiales (1627), Madrid, Castalia. COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17b. - Covarrubias, Sebastián de, Tesoro de la ______Lengua española, Madrid, Turner. - Dictionario de Autoridades, Real Academia MCC3/19b & 23b : SPANISH FOR Española, edición facsimil, Madrid, Gredos. COMMUNICATION - Oudin, César, Tesoro de las dos lenguas, Fall & Spring Semesters española y francesa. - Le Petit Robert THIS CLASS IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH - Grevisse, Maurice, Le bon usage : grammaire française, Paris, Duculot, 1988 Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 (per ______semester)
LCE3E/22a : ADVANCED LITERARY OBECTIVE: TRANSLATION SPANISH - FRENCH - Written and oral expression Spring Semesters - Written and oral comprehension - Revising Spanish grammar rules Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 4 - Communicating only in Spanish
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3E/17a. COURSE PROGRAM: ______The cultural events in Spain: the students shall undertake research on cultural events in Spain (San
145
Sebastian’s festival, exhibitions, etc.) and make an conversations, oral presentations, presenting oral presentation with an audiovisual aid (e.g. a product, a company, job interview, etc.) Powerpoint). - Written expression: Students will carry out a The students shall watch films, attend symposiums concrete project. You will also study and write and concerts organised by the Colores Latinos professional documents: business letters, association and they shall make an oral presentation in reservations, memoranda, fax, e-mails, class. administrative forms, tourist brochures, The students shall write articles for a brochure of minutes, etc. which they will choose the theme. The use of proper Spanish is expected. PERSONAL WORK: - Carrying out a project ASSESSMENT: An oral presentation or written report - Seizing all opportunities to talk to Spanish- and a final written exam with written or oral speaking people, listening to Spanish radio comprehension. stations, reading the Spanish press
BIBLIOGRAPHY: A bilingual dictionary: Le grand ASSESSMENT: dictionnaire bilingue Larousse espagnol-français - Oral expression: presentation of project A grammar handbook of post-secondary education - Written and oral tests : several exercises level (any edition will be fine) including specialized vocabulary, Los verbos españoles – Bescherelle (or other) comprehension, expression, to analyse ______documents, letters, etc.
LM3/19c : SPANISH LITERATURE & CULTURE BIBLIOGRAPHY: Fall Semester CHAPRON-GERBOIN – L’espagnol économique et commercial – Presses Pocket Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 ______
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA3/17e : INTRODUCTION TO INTERPRETING - Translation of modern Spanish and Latin Fall Semester American texts from the end of the 19th and 20th centuries Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 - Spanish political institutions. - Grammar COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to interpret - Civilisation: gastronomy related to geography spontaeously in both directions in a business context. and culture Acting as an intermediary in negociations and other - Spanish and Latin-American paintings professional situations between two people with no ______common language.
LM3/23c : SPANISH LITERATURE & CULTURE 2 ASSESSMENT: Oral exam in pairs. Spring Semester ______
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 LEA3/17f : ORAL TRANSLATION Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LM3/19c. ______Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1
LEA3/17d : BUSINESS SPANISH OBJECTIVE: prepare students to translate business Fall Semester and economic documents instantly
Lectures: 1 hour per week Tutorials: 2 hours per COURSE PROGRAM: Translating professional week (one written, one oral) documents (tourism, banking, services…) on sight ECTS credits: 3 from French into Spanish and vice versa. Students will study vocabulray related to specific OBJECTIVE: To master written and oral Spanish themes and make specialized glossaries. The applied to business and trade translations prepared at home will be corrected in class. COURSE PROGRAM: - Written expression: Understanding and PERSONAL WORK : Regular training at home, regular synthesizing documents, training in business learning of vocabulary and syntactical forms. correspondence Reading the Spanish newspapers and Spanish websites - Oral expression: Comprehension exercises, related to the themes seen in class. summarising extracts from TV programs, training in phone conversations, oral BIBLIOGRAPHY: expression and public speaking. During the Unilingual dictionaries : Semester, 3 case studies will be looked at. - diccionario de la Real Academia - Placing students in concrete situations they - Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2 volumes) are likely to experience in their professional Bilingual dictionaries lives (tourism, international trade, transport - dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- and logistics, hotel management etc.). espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. Students will carry out a concrete project, - Gran diccionario espagnol /français- with the teacher’s support. francés/español, editions Larousse. - Through role play, students will recreate French dictionary : Le Nouveau Petit Robert. situations from professional daily life in the Specialised dictionaries : tourism or business sectors (phone
146
- Dictionnaire économique, commercial et Pereira Castañares, Juan Carlos, La política exterior de financier, Chapron-Gerboin, Langue pour España (1800-2003).Historia, condicionantes y Tous, Pocket. escenarios, Editorial Ariel, S.A.,1ª ed., 2003. - Vocabulaire de l’espagnol commercial, ______Jimenez, Pocket. - Vocabulaire espagnol : economie, politique, LEA3/21d : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM société, M. Lazcano, Nathan (Fac), tests et FRENCH INTO SPANISH autocontrôles. Spring Semester - Le français commercial, M. Danilo, Presses Pocket. Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
ASSESSMENT: Oral translation of unseen text (15 COURSE PROGRAM: minutes) - Translating texts relating to economics and ______business. You will translate authentic documents (manuals, advertisements, LCE3/20b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE insurance policies, order forms, legal texts, Fall Semester restaurant menus, official reports, etc.) - On your own or in group, you will have to Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 prepare translations and search for the vocabulary specific to all the subjects studied COURSE PROGRAM: in class (tourism, transport, insurance, - Translating from Spanish into French modern banking, etc.). Spanish and Latin-American texts from the 19th and 20th century ASSESSMENT: Translating a professional document. - Grammar revision ______- Spanish history Gastronomy, in connection with LEA3/21e : BUSINESS TRANSLATION FROM geographical, cultural environment SPANISH INTO FRENCH Spanish and Latin-American painting Spring Semester Spanish political institutions ______Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2
LCE3/24b : SPANISH LANGUAGE & CULTURE OBJECTIVE: To prepare students to specialized Spring Semester translation relatied to business and economics.
COURSE PROGRAM: Continuation of LCE3/20b COURSE PROGRAM: Translating texts relating to economics and business. You will translate authentic ______documents (manuals, advertisements, insurance policies, order forms, legal texts, restaurant menus, LEA3/18c : SPANISH AND LATIN CIVILISATION official reports, etc.) and documents of business Fall Semester correspundence (Curriculum Vitae, job advertising). Use of the Internet, Microsoft Word, Power Point. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH PERSONAL WORK : On your own or in group, you will Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 have to prepare translations and search for the vocabulary specific to all the subjects studied in class COURSE PROGRAM: (tourism, transport, insurance, banking, etc.) Spain in the XXIst century Reading the French equivalence of the documents is from 1982 to nowadays, EEC and EU, today's Spanish encouraged. economy, bilateral politics, France ans Spain against Students are also encouraged to visit the websites terrorism, Employmen, Youth, new working rules, related to the lessons selected by the professor. what is at stake, consequences, worklessness, PP ans socialism ASSESSMENT: Translating a professional document Southern America in the XXth and XXIst centuries BIBLIOGRAPHY: Southern Amercia within globalisation,ONG's role, Unilingual dictionaries : economy and ecology, regional organisation and - diccionario de la Real Academia globalisation, Common Market, help, cooperation, - Maria Moliner, Editions Gredos (2 volumes) development, politics, society, economics of emerging Bilingual dictionaries countries, Southern America and USA, Southern - dictionnaire espagnol-français et français- America and Europe espagnol, Denis-Maraval-Pompidou, Hachette. - Gran diccionario espagnol /français- ASSESSMENT: to comment a document or to make a francés/español, editions Larousse. summary. French dictionary : Le Nouveau Petit Robert. Specialised dictionaries : BIBLIOGRAPHY: - Dictionnaire économique, commercial et García Picazo, Paloma,Echeverría Jesús, Carlos,Olmos financier, Chapron-Gerboin, Langue pour Sánchez, Isabel, La sociedad internacional en el Tous, Pocket. cambio de siglo (1885-1919), 2003. - Vocabulaire de l’espagnol commercial, García Picazo, Paloma, Las relaciones internacionales Jimenez, Pocket. en el siglo XX : la contienda teórica, 1998. - La correspondance commerciale en espagnol, Palomares Lerma, Gustavo et ali, Relaciones Jimenez-Juarrero, Pocket. internacionales en el siglo XXI, Editorial Tecnos, 2ª ed., 2006.
147
- Les mots clés du commerce international, M.D. MOUNET, P. VALLEJOS-MUNOZ, éditions PERSONAL WORK (in pairs): Breal (collection Lexipro) - Making a computerized 10-page critical - Vocabulaire espagnol : economie, politique, summary of a book société, M. Lazcano, Nathan (Fac), tests et - Making a presentation, illustrated with autocontrôles. PowerPoint - Le français commercial, M. Danilo, Presses Pocket. BIBLIOGRAPHY: ______J. ECHEVERRIA – Internet como herramienta de marketing y comercio exterior LEA3/21f : INTERPRETING 2 E. de la RICA PEREZ – Marketing en Internet y e- Spring semester business G. BAELL DIEGO – La exportación está en sus manos Classes: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 1 E. PAZ LLOVERAS – Como exportar, importar y hacer negocios a través de Internet COURSE PROGRAM: Learning to interpret spontaeously in both directions speeches, oral C. ESPLUGUES MOTA – Legislación básica del comercio presentations and other forms of public speaking. internacional Particular attention will be paid to the need to C. DIAZ PARDO, M. SEGARRA MATEU – Las summarize information as you translate in order to agrupaciones de interés económico – Guia para las present a concise translation where listeners can empresas quickly grasp the essential content. R. Muños de BUSTILLO, R. BONETE – Introducción a la Union Europea – Una analisis desde la economía ASSESSMENT: Unprepared oral translation of 5 ______minute oral presentation. ______LEA4/1k : LATIN-AMERICAN SOCIETIES TODAY H4/1b : SPANISH MEDIA Fall Semester Fall & Spring Semesters THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 COURSE PROGRAM: Students will become acquainted with the Spanish and COURSE PROGRAM: political, social and economic Latin American press and the language appropriate for aspects of Latin-American societies nowadays. You will use in the media. Radio, television, magazines and study their common points and differences ‘ideology, journals will also be studied. revolutions, the role of the USA, currency, economic activities, etc.)
PERSONAL WORK: Making a presentation on one of LEA4/1g : PROFESSIONAL SPANISH the great figures of Spanish-American contemporary Fall & Spring Semesters history (for instance, Fidel Castro, Omar Torrijos, etc.)
and giving in a paper on that figure Classes: 36 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 (per semester) ASSESSMENT: the note of the oral presentation:
- An oral presentation on a question concerning COURSE PROGRAM: the course (15 min. to prepare, 15 min. to Understanding, study and translation into Spanish of present your work). authentic business documents on several themes: - An oral presentation at the end of the Legal documents semester. Technical documents
Economic and financial documents BIBLIOGRAPHY:
P. RIDAO – l’Amérique latine de 1945 à nos jours – ______Masson, 1992
L’Etat du monde 2002– La découverte, 2001 LEA4/1i : WRITTEN COMMUNICATION J.M. LEMOGODEUC – L’Amérique hispanique au XXème Fall Semester siècle, Identités, Cultures et Sociétés – PUF, 1997 A. ROUQUE – Introduction à l’extrême occident – Classes: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Nathan, 1995 J. COVO – Introduction aux civilisations latino- OBJECTIVE: américaines – ed. de l’Atelier, 1998 The Spanish-American press on the Internet - To be able to make critical summaries of a ______Spanish academic book on one of the topics taught to students in Modern Languages with CTV4/1c : SPANISH FOR TOURISM Business or another subject in connection Fall Semester with company management in general.
- To be capable of making presentations (with Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 PowerPoint slide sequences) of the handbook
in order to make other students want to read OBJECTIVE: To learn and develop oral practise of it Spanish.
COURSE PROGRAM: Vocabulary relating to e- COURSE PROGRAM: commerce, foreign trade, international business law, European economic exchanges 148
Discovery of the Spanish heritage, of Spanish or Latin- American events , celebrations and traditions. THIS COURSE IS TAUGHT IN SPANISH
ASSESSMENT: A regular control of the work done in OBJECTIVE: To learn and develop oral skills in class and a oral final exam. Spanish, in a cultural and social context.
BIBLIOGRAPHY: COURSE PROGRAM: Discovery of the Spanish Claridad, editions Martorama. heritage, of events, of celebrations, of traditions, of ______the Spanish and Latin-American way of life.
LEA4/5b : ORAL COMMUNICATION ASSESSMENT: Assessments and presentations. Final Spring semester ASSESSMENT: an oral.
Classes: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 2 BIBLIOGRAPHY: Claridad, editions Martorama. ______OBJECTIVE: To improve students’ oral expression skills (vocabulary, phonetics and grammatical constructions) Tourism
COURSE PROGRAM: IMPORTANT: ALL OUR TOURISM COURSES ARE - Advertising: strategies to attract the TAUGHT IN FRENCH (UNLESS OTHERWISE customer, analysing and creating adverts STATED) - The business world: How to create a company
in a Spanish-speaking country, professional
interviews LEA2/16a : - Contemporary world: the latest conflicts in TOURISM AND NEGOCIATION IN EUROPE politics and economics Spring Semester
PERSONAL WORK: Reading Spanish newspapers and Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 magazines regularly, creating an advert
OBJECTIVE: ASSESSMENT: Making a 20-minute oral presentation The student should be able to discuss the tourism of an analysis of an advert of your choice potential of every country in Europe, analyse the ______changes in the market, understand the professional
press for the tourism sector and know where tourists CTV4/5c : SPANISH FOR TOURISM of different nationalities prefer to go at each season of Spring semester the year.
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 1 COURSE PROGRAM:
The potential for tourism in Europe COURSE PROGRAM: continuation of CTV4/1c The place of Europe in world tourism ______The different geographical zones and their relevance to
tourism H5/5b : SPANISH FOR HISTORIANS & Monitoring a rapidly changing market JOURNALISTS Fall and Spring Semesters BIBLIOGRAPHY: Tourisme en Europe/ A.MESPLIER ED.BREAL Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 4 Le Tourisme dans le Monde / A.COLIN Philippe Duhamel COURSE PROGRAM: Le Quotidien du Tourisme This class emphasises the Spanish language skills L’Echo du Tourisme needed to work in the world of the media in general, ______and in particular the press. H3/20c&24d : HERITAGE OF THE REGION Fall & Spring Semesters LEA5/2-10f : SPANISH FOR MARKETING Fall Semester Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2
Classes: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: The aim of this class is to give students the necessary OBJECTIVE: knowledge and methodological skills to enable them to To communicate, negociate, translate and debate in appreciate the potential for tourism in the region clear, grammatical Spanish. between the Somme, the Oise and the North Sea.
COURSE PROGRAM: Spanish for use in the fields of COURSE PROGRAM: Marketing, Business negociations and lobbying. We shall examine the regional heritage in the areas of Presenting products, companies or brands orally. military history, political history, religion and ______architecture. We shall look at the relationship between nhistory, tradition and our regional heritage, both in visual monuments and ideas. We shall do 5 field trips CTV5/1b : SPANISH HERITAGE and students will make presentations in class about Fall Semester the tourism potential of th sites visited and others they
have studied. Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 ______149
OBJECTIVE: To enable students to understand the H2/16c: FRENCH RELIGIOUS HERITAGE skills of the different actors in public law. Spring Semester In fact in France, each collectivity has a power which Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 can be either contradictory or complementary to the others’ powers. These powers can be Complementary OBJECTIVE: because the State does everything to make the most Make students realise how important the religious of the country’s wealth (France is one of the most heritage is. visited countries in the world, by its people but also by Make them discover the three types of monotheism. foreigners). France is a country with a big history and Lead them into the research area, to inquire their culture, and also a country of artistic creations. knowledge of art history. The collectivities’ powers can also be contradictory COURSE PROGRAM: because decentralization enables each area manage its The omnipresence of religious heritage in France. wealth by itself, which can generate conflicts and The various shapes it undertakes ( church, temples, hardships. synagogues,mosques, abbeys ans convents) Who is in charge of the creation, the exploitation and Furnitures and Architecture, Painting, Sculpture, Music the development of an area? BIBLIOGRAPHY: LENIAUD Jean-Michel et SAINT MARTIN Isabelle, COURSE PROGRAM: Historiographie de l’ histoire de l’ art religieux en 1) French : one France à l’ époque moderne et contemporaine. Bilan administrative unit, historiographique (1975-2000) et perspectives, centralisation and the Turnout, Brepols, 2005, 300p. regions: centralization and decentralization. LEA3/22b : INTERNATIONAL TOURISM 2) Cultural structures, Spring Semester applying national policy : the competent organs, Lectures: 1½ hours per week ECTS credits: 2 the difficulties for applying national rules. OBJECTIVE: 3) Decentralization in the At the end of the course the student should have a service of culture, good general knowledge of international tourism heritage and tourism: (actors, practices, clients, impacts…). He/she should mains actors, priviledged be able to analyse and comment on documents about actors. world tourism (know the authors and what they 4) Local organisations : a represent). choice of actions 5) Difficulties in making the COURSE PROGRAM: most of our cultural The main aspects of international tourism: heritage : legal obstacles - a definition of the main concepts; and money - a history of world tourism and the diffusion of tourist practices; ASSESSMENT: Students will have to give in an - the tourists assessment (1/3 of the final mark) and they will have - the actors of tourism; a three hour written final exam about the course and - the economic, sociologic and environmental about the presentations (2/3 of the final mark). impacts of tourism; - the world tourist flows: origins and BIBLIOGRAPHY: GIQUEL J. Droit constitutionnel et institutions destinations; ème - the new trends in the sector: sustainable politiques, Monchrestien, Domat, droit public, 19 tourism, and socially responsible tourism; edition 2003. - some regional aspects: tourism in Europe, VERPAUX M. Les collectivités territoriales en France, Asia and America. Connaissance du droit, Dalloz, 2002. BODIGUEL J.L. L’implantation du ministère de la ASSESSMENT: culture en région. Naissance et développement des One written exam and one final written exam. directions régionales des affaires cultrurelles, Paris, La documentation française, 2000. BIBLIOGRAPHY: FAURE A. , NEGRIER E. La politique culturelle des Vellas François, « Le tourisme mondial », Economica agglomérations, Paris, La documentation française Philippe Duhamel, Isabelle Sacareau, « Le tourisme 2001. dans le Monde », Colin Boyer Marc, « le tourisme de l’an 2000 », Presse CTV5/3a : WORLD TOURISM universitaire de Lyon Fall Semester
INTERNET WEBSITES: Lectures: 2 hours every week ECTS credits: 2 Tourism department website: www.tourisme.gouv.fr World Tourism Organization website: www.world- COURSE PROGRAM: tourism.org Tourism: a worldwide phenomenon ______Chapter 1 : Europe Chapter 2 : America CTV4/1c : FRENCH TOURISM: LEGAL & Chapter 3 : Asia POLITICAL FRAMEWORK Chapter 4 : Africa Fall Semester Chapter 5 : Oceania
Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 3 BIBLIOGRAPHY :
150
L'aménagement touristique. George CAZES. Collection Que sais-je. PUF. N° 1882. Lectures: 24 hours total ECTS credits: 3 Géopolitique du tourisme. Jean-Michel HOERNER. Éditions Armand Colin. 2008. OBJECTIVE: Géographie du tourisme. Jean-Pierre LOZATO- At the end of the class the student will be able to : GIOTART. Pearson éducation. 2003. Identify a future market and analyse the Méditerranée et tourisme. Jean-Pierre LOZATO- resources and potential of any territory. GIOTART. Éditions Masson géographie. 1990. Be able to create communication tools for Géographie de l'industrie touristique. Jean Michel specific customer targets, choose media and HOERNER. Éditions Ellipses. 1997. non-media means of publicity, present his Itinéraires de tourisme. Alain BORET. Éditions Jacques products in an attractive way and run an Lanore. 1989 advertising campaign. Le tourisme en France. Enjeux et aménagement. In addition, he will be able to create a project and Pierre MERLIN. Éditions Ellipses. 2006. manage it effectively, competently organising Le tourisme dans l'espace français. Daniel CLARY. all the different stages and distributing the Éditions Masson. 1993. different tasks.
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4/7bt : LUXURY HOTEL MANAGEMENT 1. What do we mean by a market in tourism ? Spring Semester definition why a market in tourism is different Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 from other markets
COURSE PROGRAM: the different factors to take into acocunt 1. Different types of hotel official bodies on the regional, 1) A long story national and international levels 2) Types of hotel and who stays in working with tour operators, travel them. agencies, travel clubs etc.
2. Hotel chains officially recognised organisations 1) From private hotels to chains (according to the law of July 1992) - the modern private hotel organisation of sales networks - franchised chains e-marketing 2) Centralised hotel chains
2. Awareness of heritage issues and the 3. The place of the hotel in the development of areas dedicated to tourism accommodation market and leisure 1) Not the first priority for the French 2) Other forms of accommodation definition of the heritage industry 3) The future of the hotel architectural and cultural heritage economic, industrial and scientific 4. Marketing an overnight stay heritage 1) Different sales opportunities 2) The search for quality popular culture and the heritage industry nature and tourism LEA4/3bt : MANAGING A TRAVEL AGENCY Fall Semester 3. The market for business tourism Presentation of potential markets Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Targetting potential customers
Prerequisite: A reasonable knowledge of world Communication for events geography helps! (press, advertising,medias etc.) sales (mailing, the business side) OBJECTIVE: e-marketing (data, newsletters) Understanding how a travel agency works from the economic and financial poit of view. following through after sales The personnel and their specialities. (briefing client, task list, analysis of Acquiring technical knowledge of the products needs and estimates) advertised and sold in a travel agency.
COURSE PROGRAM: LEA4/7at : MARKETING FOR INTERNATIONAL How travel agencies work. BUSINESS TOURISM Creating attractive products for tourists. Spring Semester Marketing for travel agencies. Comparative study of the main travel agency chains Lectures: 2 hours per week ECTS credits: 2 Tour operators and their strategies. Specialist agencies. OBJECTIVE: Be able to define the notion of business tourism but also to have the measure of the constant evolution in LEA4/2at : UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET FOR this field. TOURISM Fall Semester COURSE PROGRAM: 151
The French offer in term of facilities: 6 – overcoming objections - exhibition rooms 7 – concluding a sale - hotels ______- conference centres The case of Ile-de-France LEA4/6at : TRANSPORT & LOGISTICS FOR The demand evolutions TOURISM Strengths and weaknesses of France as a destination Spring Semester Evolution of the business tourism activities Investments Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Improvement of the French offer competitiveness by knowing the foreign competition. OBJECTIVE: Tourism management initiatives in partnership with At the end of this course students should be able to professionals understand the role of transport and logistics in the tourism industry – the different possibilities, how they ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects work and how to organise and pay for them. as a pair or as a small team and there will be a final written exam. COURSE PROGRAM: General Introduction
BIBLIOGRAPHY: AIR TRANSPORT « le tourisme d’affaires »,maurice Dupuy, « tourisme Rules and regulations d’affaires,l’industrie des évènements et des The different airlines rencontres », revue espaces. Commercialisation and logistics
Internet Resources: RAIL TRANSPORT Revue-espaces.com ; bedouk.fr In France The network The SNCF and its partner companies LEA4/6ct : SALES TECHNIQUES FOR TOURISM Horizon 2012 Logistics and competition Spring Semester
Lectures: 1 hour per week ECTS credits: 1 The worldwide rail network
OBJECTIVE: SEA TRANSPORT AT THE END OF THE COURSE THE STUDENT WILL BE General Introduction ABLE TO : Rules and regulations make contact with a potential Passenger transport customer ( companies , ships …) present himself ans his company Commercialisation and logistics discover rapidly the potential customer's areas of interest RIVER TRANSPORT present the best possible products in General introduction response to the customer's interests Passenger transport reply to customer objections make a sale OVERLAND TRANSPORT Rules and regulations COURSE PROGRAM: The different possibilities I – Different types of sales Road networks 1 – Face to face Tourism by bus or coach A – over the counter B – unsollicited offers Careers in logistics for tourism C – trade fairs TRANSPORT ,LOGISTICS ,ECOLOGY AND TOURISM -
2 – Direct marketing ______A – telephone sales B – internet sales LEA5/1et : TOURISM STRATEGY C – elechat and other methods Fall Semester
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY II – Communication strategy and sales 1 – interpersonal communication Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 3 2 – perception of other people 3 – group dynamics OBJECTIVE: 4 – verbal and non-verbal communication Define a tourism strategic plan and a forecasting 5 – analysing a transaction starting from a qualitative and quantitative 6 – P.N.L. observation allowing you to define a marketing problem.
III – Selling COURSE PROGRAM: 1 – Principles of negociation - The spatial and behavioural analysis: tools dedicated 2 – Different stages in the sales process to tourism development 3 – Discovering customer needs A first step towards the comprehension of touristic 4 – know your products needs by observing. 5 – presenting an argument - Market knowledge and analysis (part 1)
152
Study of the procedure for setting up a business Marketing Du Tourisme - 1ère Et 2ème Année Tauran- - Market knowledge and analysis (part 2) Jamelin, Viviane Bréal - 13/06/2002. - Strategic management and touristic products offer P RICHARD « stratégies et techniques touristiques » (part 1) Politics and strategy concept Internet Resources: Strategy and strategic choices Revue- espaces.com ; www.tourisme.gouv.fr - Strategic management and touristic products offer
(part 2) The sustainable tourism aspect - Work on the procedure, gathering of the market LEA4/2dt : DEVELOPMENTS IN INTERNATIONAL study outcomes TOURIST BEHAVIOUR - Forecasting and diagnoses Fall Semester - Enforcement of tourism strategies by studying destinations Lectures: 16 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects At the end of the course students should be able to and there will be a final written exam. analyse the tourist phenomenon from a geographical and an economic point of view. BIBLIOGRAPHY: Marketing Du Tourisme - 2ème Édition ,Tocquer, COURSE PROGRAM: Gérard,Gaetan Morin – mai 2000 - Tourist movements throughout the world Le Plan Marketing Du Tourisme Par La Pratique, - Development of tourism in Central and Dupont, Louis Editions L'harmattan - 11/10/2005 Eastern Europe Naomi KLEIN « no logo », quotidien du tourisme, - Tourists from the United States and Canada « stratégies et techniques touristiques », p. RICHARD - Scandinavia ______Internet Resources: Revue- espaces.com ; www.tourisme.gouv.fr LEA5/4bt : INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT FOR TOURISM Fall Semester
LEA5/2bt : TOURISM AND SERVICES MARKETING THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY Fall Semester Lectures: 15 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 OBJECTIVE: OBJECTIVE: At the end of the course students should be able to Master the various aspects of tourism marketing and understand and manage an international team elaborate a marketing plan by taking into consideration the importance of distribution channels COURSE PROGRAM: and IT in the modern tourism development. 1) Defining the manager in the modern world The world as it is in constant change: COURSE PROGRAM: from post-modernity to the three powers Part 1 (Lyotard, Jameson, Parag Khanna) - Introduction: Tourism development in the world and Issues in the contemporary world in France. Tourism: a specific service. Why is tourism (Chomsky, Stiglitz) marketing necessary? Management and leadership today - Market knowledge: Demand and offer analysis. The (Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge) main demand sources. Creating new managers for a new world: Part 2 the culturally aware manager (Jameson) - Product strategy: Tourism product knowledge. Analysis of a tourism product life cycle. Tourism 2) Basics of cultural approximation product adaptation. Technical study. Mind the gap … and overcome it! Part 3 (Gulliver’s Travel, Alice in Wonderland, Le – Client loyalty strategy and commercial policy: Petit Prince, The Time Machine etc.) Finding tourism clients through the marketing plan. Making a Break with the ethnocentric Create a tourism destination. vision of the world (La Guerre du Feu) Part 4 Acquiring an ethnically relativist vision of – IT in tourism: Mastering information strategy. the world (The Last Samourai) Information sources and information monitoring. Using intercultural integration skills in Information management in the value chain. The management and negociation differences between display and retail websites and how to create a website. The importance of websites 3) Organisational Behaviour and direct mail advertising for foreign tourists. Travel The individual in the organisation documents package. Distribution strategy and The group in the organisation channels. Communication: principles and application to Organisational systems tourism. ______
ASSESSMENT: You will have to develop two projects LEA5/1at : DESTINATIONS FOR LUXURY AND with an oral exam and there will be a final written BUSINESS TOURISM exam. Fall Semester
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY BIBLIOGRAPHY:
153
- Maîtriser la façon de fonctionner en hôtellerie, Lectures: 10 hours in total ECTS credits: 1 location d’espaces et gestion d’évènements d’affaires To understand the needs in COURSE PROGRAM: accommodation and event management for business tourism Discovering luxury tourism - Know how to used specialised vocabulary and The market make oneself understand when talking about Who does what? this sector Interaction with other providers of luxury products Examples of new niche markets COURSE PROGRAM: Introduction Aim: What is business tourism ? Who does Identifying the demand, suggesting a destination, what? coming up with a package adapted to the customer Economic issues Justifying your product Existing structures Yield management Discovering business tourism Responding to customer needs The market Organising a large event Different types of customer Managing a conference centre like Lille Limits and requirements Grand Palais Some statistics Developping markets BIBLIOGRAPHY: .Jean-José Arroyo et Emmanuel Fusiller Aim: Les congrès, conventions et salons Understanding the demand and adapting to it Rapport du Conseil national du tourisme, 2000 Logistics – from 2 to 10000 participants! Bernard Irion . Les salons internationaux en France : un atout LEA4/4at: SUSTAINABLE TOURISM économique indiscutable à mieux valoriser Fall Semester Rapport de la CCIP du 13 avril 2000
.Bernard Plasait THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY L’accueil des touristes dans les grands centres de
transit. L’accueil une fierté française ? Lectures: 18 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 Rapport au Premier ministre, 2004
COURSE PROGRAM: .KPMG pour France Congrès Study of labels in France in the field of eco-tourism Étude du positionnement concurrentiel de la France Main actors sur le marché européen des congrès, novembre 2005 History of eco-tourism and behavior of European tourists. .Jean-Paul Charié Foires, salons, congrès : pour que la France rime avec LEA5/1dt : SUSTAINABLE TOURISM croissance Fall Semester Rapport d’information de la commission des affaires économiques - Assemblée nationale, février 2006 THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY .ANAé-Bedouk Le marché des agences de communication Lectures: 20 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 événementielles en France Étude ANAé Bedouk Meetings & Events Media, Paris COURSE PROGRAM: février 2006 Understanding the economic and human issues at .Bernard Plaisait stake for sustainable development in international Le Tourisme d’Affaires : un atout majeur pour tourism. l’économie Identifying the priority zones in the world where Avis du Conseil économique et social – République sustainable tourism is essential. Française
Maurice Dupuy General info about agenda 21. . Le tourisme d’affaires : comprendre, organiser et Sustainable tourism labels in France and in Europe. réussir Sustainable tourism policies implemented by tourism Editions Technip companies and authorities. Marketing applied to sustainable tourism. .Jean-Luc Margot-Duclot Ethics in the tourism industry. L’industrie des rencontres et des événements Agenda 21 in practice in the tourism industry. professionnels en Île-de-France Airlines and the carbon footprint. Rapport pour le conseil régional d’Île-de-France, Juillet 2006 .Jean-Pierre Marcon LEA5/3at : BUSINESS TOURISM Le tourisme associatif en milieu rural, source de Fall Semester développement local et de cohésion sociale, Avis et rapport au Conseil économique et social - 2006 Lectures: 30 hours in total ECTS credits: 2 ______
OBJECTIVE: CTV4/7a : CULTURE, TOURISM AND HERITAGE - To analyse and summarise the main sectors AND THE WORLD in business tourism Fall Semester
THIS COURSE IS FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS ONLY 154
Lectures: 24 hours in total ECTS credits: 2
OBJECTIVE: Start a reflexion about what students will be doing in their professional careers. Understand cultural, touristic and heritage policies through their development. The more and more important influence of regions upon culture, tourism and heritage. Case studies aimed to introduce the world, integration in local territories, promote regions.
COURSE PROGRAM: Development process of leisure, tourism and culture activities - History of leisure and tourism - History of cultural activities Place of tourism, culture and heritage in our society, from speeches to reality Role of actors of tourism ,culture and heritage Nowadays’ practices Regional profit
ASSESSMENT : a 4-hour final test
BIBLIOGRAPHY : Marc BOYER, 1999, Histoire du tourisme de masse, Paris PUF/Que sais-je, n°3480, 127p Florence DEPREST, 1997, Enquête sur le tourisme de masse : l’ écologie face au territoire, Mappemonde, BELIN, 207p Mathis STOCK( coordination), 2003, Le tourisme : acteurs, lieux et enjeux, coll. Belin Sup. Géographie, BELIN, 229p Jean-Michel DJIAN, 2005, Politique Culturelle : la fin d’ un mythe, Coll.Folio, Ed. Gallimard, 196p. Edward W SAID, 2000, Culture et Impérialisme, Fayard Le Monde Diplomatique, 558p ______
155